Nammcesa 000011 PDF

__________
HIGHLIGHTS
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10
Pages which have been revised are outlined below, together with the Highlights of the
Revision
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHAPTER 20
__________
L.E.P. 1- 5 REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION INDICATING

NEW,REVISED, AND/OR DELETED PAGES
T. OF C. REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION
6- 7
20-23-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
206, 212, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 106-149, 221-235, 239-249,
217, 219 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
20-28-00 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

503- 505, ADDED RESISTANCE VALUE FOR DUMMY WINDOWS.
508
20-31-00 CONSUMABLE INGREDIENT DATA UPDATED ALL

4-A001
20-33-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

3- 4 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-057, 101-105,
151-199, 201-210, 234-235,
239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
20-HIGHLIGHTS Page 1 of 1
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10
CES
CHAPTER 20
__________
STANDARD PRACTICES-AIRFRAME
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

_______________________
N, R or D indicates pages which are New, Revised or Deleted respectively
Remove and insert the affected pages and complete the Record of Revisions and
the Record of Temporary Revisions as necessary
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
RECORD 20-21-11 209 Feb01/08 20-22-00 201 Feb01/98

OF TEMP. 20-21-11 210 Aug01/01 20-22-00 202 Aug01/07
REVISION 20-21-11 211 Aug01/01 20-22-00 203 Feb01/98
20-21-11 212 Nov01/01 20-22-00 204 Feb01/98
L.E.P. R 1- 5 Feb01/10 20-21-11 213 Feb01/01 20-22-00 205 Aug01/07
T. of C. 1 Aug01/07 20-21-12 201 Nov01/09 20-22-00 206 May01/03
T. of C. 2 Nov01/08 20-21-12 202 Nov01/07 20-22-00 207 Aug01/07
T. of C. 3 Aug01/09 20-21-12 203 Feb01/98 20-22-00 208 Nov01/01
T. of C. 4 Aug01/09 20-21-12 204 Feb01/08
T. of C. 5 Aug01/09 20-21-12 205 Nov01/09 20-23-00 1 May01/08
T. of C. R 6 Feb01/10 20-21-12 206 Feb01/08 20-23-11 201 May01/08
T. of C. R 7 Feb01/10 20-21-12 207 Feb01/08 20-23-11 202 Aug01/07
20-21-12 208 Feb01/08 20-23-11 203 Aug01/07
20-00-00 1 Feb01/98 20-21-12 209 Feb01/08 20-23-11 204 Aug01/09
20-21-12 210 Feb01/08 20-23-11 205 Aug01/07
20-10-00 1 Feb01/98 20-21-12 211 Feb01/08 20-23-11 R 206 Feb01/10
20-21-12 212 Feb01/08 20-23-11 207 Feb01/08
20-11-11 201 Feb01/08 20-21-12 213 Nov01/09 20-23-11 208 Feb01/08
20-11-11 202 Feb01/98 20-21-12 214 Feb01/08 20-23-11 209 Feb01/08
20-11-11 203 Feb01/98 20-21-12 215 Feb01/08 20-23-11 210 Feb01/08
20-11-11 204 Feb01/98 20-21-12 216 Feb01/08 20-23-11 211 Nov01/08
20-21-12 217 Nov01/07 20-23-11 R 212 Feb01/10
20-15-00 201 Aug01/07 20-21-12 218 Nov01/09 20-23-11 213 Nov01/08
20-15-00 202 Aug01/07 20-21-12 219 Nov01/09 20-23-11 214 Nov01/08
20-21-12 220 Nov01/09 20-23-11 215 Nov01/08
20-16-00 201 May01/09 20-21-12 221 Nov01/09 20-23-11 216 Nov01/08
20-16-00 202 May01/09 20-21-12 222 Nov01/09 20-23-11 R 217 Feb01/10
20-21-13 201 Feb01/98 20-23-11 218 Nov01/08
20-17-00 201 May01/09 20-21-13 202 Feb01/98 20-23-11 R 219 Feb01/10
20-17-00 202 May01/09 20-21-14 201 May01/08 20-23-11 220 Nov01/08
20-21-14 202 May01/08 20-23-11 221 Nov01/08
20-20-00 1 Feb01/98 20-21-14 203 May01/08 20-23-11 222 Nov01/08
20-21-14 204 May01/08 20-23-11 223 Nov01/08
20-21-00 1 Feb01/98 20-21-15 201 May01/09 20-23-11 224 Nov01/08
20-21-11 201 May01/05 20-21-15 202 May01/09 20-23-11 225 Feb01/09
20-21-11 202 May01/02 20-21-15 203 May01/09 20-23-11 226 Feb01/09
20-21-11 203 Feb01/01 20-21-15 204 May01/09 20-23-11 227 Nov01/08
20-21-11 204 Feb01/01 20-21-15 205 May01/09 20-23-11 228 Nov01/08
20-21-11 205 Aug01/01 20-21-15 206 May01/09 20-23-11 229 Nov01/08
20-21-11 206 Nov01/01 20-21-15 207 May01/09 20-23-11 230 Feb01/09
20-21-11 207 Nov01/01 20-21-15 208 May01/09 20-23-11 231 Nov01/08
20-21-11 208 Feb01/08 20-23-11 232 Nov01/08
20-L.E.P. Page 1
Feb 01/10
CES
20-23-11 233 Nov01/08 20-23-11 284 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A235 Nov01/08

20-23-11 234 Nov01/08 20-23-11 285 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A236 Nov01/08
20-23-11 235 Nov01/08 20-23-11 286 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A237 Nov01/08
20-23-11 236 Nov01/08 20-23-11 287 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A238 Nov01/08
20-23-11 237 Nov01/08 20-23-11 288 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A239 Nov01/08
20-23-11 238 Nov01/08 20-23-11 289 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A240 Nov01/08
20-23-11 239 Nov01/08 20-23-11 290 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A241 Nov01/08
20-23-11 240 Nov01/08 20-23-11 291 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A242 Nov01/08
20-23-11 241 Nov01/08 20-23-11 292 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A243 Aug01/09
20-23-11 242 Nov01/08 20-23-11 293 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A244 Nov01/08
20-23-11 243 Nov01/08 20-23-11 294 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A245 Nov01/08
20-23-11 244 Nov01/08 20-23-11 295 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A246 Nov01/08
20-23-11 245 Nov01/08 20-23-11 296 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A247 Nov01/08
20-23-11 246 Nov01/08 20-23-11 297 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A248 Nov01/08
20-23-11 247 Nov01/08 20-23-11 298 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A249 Nov01/08
20-23-11 248 Nov01/08 20-23-11 299 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A250 Nov01/08
20-23-11 249 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A200 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A251 Aug01/09
20-23-11 250 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A201 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A252 Nov01/08
20-23-11 251 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A202 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A253 Nov01/08
20-23-11 252 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A203 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A254 Aug01/09
20-23-11 253 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A204 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A255 Nov01/08
20-23-11 254 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A205 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A256 Nov01/08
20-23-11 255 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A206 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A257 Nov01/08
20-23-11 256 Aug01/09 20-23-11 A207 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A258 Nov01/08
20-23-11 257 Aug01/09 20-23-11 A208 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A259 Nov01/08
20-23-11 258 Aug01/09 20-23-11 A209 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A260 Nov01/08
20-23-11 259 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A210 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A261 Nov01/08
20-23-11 260 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A211 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A262 Nov01/08
20-23-11 261 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A212 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A263 Nov01/08
20-23-11 262 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A213 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A264 Nov01/08
20-23-11 263 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A214 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A265 Nov01/08
20-23-11 264 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A215 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A266 Nov01/08
20-23-11 265 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A216 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A267 Nov01/08
20-23-11 266 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A217 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A268 Nov01/08
20-23-11 267 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A218 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A269 Nov01/08
20-23-11 268 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A219 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A270 Nov01/08
20-23-11 269 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A220 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A271 Nov01/08
20-23-11 270 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A221 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A272 Nov01/08
20-23-11 271 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A222 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A273 Nov01/08
20-23-11 272 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A223 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A274 Nov01/08
20-23-11 273 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A224 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A275 Nov01/08
20-23-11 274 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A225 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A276 Nov01/08
20-23-11 275 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A226 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A277 Nov01/08
20-23-11 276 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A227 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A278 Nov01/08
20-23-11 277 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A228 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A279 Feb01/09
20-23-11 278 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A229 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A280 Nov01/08
20-23-11 279 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A230 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A281 Nov01/08
20-23-11 280 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A231 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A282 Nov01/08
20-23-11 281 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A232 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A283 Feb01/09
20-23-11 282 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A233 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A284 Feb01/09
20-23-11 283 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A234 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A285 Feb01/09
20-L.E.P. Page 2
Feb 01/10
CES
20-23-11 A286 Feb01/09 20-23-11 B237 Feb01/09 20-23-38 216 Feb01/06

20-23-11 A287 Feb01/09 20-23-11 B238 Feb01/09 20-23-38 217 Feb01/06
20-23-11 A288 Feb01/09 20-23-11 B239 Feb01/09 20-23-38 218 Feb01/06
20-23-11 A289 Feb01/09 20-23-11 B240 Feb01/09 20-23-38 219 Feb01/06
20-23-11 A290 Feb01/09 20-23-11 B241 Feb01/09 20-23-38 220 Feb01/06
20-23-11 A291 Feb01/09 20-23-11 B242 Aug01/09 20-23-38 221 Feb01/06
20-23-11 A292 Feb01/09 20-23-11 B243 Aug01/09 20-23-38 222 Feb01/06
20-23-11 A293 Feb01/09 20-23-11 B244 Aug01/09 20-23-38 223 Feb01/06
20-23-11 A294 Feb01/09 20-23-14 201 Feb01/07 20-23-38 224 Feb01/06
20-23-11 A295 Feb01/09 20-23-14 202 May01/01 20-23-38 225 Feb01/06
20-23-11 A296 Feb01/09 20-23-14 203 Aug01/08 20-23-38 226 Feb01/06
20-23-11 A297 Feb01/09 20-23-14 204 Aug01/08 20-23-38 227 Feb01/06
20-23-11 A298 Feb01/09 20-23-14 205 Aug01/08 20-23-38 228 Feb01/06
20-23-11 A299 Feb01/09 20-23-14 206 Aug01/08 20-23-38 229 Feb01/06
20-23-11 B200 Feb01/09 20-23-14 207 Aug01/08 20-23-38 230 Feb01/06
20-23-11 B201 Feb01/09 20-23-14 208 Aug01/08 20-23-38 231 Feb01/06
20-23-11 B202 Feb01/09 20-23-14 209 Aug01/08 20-23-38 232 Feb01/06
20-23-11 B203 Feb01/09 20-23-14 210 Aug01/08 20-23-38 233 Feb01/06
20-23-11 B204 Feb01/09 20-23-14 211 Aug01/08 20-23-38 234 Feb01/06
20-23-11 B205 Feb01/09 20-23-14 212 Aug01/08 20-23-38 235 Feb01/06
20-23-11 B206 Feb01/09 20-23-14 213 Aug01/08 20-23-38 236 Feb01/08
20-23-11 B207 Feb01/09 20-23-14 214 Aug01/08 20-23-38 237 Feb01/08
20-23-11 B208 Feb01/09 20-23-21 201 Nov01/08 20-23-38 238 Feb01/06
20-23-11 B209 Feb01/09 20-23-21 202 Nov01/08 20-23-38 239 Feb01/06
20-23-11 B210 Feb01/09 20-23-21 203 Feb01/98 20-23-38 240 Feb01/06
20-23-11 B211 Feb01/09 20-23-21 204 Feb01/98 20-23-38 241 Feb01/06
20-23-11 B212 Feb01/09 20-23-21 205 Nov01/08 20-23-38 242 Feb01/06
20-23-11 B213 Feb01/09 20-23-21 206 Feb01/98 20-23-38 243 Feb01/06
20-23-11 B214 Feb01/09 20-23-21 207 Feb01/98 20-23-38 244 Feb01/06
20-23-11 B215 Feb01/09 20-23-21 208 Feb01/98 20-23-38 245 Feb01/06
20-23-11 B216 Feb01/09 20-23-21 209 Feb01/98 20-23-38 246 Feb01/06
20-23-11 B217 Feb01/09 20-23-22 201 Aug01/09 20-23-38 247 Feb01/06
20-23-11 B218 Feb01/09 20-23-22 202 Nov01/07 20-23-38 248 Feb01/06
20-23-11 B219 Feb01/09 20-23-22 203 Nov01/07 20-23-38 249 Feb01/06
20-23-11 B220 Feb01/09 20-23-22 204 Feb01/08 20-23-38 250 Feb01/06
20-23-11 B221 Feb01/09 20-23-22 205 Feb01/08 20-23-38 251 Feb01/06
20-23-11 B222 Feb01/09 20-23-38 201 Feb01/08 20-23-38 252 Feb01/06
20-23-11 B223 Feb01/09 20-23-38 202 Feb01/08 20-23-38 253 Feb01/06
20-23-11 B224 Feb01/09 20-23-38 203 Feb01/06 20-23-38 254 Feb01/06
20-23-11 B225 Feb01/09 20-23-38 204 Feb01/06 20-23-38 255 Feb01/06
20-23-11 B226 Feb01/09 20-23-38 205 Feb01/06 20-23-38 256 Feb01/06
20-23-11 B227 Feb01/09 20-23-38 206 Feb01/06 20-23-38 257 Feb01/06
20-23-11 B228 Feb01/09 20-23-38 207 Feb01/06 20-23-38 258 Feb01/08
20-23-11 B229 Feb01/09 20-23-38 208 Feb01/08 20-23-38 259 Feb01/06
20-23-11 B230 Feb01/09 20-23-38 209 Feb01/08 20-23-38 260 Feb01/06
20-23-11 B231 May01/09 20-23-38 210 Feb01/06 20-23-38 261 Feb01/06
20-23-11 B232 Feb01/09 20-23-38 211 Feb01/06 20-23-38 262 Feb01/06
20-23-11 B233 Feb01/09 20-23-38 212 Feb01/06 20-23-38 263 Feb01/06
20-23-11 B234 Feb01/09 20-23-38 213 Feb01/06 20-23-38 264 Feb01/06
20-23-11 B235 Feb01/09 20-23-38 214 Feb01/06 20-23-38 265 Feb01/06
20-23-11 B236 Feb01/09 20-23-38 215 Feb01/06 20-23-38 266 Feb01/08
20-L.E.P. Page 3
Feb 01/10
CES
20-23-38 267 Feb01/06 20-28-00 202 Aug01/09 20-28-00 R 505 Feb01/10

20-23-38 268 Feb01/06 20-28-00 203 Aug01/08 20-28-00 506 Nov01/08
20-23-38 269 Feb01/06 20-28-00 204 Feb01/98 20-28-00 507 Nov01/08
20-23-38 270 Feb01/06 20-28-00 205 Aug01/08 20-28-00 R 508 Feb01/10
20-23-38 271 Feb01/06 20-28-00 206 Aug01/09 20-28-00 509 Aug01/09
20-23-38 272 Feb01/06 20-28-00 207 May01/09 20-28-00 510 Aug01/09
20-23-38 273 Feb01/06 20-28-00 208 Aug01/09 20-28-00 511 Aug01/09
20-23-38 274 Feb01/06 20-28-00 209 Feb01/98 20-28-00 512 Aug01/09
20-23-38 275 Feb01/06 20-28-00 210 Feb01/98 20-28-00 513 Aug01/09
20-23-38 276 Feb01/06 20-28-00 211 Aug01/09 20-28-00 514 Aug01/09
20-23-38 277 Feb01/08 20-28-00 212 Feb01/98 20-28-00 515 Aug01/09
20-23-38 278 Feb01/08 20-28-00 213 Aug01/08 20-28-00 516 Nov01/08
20-23-38 279 Feb01/08 20-28-00 214 Feb01/98 20-28-00 517 Feb01/08
20-23-38 280 Feb01/06 20-28-00 215 Feb01/98 20-28-00 518 Feb01/08
20-23-38 281 Feb01/06 20-28-00 216 Aug01/09 20-28-00 519 Feb01/08
20-28-00 217 Aug01/09 20-28-00 520 Feb01/08
20-24-00 1 Feb01/98 20-28-00 218 Aug01/09 20-28-00 521 Aug01/09
20-24-11 201 Feb01/04 20-28-00 219 Nov01/08 20-28-00 522 Aug01/09
20-24-11 202 Feb01/04 20-28-00 220 Nov01/08 20-28-00 523 Feb01/08
20-24-11 203 Feb01/98 20-28-00 221 Feb01/98 20-28-00 524 Feb01/08
20-24-11 204 May01/03 20-28-00 222 Feb01/98 20-28-00 525 Feb01/08
20-24-11 205 Aug01/01 20-28-00 223 Feb01/98 20-28-00 526 May01/08
20-24-11 206 Aug01/01 20-28-00 224 Aug01/05 20-28-00 527 Feb01/08
20-24-12 601 May01/00 20-28-00 225 Nov01/08 20-28-00 528 Feb01/08
20-24-12 602 Nov01/99 20-28-00 226 Aug01/09 20-28-00 529 Feb01/08
20-24-12 603 Feb01/98 20-28-00 227 Feb01/98 20-28-00 530 Feb01/08
20-24-12 604 Feb01/98 20-28-00 228 Feb01/98 20-28-00 531 Feb01/08
20-24-12 605 May01/00 20-28-00 229 Feb01/98 20-28-00 532 Feb01/08
20-24-12 606 May01/00 20-28-00 230 Aug01/09 20-28-00 533 Feb01/08
20-24-12 607 May01/00 20-28-00 231 Aug01/08 20-28-00 534 Feb01/08
20-24-12 608 May01/00 20-28-00 232 Aug01/08 20-28-00 535 Feb01/08
20-24-12 609 Feb01/98 20-28-00 233 Feb01/98 20-28-00 536 Feb01/08
20-24-12 610 Feb01/98 20-28-00 234 Aug01/08 20-28-00 537 Feb01/08
20-24-12 611 Feb01/98 20-28-00 235 Aug01/08 20-28-00 538 Feb01/08
20-28-00 236 Feb01/98 20-28-00 539 Feb01/08
20-26-00 201 Nov01/05 20-28-00 237 Aug01/08 20-28-00 540 Feb01/08
20-26-00 202 Nov01/05 20-28-00 238 Aug01/08 20-28-00 541 Feb01/08
20-26-00 203 Aug01/02 20-28-00 239 Feb01/98 20-28-00 542 Feb01/08
20-26-00 204 Aug01/02 20-28-00 240 Feb01/98 20-28-00 543 Feb01/08
20-26-00 205 Aug01/02 20-28-00 241 Feb01/98 20-28-00 544 Nov01/08
20-26-00 206 Aug01/02 20-28-00 242 Feb01/98 20-28-00 545 Feb01/08
20-26-00 207 Feb01/08 20-28-00 243 Feb01/98 20-28-00 546 Feb01/08
20-26-00 208 May01/07 20-28-00 244 Feb01/98 20-28-00 601 Aug01/09
20-26-00 209 May01/07 20-28-00 245 Feb01/98 20-28-00 602 Aug01/09
20-28-00 246 Aug01/06 20-28-00 603 Aug01/09
20-27-00 201 Nov01/07 20-28-00 247 Aug01/08 20-28-00 604 Nov01/07
20-27-00 202 Nov01/07 20-28-00 248 Aug01/08 20-28-00 605 Aug01/08
20-27-00 203 Aug01/04 20-28-00 501 May01/05 20-28-00 606 Nov01/07
20-27-00 204 Aug01/04 20-28-00 502 Nov01/08
20-28-00 R 503 Feb01/10 20-29-00 201 Nov01/08
20-28-00 201 Aug01/09 20-28-00 R 504 Feb01/10 20-29-00 202 Nov01/09
20-L.E.P. Page 4
Feb 01/10
CES
20-29-00 203 Feb01/08 20-31-00 R 48 Feb01/10 20-31-00 N 99 Feb01/10

20-29-00 204 Nov01/09 20-31-00 R 49 Feb01/10 20-31-00 N A 0 Feb01/10
20-29-00 205 Nov01/09 20-31-00 R 50 Feb01/10 20-31-00 N A 1 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 51 Feb01/10
20-31-00 1 May01/06 20-31-00 R 52 Feb01/10 20-33-00 1 Nov01/09
20-31-00 2 Aug01/07 20-31-00 R 53 Feb01/10 20-33-00 2 Nov01/09
20-31-00 3 May01/09 20-31-00 R 54 Feb01/10 20-33-00 R 3 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 4 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 55 Feb01/10 20-33-00 R 4 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 5 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 56 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 6 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 57 Feb01/10 20-34-00 1 Feb01/02
20-31-00 R 7 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 58 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 8 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 59 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 9 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 60 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 10 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 61 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 11 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 62 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 12 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 63 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 13 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 64 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 14 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 65 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 15 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 66 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 16 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 67 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 17 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 68 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 18 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 69 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 19 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 70 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 20 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 71 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 21 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 72 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 22 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 73 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 23 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 74 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 24 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 75 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 25 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 76 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 26 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 77 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 27 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 78 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 28 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 79 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 29 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 80 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 30 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 81 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 31 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 82 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 32 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 83 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 33 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 84 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 34 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 85 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 35 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 86 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 36 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 87 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 37 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 88 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 38 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 89 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 39 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 90 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 40 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 91 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 41 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 92 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 42 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 93 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 43 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 94 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 44 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 95 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 45 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 96 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 46 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 97 Feb01/10
20-31-00 R 47 Feb01/10 20-31-00 R 98 Feb01/10
20-L.E.P. Page 5
Feb 01/10
CES
CHAPTER 20
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
STANDARD PRACTICES - AIRFRAME - GENERAL
_______________________________________ 20-00-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Standards Manual 1 ALL
Process and Material Specification 1 ALL
Manual
________________
SAFETY PRACTICES 20-10-00
General 1 ALL
WIRELOCKING 20-11-11
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
WIRELOCKING 201 ALL
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE SENSITIVE 20-15-00

DEVICES
Handling Precautions for 201 ALL
Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive
Devices
CIRCUIT BREAKERS 20-16-00

Circuit Breakers Safety Practices 201 ALL
MAINTENANCE IN STORM CONDITIONS 20-17-00

Maintenance in Storm Conditions - 201 ALL
Safety Practices
__________________
STANDARD PROCESSES 20-20-00
General 1 ALL
STANDARD TORQUES 20-21-00

General 1 ALL
TIGHTENING TORQUES FOR STANDARD 20-21-11
THREADED FASTENERS
Tightening Torques for Standard 201 ALL
Threaded Fasteners
TIGHTENING TORQUES FOR PIPES UNIONS 20-21-12
(NOT FOR OXYGEN UNIONS)
Tightening Torques for Pipe Unions 201 ALL
20-CONTENTS Page 1
Aug 01/07
R
CES
CHAPTER 20
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
(not for OXYGEN unions)
TIGHTENING TORQUES FOR FLIGHT CONTROL 20-21-13
THREADED FASTENERS
Tightening Torques for Flight 201 ALL
Control Threaded Fasteners
TIGHTENING TORQUES FOR OXYGEN UNIONS 20-21-14
Tightening Torques for Oxygen 201 ALL
Unions
TIGHTENING TORQUES FOR ELECTRICAL 20-21-15
COMPONENT FASTENERS
Tightening Torques for Electrical 201 ALL
Component Fasteners
STA-LOK FASTENERS 20-22-00

Removal of STA-LOK Nuts and 201 ALL
Lockwashers
Installation of STA-LOK Nuts and 206 ALL
Lockwashers
LINES 20-23-00
General 1 ALL
Hydraulic Lines 1 ALL
INSTALLATION AND REPAIR OF TUBING 20-23-11
Installation of the Air Data Tubes 201 ALL
Installation and Repair of 207 ALL
Hydraulic Lines
Permitted Damage and Defects on 211 ALL
Hydraulic Tubing
Installation of the Hydraulic 220 ALL
Tubes
Installation of the Pneumatic 225 ALL
Sense Line
Tightening Practices for Hydraulic 233 ALL
Connections
Installation of the Swivel plug-in 248 ALL
unions and of O-Ring and Backup
Washer on Swivel Plug-in Union
Repair of the Hydraulic Tubes with 256 ALL
PERMASWAGE Unions
Repair of the Hydraulic Tubes with 291 ALL
20-CONTENTS Page 2
Nov 01/08
R
CES
CHAPTER 20
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
HARRISON Elastomerically-Swaged
Fittings
Repair of the Corrosion-Resistant A220 ALL
Steel or Aluminum-Alloy or
Titanium-Alloy tubes with
SIERRACIN/HARRISON H-fittings
Temporary Repair of Hydraulic A231 ALL
Tubes
Repair of the Titanium-Alloy A257 ALL
Hydraulic Tubes with HARRISON
Sleeves and Unions
Repair of the Hydraulic Tubes with A275 ALL
CRYOFIT Couplings 3PHS111-XX
Repair of the Hydraulic Tubes with B203 ALL
RYNGLOK Unions
Temporary Repair of Hydraulic B220 ALL
Tubes by Welding
Repair of the Hydraulic Leaks with B230 ALL
Fly Away Kit Components
Permitted Damage and Defects on B242 ALL
Flexible Hydraulic Hoses
LINE TYING 20-23-14
Protection Against vibration and 201 ALL
Chafing of Hydraulic Pipes
HYDRAULIC BOBBINS 20-23-21
Removal/Installation of the 201 ALL
Bobbins from their Housings and
Installation of O-rings, Square
Seals, and Back-up Rings on the
Bobbins
MARKING OF TIGHTENED UNIONS 20-23-22
Marking of the Unions after 201 ALL
Standard or Specific Tightening
Torque Application
INSTALLATION AND REPAIR OF WATER AND 20-23-38
ASSOCIATED AIR SUPPLY TUBING
Removal of the Tubes of the 201 ALL
Potable Water and the associated
Air Supply System
Repair of the Tubes Assembly of 208 ALL
the Potable Water and the
associated Air Supply System to be
20-CONTENTS Page 3
Aug 01/09
R
CES
CHAPTER 20
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
carried out in the Workshop
Repair of the Tubes of the Potable 236 ALL
Water and the associated Air
Supply System to be carried out in
the Aircraft
Repair of the Tubes with 257 ALL
H-Fittings to be carried out in
the Aircraft
Temporary Repair of the Tube 266 ALL
Assemblies with MS21922 Sleeves to
be carried out in the Workshop
Installation of the Tubes Assembly 277 ALL
of the Potable Water and the
associated Air Supply System
CONTROL CABLES AND PULLEYS 20-24-00

General 1 ALL
CONTROL CABLE INSTALLATION AND 20-24-11
CLEANING
Installation of the Control Cables 201 ALL
Cleaning and Protection of the 204 ALL
Cables
CONTROL CABLE AND PULLEY CHECK 20-24-12
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Check of the Control Cables 601 ALL
Inspection of the Pulleys 609 ALL
INSTALLATION OF EXPANSION JOINTS 20-26-00

Installation of Expansion Joints 201 ALL
Installation of the Static Seals 207 ALL
ELECTRICAL CABLES AND BUNDLES 20-27-00

Installation of Grommets 201 ALL
ELECTRICAL BONDING 20-28-00

Electrical Bonding of Components 201 ALL
with Rivets
With Conductive Bolts and Screws
in the Tanks
Electrical Bonding of Electrical 211 ALL
20-CONTENTS Page 4
Aug 01/09
R
CES
CHAPTER 20
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Connectors
With Conductive Bolts and Screws
and Bonding Straps in the Fuselage
and in the Wings (this does not
include the tanks)-
Electrical Bonding of Antennas 226 ALL
With Conductive Bolts.
Electrical Bonding of Pipes 230 ALL
Electrical Bonding of Composites 239 ALL
Electrical Bonding by Direct 246 ALL
Contact

ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Table of the Maximum Permitted 501 ALL
Resistance Values
Low-Current Test Method 516 ALL
Check of the Electrical Bonding of 519 ALL
the Different Components (But not
the Fluid Systems and the
Components Installed on Composite
materials)
the Fluid Systems
the Different Components Installed
on Composite Materials
External Composite Panels with a
CORAS Resistivity-Continuity Test
Set
External Composite Panels (without
Non-Conductive Finish paint) with
a Megohmeter
Measurement of the Surface 531 ALL
Electrical Resistance of External
Composite Panels with a CORAS
Resistivity-Continuity Test Set
Measurement of the surface 534 ALL
Composite Panels (without
Non-Conductive Finish Paint) with
Electrical Conductive Tape
20-CONTENTS Page 5
Aug 01/09
R
CES
CHAPTER 20
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Measurement of the Surface 538 ALL
Composite Panels (without
Non-Conductive Finish Paint) with
Probes
Check of the Aircraft Electrical 542 ALL
Grounding
Loop Impedance Test 544 ALL

INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Detailed Inspection of Bonding 601 ALL
Leads on these Movable Surfaces:
Flaps, Flap Track Fairings, Slats,
Spoilers, Ailerons, Nose
Landing-Gear Doors, Main...
O-RING INSTALLATION 20-29-00

Removal/Installation of an O-ring 201 ALL
(Hydraulic Systems)
LIST OF MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR AIRCRAFT 20-31-00

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE
General 1 ALL
Alphanumerical Index 3 ALL
Materials List 18 ALL
LIST OF MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR APU 20-33-00

General 1 ALL
Approved Oil Brand-Names 1 001-003, 051-099
SPECIFICATION - MIL-L-7808, TYPE 1 001-003, 051-099
I
236-238, 301-304
SPECIFICATION - MIL-L-7808, TYPE 2 106-149, 211-233
I 236-238, 301-304
101-105, 151-199
201-210, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
305-399, 401-499
20-CONTENTS Page 6
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 20
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
SPECIFICATION - MIL-PRF-7808, 3 001-049, 051-057
TYPE I 101-105, 151-199
201-210, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
305-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
LIST OF MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR IDG 20-34-00

General 1 ALL
Approved Oil Brand-Names 1 ALL
SPECIFICATION - MIL-PRF-7808, 1 ALL
TYPE I
SPECIFICATION - MIL-PRF-23699, 1 ALL
TYPE II
20-CONTENTS Page 7
Feb 01/10
R
CES
STANDARD PRACTICES - AIRFRAME - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The airframe standard practices chapter contains information on the use and
application of aircraft maintenance and repair processes which are not
specifically covered in other chapters of the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
It also gives the list of materials required for servicing and maintenance
operations.
2. Standards
________________
Manual
Information related to the various standards effective for all AIRBUS models
are given in a separate manual called: STANDARDS MANUAL.
The STANDARDS MANUAL contains information about all product/semi-finished
product standards approved by the AIRBUS partners for the AIRBUS programs,
as well as about the proprietary parts and the suppliers qualified for those
parts.
Moreover, the STANDARDS MANUAL contains a selection of the basic standards
used on the AIRBUS programs.
Standard parts which are not found in the STANDARDS MANUAL shall not be used
without prior approval by AIRBUS INDUSTRIE.
The STANDARDS MANUAL assists the customer with respect to information about
the identification of standard parts and their procurement in co-operation
with the AIRBUS INDUSTRIE spare parts center AIRSPARES.
3. Process
_________________________________________
and Material Specification Manual
The PROCESS AND MATERIAL SPECIFICATION MANUAL provides basic information on
manufacturing processes and materials which are called up in engineering
drawings and AIRBUS INDUSTRIE documentation.
It is designed to assist operators in producing their own workshop documents
necessary to perform work on in-service AIRBUS aircraft. The quality of such
work is the responsability of the Operator.

EFF :

ALL 20-00-00

Page 1
Feb 01/98

CES
SAFETY PRACTICES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________
1. _______
General
This section gives the information related to the safety practices of:
- wirelocking (Ref. ATA 20-11)

EFF :

ALL 20-10-00

Page 1
Feb 01/98

CES
WIRELOCKING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________
TASK 20-11-11-911-001
WIRELOCKING
WARNING : CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
_______
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
The lockwire is installed to put tension on the wire when the parts become
loose.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-PRF-8116

PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-027C
X (Ref. 20-31-00)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-11-11-991-001 Fig. 201
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-11-11-911-053
A. General
(1) Make sure that all lockwire holes are drilled.
(2) Make sure that the assembly was torqued to the requirements of the
figure.
(3) Use lockwire only one time.

EFF :

ALL 20-11-11

Page 201
Feb 01/08

CES
(4) Single wirelocking is permitted if the locking length is short and
lies close to the component locked.
(5) Double wirelocking is preferred and is essential if the locking

length is long and unsupported and/or can become damaged.
NOTE : Do not use lockwire to prevent unwanted operation of controls

____
or switches for any normal, standby or emergency services
which can be required at any times during flight.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-11-11-911-050
A. Single Wirelocking
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-11-11-991-001)
(1) Put the lockwire into the hole.
(2) Keep the wire tight, twist a minimum of four times.
(3) Put one end through the hole in the item to which locking is to run.
NOTE : Do not cut the end that is not used until the wirelocking
____
operation is completed. You can use it if the first end
breaks.
(4) Bend the wire back through 180 and thread it under itself.
(5) Draw the wire tight and thread the end under at least two more times,
making a minimum of two turns up to a maximum of four.
Subtask 20-11-11-911-051
B. Double Wirelocking
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-11-11-991-001)
(1) Put the lockwire into the hole in the first part and the ends
equalized and bent around the head of the part.
(2) Twist the strands, while tight, until the twisted part is just short
of the hole in the next unit.
The twisted portion must be within 3 mm (0.1181 in.) from the hole in
either unit.

EFF :

ALL 20-11-11

Page 202
Feb 01/98

CES
Wirelocking Practices - Examples
Figure 201/TASK 20-11-11-991-001

EFF :

ALL 20-11-11

Page 203
Feb 01/98

CES
NOTE : The direction of wrap and twist of the strands must be such
____
that the loop around the part comes under the strand which
protudes from the hole so that the loop stays down and does
not tend to slip up and leave a slack loop.
(3) Insert the highest strand through the hole in the second unit and do
the above procedure.
(4) After the last unit is wired, continue to twist the wires to form a
pigtail of three to five twists.
(5) Bend the cut ends of the pigtail in towards the item to prevent
formation of a snag.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-11-11-911-052
A. Check of the Wire
(1) Trim off the remaining wire and discard.
(2) Remove all pieces of off-cut wire from the aircraft structure.
(3) Make sure that locking is tight.
(4) Make sure that the wire shows no signs of kinking, peeling and other
types of damage.
(5) If no protection was applied in the wire holes before installation,

you must inject the adequate protective compound after wire
installation SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) or SPECIAL
MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027C).

EFF :

ALL 20-11-11

Page 204
Feb 01/98

CES
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE SENSITIVE DEVICES - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_________________________________________________________________
TASK 20-15-00-910-001
Handling Precautions for Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive Devices
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific 1 STRAP-WRIST
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-15-00-860-050
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-15-00-912-050
R A. General Handling Precautions for LRUs
R (1) No special handling procedures or instructions are necessary.

R
(a) The LRUs have sufficient built-in protection to prevent

electrostatic discharge damage.
R (b) No protective electrostatic-discharge handling procedures are

R necessary unless the LRU housing is open.
For example, antistatic or conductive protective caps are not
necessary for connectors on the LRU housing (standard caps are
sufficient).
R

EFF :

ALL 20-15-00

Page 201
Aug 01/07

CES
R (c) The standard precautions for each LRU are specified in the AMM in
R the applicable Removal/Installation task.
R For example, Put blanking caps on the receptacle and on the LRU
R connector(s).
R
R NOTE : Some LRUs such as the Passenger Interface and Supply

____
R Adapter (PISA), or Power Supply Unit are Printed Circuit
R Assemblies without housing. They are sensitive to
R electrostatic discharge. During maintenance operations,
R refer to the applicable Removal/Installation task for
R electrostatic discharge precautions.
R Subtask 20-15-00-912-051
R B. Handling Precautions for OBRMs

R On Board Replaceable Modules (OBRMs) are not LRUs.
R It is necessary to wear STRAP-WRIST wrist straps for the
R Installation/replacement of OBRMs.
R For handling and use, refer to SIL 00-022.

EFF :

ALL 20-15-00

Page 202
Aug 01/07

CES
CIRCUIT BREAKERS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
________________________________________
TASK 20-16-00-912-001
Circuit Breakers Safety Practices
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ESPM 204610
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-16-00-860-050
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-16-00-912-050
A. Circuit Breakers Safety Practices

R It is necessary to safety an open circuit breaker with safety clips (PN
R ABS0772 or equivalent) when:
- there is work on an electrically controlled or supplied system during
maintenance.
- such a system is deactived and not serviceable.
R NOTE : The manufacturer recommends safety clips PN ABS0772 but the

____
R operator can use equivalents that obey the requirements given in
this document.
It is important to use safety clips that:
- are easy to install and remove
- do not cause damage to the circuit breaker or circuit breaker
panel.
It is always better to use plastic safety clips because they
prevent the risk of accidental short circuits (if they fall in an
electrical panel for example).

EFF :

ALL 20-16-00

Page 201
May 01/09

CES
(1) Maintenance
(a) There is a risk of injury and damage to equipment and/or the

aircraft if persons do work on electrically energized equipment
or systems.
(b) Before maintenance work starts on an electrical equipment or

system, it is safety practice to identify, open, safety and tag
the circuit breakers related to the equipment or system(s).
This prevents the supply of electrical power to the
equipment/system(s) and the risk of:
- electrical shocks that can occur when there is contact with
energized wiring connections, terminals, etc.
- short circuits that can occur when metal tools or parts make
accidental contact between energized wiring, terminals,
contacts, etc.
1
_ To make sure that an open circuit breaker remains open, it is
R necessary to install a safety clip (PN ABS0772B01A (4.6 mm
R (0.1811 in.) depth), PN ABS0772B02A (7.6 mm (0.2992 in.)
R depth) (red color) or equivalent) and a safety tag on the
circuit breaker (between the circuit breaker button and the
circuit breaker panel).
(2) Operation
(a) During aircraft operation, it can be necessary to prevent the

operation of an electrical system (for example, an optional
system with wiring provision that is not activated or a system
that is deactivated because of MMEL requirements).
1
_ To prevent the accidental energization of such systems, it is
R safety practice to install safety clips (PN ABS0772A01A (4.6
R mm (0.1811 in.) depth), PN ABS0772A02A (7.6 mm (0.2992 in.)
depth) (white color) or equivalent) on the related circuit
breakers.
2
_ When these safety clips are installed, it must be possible to
see the complete circuit breaker panel and all the placards.
(3) Tightening torques for circuit breakers
(a) Make sure that you apply the correct tightening torque when you
R attach/connect a circuit breaker (Ref. ESPM 204610).

EFF :

ALL 20-16-00

Page 202
May 01/09

CES
MAINTENANCE IN STORM CONDITIONS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_______________________________________________________
TASK 20-17-00-910-001
Maintenance in Storm Conditions - Safety Practices
R WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH CONNECTIONS TO THE AIRCRAFT, DO NOT USE HEADSETS.

_______
R LIGHTNING STRIKE AND HIGH DISCHARGE CURRENTS ARE VERY DANGEROUS FOR
R PERSONNEL AND CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
05-51-18-200-001 Inspection after Lightning Strike

12-34-24-869-002 Aircraft Grounding for the Maintenance Operations
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-17-00-860-050
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-17-00-910-050
A. Safety Precautions
R (1) During storm conditions, or when there is atmospheric electrical

R activity you must:
- stop ground servicing operations external to the aircraft,
R - make sure that aircraft is grounded (Ref. TASK 12-34-24-869-002),
- remove or disconnect headsets,
R
R - not touch metal parts, equipment or connections to the aircraft.
R

EFF :

ALL 20-17-00

Page 201
May 01/09

CES
R (2) If a lightning strike occurs, do an inspection after lightning strike
R (Ref. TASK 05-51-18-200-001).
R

EFF :

ALL 20-17-00

Page 202
May 01/09

CES
STANDARD PROCESSES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________
1. _______
General
This section gives the information related to the standard processes of:
- STANDARD TORQUES (Ref. ATA 20-21),
- STALOK FASTENERS (Ref. ATA 20-22),
- LINES (Ref. ATA 20-23),
- CONTROL CABLES AND PULLEYS (Ref. ATA 20-24),
- INSTALLATION OF EXPENSION JOINTS (Ref. ATA 20-26),
- ELECTRICAL BONDING (Ref. ATA 20-28),
- O-RING INSTALLATION (Ref. ATA 20-29).

EFF :

ALL 20-20-00

Page 1
Feb 01/98

CES
STANDARD TORQUES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________
1. _______
General
This section gives the tightening torques for:
- standard threaded fasteners,
- pipes unions (not for oxygen),
- flight control threaded fasteners,
- oxygen unions,
- electrical component fasteners.

EFF :

ALL 20-21-00

Page 1
Feb 01/98

CES
TIGHTENING TORQUES FOR STANDARD THREADED FASTENERS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
__________________________________________________________________________
TASK 20-21-11-911-001
Tightening Torques for Standard Threaded Fasteners
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This subject gives the different tightening torques applicable to the

standard screw heads and nuts. It also gives the correction coefficient that
you must use when you apply a lubricant to install the fasteners.
The applicable torques are given in the maintenance procedure.
The torque values are applicable for the first and the second oversize of
the same screw/nut assembly.
2. ______________________
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN

R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SRM 514900
20-21-11-991-020 Fig. 201
20-21-11-991-001 Fig. 202
20-21-11-991-003 Fig. 203
20-21-11-991-022 Fig. 204
20-21-11-991-034 Fig. 205
20-21-11-991-005 Fig. 206

EFF :

ALL 20-21-11

Page 201
May 01/05

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-21-11-911-054
A. General
(1) The threaded fasteners are identified with a standard number written
on the head (example: ABS, AN, ASNA, NAS, ASN, NSA, MS). They are
installed in standard conditions and lubricated.
(2) Be careful when you remove threaded fasteners.

Before you apply a tightening torque to a fastener, make sure that
you know its correct part number.
To find the correct part number of a fastener (screw, washer, nut),
refer to the installation figure of the IPC.
(3) The torque values of the nuts and the screws are given with their
initial lubricants.
These torque values are available for the different screw/nut
diameters:
- The minimum value
- The nominal value
- The maximal value.
(4) Installation of used screws and nuts:
(a) If you use screws and nuts again:

- The preload is weaker because the effect of the lubricant
decreases.
- It causes local damage to the protection of the screws and nuts
which can cause corrosion (nuts and screws in plated steel) or
seizure (nuts and screws in titanium or stainless steel).
- It can cause damage to the mating surfaces.
- It can decrease the torque for self-locking nuts.
(b) To use nuts and screws again, obey the conditions that follow:
- Do not use aluminum nuts again.
R - For other materials, make shure that the screws and nuts are
R serviceable (get approval from your quality departement or
R qualified mechanic)
R - The protection (or the fasteners) must not be damaged. (Examine
R the threads of the screw and the nut, the mating surfaces of
the nut and the wrench, the shank and the head of the screw).

EFF :

ALL 20-21-11

Page 202
May 01/02

CES
R (5) Tightening Procedures.
R (a) Apply the tightening torques with:

R - Torque wrenches
R - Calibrated screwdrivers.
R (b) If you use torque wrenches or calibrated screwdrivers, make sure

R that:
R 1
_ The calibration of the tools is correct.
R 2
_ The torque is applied correctly.
R You can apply unwanted torsion or flexion to the component if:
R - The position of the wrench (or the screwdriver) is
R incorrect.
R - You apply the tightening torque incorrectly:
R This can change the tightening torque and, thus, the
R preload.
R NOTE : If you use a screwdriver, you must tighten at the

____
R correct speed to prevent too much heat on the
R fasteners. This can cause damage to the protection and
R the lubricant and can make the fastener seize.
R - The attachment of the component is correct:

R Make sure that the component is attached correctly before
R you apply the maximum torque.
R 3
_ You get a correct part mating for a good fatigue of the
R joints.
R (c) Do not apply more than the maximum torque value.
R (d) Make sure that you get correct part mating before the maximum
R torque value is applied.
R (e) Tightening of screws and nuts with a torque wrench and an

R adapter.
R (Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-21-11-991-020)
R 1
_ When you can only tighten with an adapter, obey these
R instructions:
R a
_ Adjust the adapter until the center of the hexagonal socket
R or the jaws is aligned with the axis of the torque wrench.
R The angle of offset must not be more than 15 degrees.

EFF :

ALL 20-21-11

Page 203
Feb 01/01

CES
R Torque Wrench/Adapter Combination
R Figure 201/TASK 20-21-11-991-020

EFF :

ALL 20-21-11

Page 204
Feb 01/01

CES
b
_ To prevent possible errors, the length of the adapter must
be less than the length of the torque wrench.
c
_ When you use an adapter, the value shown on the dial of the
torque wrench is not the applied value. To get the correct
value T2, apply this formula:
T1 x A
T2 = ------
A + B
T1: Value that you must apply on the nut.
A : Length of the torque wrench.
B : Length of the adapter
T2: Torque wrench dial reading
NOTE : This formula is correct only when the torque wrench

____
and the adapter are aligned.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-21-11-911-050
A. Tightening Torque for the Screws and the Nuts.
(1) Tightening by the nut.

(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 20-21-11-991-001, 203/TASK 20-21-11-991-003)
- If you cannot tighten by the nut, increase by 20% the values given
in the figures.
(2) Tightening by the screw (captive nut).

(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-21-11-991-022)
You can tighten by the screw only when the screw is installed in a
hole with clearance fit.
(3) Tightening of castellated nuts.

If the torque values tolerance does not let you put a slot opposite a
hole for a cotter pin, you can:
- Decrease the minimum torque by 10 %.
- Install a washer below the nut,
- Replace the nut.
You can drill the screw during the installation.
Make sure that you do not decrease the strength of the screw
(Specially for offset drilling, the diameter of the bore must be
correct, deburr lightly).
You must prevent corrosion (Put grease in the hole of the nut when
you install steel bolts).

EFF :

ALL 20-21-11

Page 205
Aug 01/01
R
CES
R Torque Values for Removable Structural Fasteners
R Figure 202/TASK 20-21-11-991-001

EFF :

ALL 20-21-11

Page 206
Nov 01/01

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

20-21-11

Page 207
Nov 01/01

CES
R Torque Values for Equipment Installation Fasteners
Figure 203/TASK 20-21-11-991-003- 12 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 20-21-11

Page 208
Feb 01/08

CES

EFF :

ALL 20-21-11

Page 209
Feb 01/08

CES
Figure 204/TASK 20-21-11-991-022

EFF :

ALL 20-21-11

Page 210
Aug 01/01

CES
NOTE : We recommend that you use screws with their initial drill
____
holes.
(4) Installation of self-locking nuts.

(Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 20-21-11-991-034)
(a) Procedure for the installation of self-locking nuts (ASNA 2028 -

R ASNA 2528), (ASNA 2029 - 2529), (ASNA 2031 - 2531), (ASNA 2032 -
R 2532), (ASNA 2036 - ASNA 2536), (ASNA 2037 - ASNA 2537) and (ASNA
2038 - ASNA 2538) with interfay sealant.
When the fasteners (screws/nuts) are installed on uncured
interfay sealant, the fasteners can loose their preload after
curing because the sealant does not flow immediately. This is why
you must tighten them again.
The first tightening is got when the outer hexagonal part is
sheared off.
You must apply the torque values specified in the given procedure
(Ref. SRM 514900).
1
_ 5 or 10 minutes after the initial tigtening, or
2
_ before the sealant is cured.
(5) The tightening torques of the TAPERLOK, HI-LOK and HI-LITE screws are
specified in the given procedures (Ref. SRM 514900).
(6) Tightening of shoulder screws.

(Ref. Fig. 206/TASK 20-21-11-991-005)
(a) Tighten by the nut.
(b) The minimum torque that applied is to between 0.1 and 0.2 m.daN
(8.84 and 17.69 lbf.in). If you do not apply this minimum torque,
the washer can become loose.
If you install a castellated nut, the tightening torque tolerance
does not always let you align the castellated nut with the hole
of the cotter pin.
If you cannot align the castellated nut with the hole of the
cotter pin, install a steel teflon washer NSA5305 and a nut
NSA5060.

EFF :

ALL 20-21-11

Page 211
Aug 01/01

CES
R Torque Values for Self Locking Nuts
Figure 205/TASK 20-21-11-991-034

EFF :

ALL 20-21-11

Page 212
Nov 01/01

CES
Tightening Torques for Shoulder Bolts
R Figure 206/TASK 20-21-11-991-005

R

EFF :

ALL 20-21-11

Page 213
Feb 01/01

CES
___________________________________________________________
TIGHTENING TORQUES FOR PIPES UNIONS (NOT FOR OXYGEN UNIONS)
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_____________________
TASK 20-21-12-911-001
Tightening Torques for Pipe Unions (not for OXYGEN unions)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the data related to the tightening torques for the
unions of these systems:
- FUEL
- HYDRAULIC
- AIR DATA
- DE-ICING
- RAIN PROTECTION
- EXTINGUISHING
- PRESSURIZATION
- WATER
- WASTE WATER
- AIR CONDITIONING
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-23-11-917-001 Tightening Practices for Hydraulic Connections

20-21-12-991-001 Fig. 201
20-21-12-991-017 Fig. 202
20-21-12-991-005 Fig. 203
20-21-12-991-006 Fig. 204
20-21-12-991-014 Fig. 205
20-21-12-991-018 Fig. 206
20-21-12-991-015 Fig. 207
20-21-12-991-003 Fig. 208
20-21-12-991-004 Fig. 209
20-21-12-991-020 Fig. 210
20-21-12-991-019 Fig. 211
20-21-12-991-013 Fig. 212
20-21-12-991-007 Fig. 213
R 20-21-12-991-022 Fig. 214
R 20-21-12-991-008 Fig. 215
R 20-21-12-991-009 Fig. 216

EFF :

ALL 20-21-12

Page 201
Nov 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-21-12-941-050
A. Not applicable.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-21-12-911-050
A. Tightening Torques for Hydraulic Systems
NOTE : Before you torque a component, obey the precautions and procedures
____
given in the Tightening Practices for Hydraulic Connections
procedure (Ref. TASK 20-23-11-917-001).
(1) Tightening torques for AN unions (Flared tube).

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-21-12-991-001)
R (2) Tightening torques for HARRISON and PERMASWAGE unions

R (Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 20-21-12-991-017)
R (a) Removable steel swaged unions of the HARRISON and PERMASWAGE type
R and removable MS-type unions (CRES and titanium tubes).
R (Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-21-12-991-005)
R (b) Removable aluminum-alloy swaged unions of the HARRISON and

R PERMASWAGE type and removable MS-type unions (aluminum-alloy
R tubes).
R (Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-21-12-991-006)
R (c) HARRISSON and PERMASWAGE type removable unions with one of the
R parts (union or tube) made of aluminum-alloy.
R (Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-21-12-991-006)
R (3) Tightening torques for flexible hoses

R (Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 20-21-12-991-014)
(a) Steel union installed on steel equipment or tube.

R (Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-21-12-991-005)
(b) Aluminum-alloy union installed on aluminum-alloy equipment or

tube.
R (Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-21-12-991-006)

EFF :

ALL 20-21-12

Page 202
Nov 01/07

CES
Tightening Torques for AN Unions
Figure 201/TASK 20-21-12-991-001

EFF :

ALL 20-21-12

Page 203
Feb 01/98

CES
R HARRISON and PERMASWAGE Connection
Figure 202/TASK 20-21-12-991-017

EFF :

ALL 20-21-12

Page 204
Feb 01/08

CES
R Tightening Torques for HARRISON and PERMASWAGE In-line Coupling, Check Valve,
R Flexible Hose, Cap/Plug, the two Parts made of CRES or Titanium.
Figure 203/TASK 20-21-12-991-005

EFF :

ALL

20-21-12 Page 205
Nov 01/09

CES
R Tightening Torques for HARRISON and PERMASWAGE In-line Coupling, Check Valve,
R Flexible Hose, Fuel Union, Cap/Plug, One of Part Made of Aluminum-Alloy.
Figure 204/TASK 20-21-12-991-006

EFF :

ALL

20-21-12 Page 206
Feb 01/08

CES
R Flexible Hose Connection
Figure 205/TASK 20-21-12-991-014

EFF :

ALL 20-21-12

Page 207
Feb 01/08

CES
(c) Union with one of the parts (union or equipment or tube) made of
aluminum-alloy.
(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-21-12-991-006)
(4) Tightening torques for in-line check valves

(Ref. Fig. 206/TASK 20-21-12-991-018)
(a) Steel check valves installed on steel or titanium pipes.

(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-21-12-991-005)
(b) Check valve with one of the parts (union or pipe) made of
aluminum-alloy.
(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-21-12-991-006)
(5) Tightening torques for blanking caps/plugs
(a) Steel cap/plug installed on a steel component.

(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-21-12-991-005)
(b) Aluminum-alloy cap/plug installed on an aluminum-alloy component.

(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-21-12-991-006)
(c) Cap/plug with one of the parts (cap/plug or component) made of

aluminum-alloy.
(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-21-12-991-006)
(6) Tightening torques for plug-in unions

(Ref. Fig. 207/TASK 20-21-12-991-015)
NOTE : This paragraph is applicable only for plug-in unions installed

____
on an equipment item.
Refer to HARRISON or PERMASWAGE paragraph to torque HARRISON
and PERMASWAGE unions.
(a) Plug-in steel unions

Steel union installed on a steel component or a steel union.
(Ref. Fig. 208/TASK 20-21-12-991-003)
(b) Plug-in aluminum-alloy unions

Aluminum-alloy union installed on an aluminum component.
(Ref. Fig. 209/TASK 20-21-12-991-004)
(c) Plug-in unions with one of the parts (union or component) made of
aluminum-alloy.
(Ref. Fig. 209/TASK 20-21-12-991-004)

EFF :

ALL 20-21-12

Page 208
Feb 01/08
R
CES
R In-line Check Valve Connection
Figure 206/TASK 20-21-12-991-018

EFF :

ALL 20-21-12

Page 209
Feb 01/08

CES
R Plug-in Union Connection
Figure 207/TASK 20-21-12-991-015

EFF :

ALL 20-21-12

Page 210
Feb 01/08

CES
R Tightening Torques for Plug-in Union, MS Union, Plug-in Check Valve (the two
R Parts Made of Steel)
Figure 208/TASK 20-21-12-991-003

EFF :

ALL

20-21-12 Page 211
Feb 01/08

CES
R Tightening Torques for Plug-in Union, MS Union, Plug-in Check Valve, (One of
R the Parts made of Aluminium-Alloy
Figure 209/TASK 20-21-12-991-004

EFF :

ALL

20-21-12 Page 212
Feb 01/08

CES
(7) Tightening torques for plug-in check valves
(a) Steel check valves installed on steel component.

(Ref. Fig. 208/TASK 20-21-12-991-003)
(b) Check valves with one of the parts (check valve or component)
made of aluminum-alloy.
(Ref. Fig. 209/TASK 20-21-12-991-004)
(8) Tightening torques for bulkhead connection lock nuts.

(Ref. Fig. 210/TASK 20-21-12-991-020, 211/TASK 20-21-12-991-019,
212/TASK 20-21-12-991-013)
Subtask 20-21-12-911-052
B. Tightening Torques for Fuel Systems
(1) Tightening torques for nuts used on component studs.

R (Ref. Fig. 213/TASK 20-21-12-991-007)
(2) Tightening torques for ABS 0106 and ABS 0107 (tighten by hand until
the nut touches the pipe end).
Subtask 20-21-12-911-053
C. Tightening Torques for De-icing Systems
(1) Tightening torques for removable HARRISSON and PERMASWAGE swaged

unions and removable MS-type union used on CRES or titanium tubes.
R (Ref. Fig. 214/TASK 20-21-12-991-022)
(2) Hydraulic-type installation with HARRISSON unions.

Aluminum-alloy tube and union.
(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-21-12-991-006)
Subtask 20-21-12-911-054
D. Tightening Torques for Rain Protection Systems
(1) Hydraulic-type installation with HARRISON unions.

(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-21-12-991-006)

Titanium tube and union.
R (Ref. Fig. 214/TASK 20-21-12-991-022)

EFF :

ALL 20-21-12

Page 213
Nov 01/09

CES
R Straight Bulkhead Connection
Figure 210/TASK 20-21-12-991-020

EFF :

ALL 20-21-12

Page 214
Feb 01/08

CES
R 90 Angle Bulkhead Connection
Figure 211/TASK 20-21-12-991-019

EFF :

ALL 20-21-12

Page 215
Feb 01/08

CES
R Tightening Torques for Lock Nuts for Bulkhead Connections
Figure 212/TASK 20-21-12-991-013

EFF :

ALL 20-21-12

Page 216
Feb 01/08

CES
Tightening Torques for Nuts
R Figure 213/TASK 20-21-12-991-007

EFF :

ALL 20-21-12

Page 217
Nov 01/07

CES
R Tightening Torques of HARRISON and PERMASWAGE, In line Coupling, Flexible
R Hose,the two Parts Made of CRES or Titanium.
R Figure 214/TASK 20-21-12-991-022

EFF :

ALL

20-21-12 Page 218
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 20-21-12-911-055
E. Tightening Torques for Fire Extinguishing Systems
(1) Tightening torques for hydraulic-type aluminum-alloy unions used on

aluminum-alloy tubes.
(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-21-12-991-006)
Subtask 20-21-12-911-056
F. Tightening Torques for Pressurization Systems
(1) Tightening torques for hydraulic-type aluminum-alloy unions used on

(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-21-12-991-006)
(2) Tightening torques for hydraulic-type CRES unions used on CRES tubes.
R (Ref. Fig. 214/TASK 20-21-12-991-022)
Subtask 20-21-12-911-057
G. Tightening Torques for Air Conditioning Systems
(1) Tightening torques for clamps used on flexible sleeves between

composite or metal pipes/ducts.
R (Ref. Fig. 215/TASK 20-21-12-991-008)
(2) Tightening torques for clamps that attach composite or metal

pipes/ducts to their supports.
R (Ref. Fig. 216/TASK 20-21-12-991-009)
Subtask 20-21-12-911-058
H. Tightening Torques for Water Systems
(1) Tightening torques for hydraulic-type CRES unions used on CRES tubes.
R (Ref. Fig. 214/TASK 20-21-12-991-022)
Subtask 20-21-12-911-060
J. Tightening Torques for Air Data Systems

(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-21-12-991-006)

EFF :

ALL 20-21-12

Page 219
Nov 01/09

CES
Tightening Torques for Clamps
R Figure 215/TASK 20-21-12-991-008

EFF :

ALL 20-21-12

Page 220
Nov 01/09

CES
Tightening Torques for Clamps
R Figure 216/TASK 20-21-12-991-009

EFF :

ALL 20-21-12

Page 221
Nov 01/09

CES
Titanium tube and union.
R (Ref. Fig. 214/TASK 20-21-12-991-022)

EFF :

ALL 20-21-12

Page 222
Nov 01/09

CES
________________________________________________________
TIGHTENING TORQUES FOR FLIGHT CONTROL THREADED FASTENERS
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_____________________
TASK 20-21-13-911-001
Tightening Torques for Flight Control Threaded Fasteners
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This subject gives the information related to the tightening torques for the
standard threaded fasteners of the flight controls.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-21-13-991-001 Fig. 201
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-21-13-941-050
A. Not applicable.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-21-13-911-050
A. Tightening torques.
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-21-13-991-001)
(1) Tightening torques for the threaded fasteners of the flight controls.

EFF :

ALL 20-21-13

Page 201
Feb 01/98

CES
Tightening Torques for the Threaded Fasteners of the Flight Controls
Figure 201/TASK 20-21-13-991-001

EFF :

ALL 20-21-13

Page 202
Feb 01/98

CES
TIGHTENING TORQUES FOR OXYGEN UNIONS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
____________________________________________________________
TASK 20-21-14-911-001
Tightening Torques for Oxygen Unions
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R This subject gives the data related to the tightening torques for the oxygen
unions.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-21-14-991-001 Fig. 201

20-21-14-991-002 Fig. 202
20-21-14-991-003 Fig. 203
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-21-14-941-050
A. Not applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-21-14-911-050
A. Tightening Torques
(1) Tightening torques for unions of all types, but not ANPT, used on
steel tubes.
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-21-14-991-001)
(2) Tightening torques for unions of all types, but not ANPT, used on
aluminum alloy tubes.
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 20-21-14-991-002)
(3) Tightening torques for ANPT unions used on aluminum alloy tubes.
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-21-14-991-003)

EFF :

ALL 20-21-14

Page 201
May 01/08

CES
R Tightening Torques for Unions of all Types, but not ANPT, used on Steel Tubes
Figure 201/TASK 20-21-14-991-001

EFF :

ALL 20-21-14

Page 202
May 01/08

CES
R Tightening Torques for Unions of all Types, but not ANPT, used on Aluminum-
alloy Tubes
Figure 202/TASK 20-21-14-991-002

EFF :

ALL

20-21-14 Page 203
May 01/08

CES
R Tightening Torques for ANPT Unions used on Aluminum-alloy Tubes
Figure 203/TASK 20-21-14-991-003

EFF :

ALL 20-21-14

Page 204
May 01/08

CES
TIGHTENING TORQUES FOR ELECTRICAL COMPONENT FASTENERS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_____________________________________________________________________________
TASK 20-21-15-912-001
Tightening Torques for Electrical Component Fasteners
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R To give the tightening torques for electrical component fasteners.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific calibrated screwdriver

No specific torque wrench
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 07-020 AI TNA 007-10012

IDENTIFICATION PAINT (Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ESPM 20-51-50
R 20-21-15-991-008 Fig. 201
R 20-21-15-991-009 Fig. 202
R 20-21-15-991-011 Fig. 203
R

EFF :

ALL 20-21-15

Page 201
May 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-21-15-941-050
A. Functions
(1) The application of tightening torques on electrical component

fasteners permits:
- the electrical and mechanical connection of a terminal to the
component
- the mechanical attachment of the component to its support
- the mechanical connection of the various component parts, one with
the other
- the removal and installation of the fasteners for maintenance.
R (2) For standard items, use the ESPM search tool to find the correct
R tightening torque value (Ref. ESPM 20-51-50).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-21-15-912-050
A. General Requirements and Precautions
(1) You must tighten the fasteners with a torque wrench and calibrated
screwdriver.
(2) Do not change the original lubrication of the hardware.
(3) To install a nut on a stud or a bolt in a nut:
(a) Align the two components axially.
(b) Apply a light pressure and turn to loosen until you feel a
click on the first thread.
(c) Turn to tighten by two turns.
(d) TORQUE with the applicable tool.
1
_ When you have a stacked assembly with the bolt or the nut in
contact with the components, manually make sure that the
components are in the correct position before you apply the
torque.

EFF :

ALL 20-21-15

Page 202
May 01/09

CES
2
_ Apply the tightening torque in one continuous operation.
NOTE : If you do not apply the torque in one continuous

____
operation (limited travel or access), do the last
tightening operation with a sufficient movement (with a
rotation of 30 degrees minimum).
Subtask 20-21-15-912-051
B. Special Requirements and Precautions
(1) Connection fasteners

Use a wiring principle that prevents stress in the cables that can
cause loosening of the fasteners.
(2) Attachment fasteners

When the diameter of the attachment fasteners is less than the
diameter of the connection fasteners:
- make sure that you do not cause damage to the attachment of the
component on the support when you apply the torque to the
connection fasteners.
(3) fasteners for assembly/locking

You must not use the nuts and bolts to assemble or mate the
components. The fasteners must be used only to finalize the
operation.
(4) Electrical connections that are not used
(a) Terminal studs that are not used

Remove the nut and leave the stud free.
(b) Others
Tighten the connection screws and nuts to the specified torque
values.
(5) Limitation of use
(a) You cannot use the self-locking nuts again.
(b) For other types of fasteners, you can use them again in these
conditions:
- The threads and mating surfaces are not damaged.
- The protection of the fasteners and the surface condition is
not damaged.
NOTE : If you use the bolts and nuts again, this:

____

EFF :

ALL 20-21-15

Page 203
May 01/09
R
CES
- Makes the pre-tension weaker because it decreases the
satisfactory effect of the lubricant.
- Causes local damage to the protection of the bolts and
nuts which can cause corrosion or seizing.
- Can cause damage the mating surfaces.
- Can decrease the torque for the self-locking nuts.
Subtask 20-21-15-210-050
C. Visual Inspection before Application of the Tightening Torque
(1) Before you apply the tightening torque, make sure that:
(a) The old identification mark (red mark) is removed (if painted).
NOTE : You must not use the red mark as a visual reference for
____
tightening of the fasteners.
(b) The quality of the bolt and nut threads and of the lubrication is
correct.
(c) The tightening tools agree with the bolts and nuts.
(d) The chamfer of the bolt is higher than or equal to the depth of
the thread.
(e) The terminals are flat and without burrs.
Subtask 20-21-15-912-052
D. Application of the Tightening Torque
(1) Apply the tightening torques to the fasteners.

R (Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-21-15-991-008, 202/TASK 20-21-15-991-009)
Subtask 20-21-15-210-051
E. Visual Inspection after Application of the Torque.
(1) After you apply the torque, make sure that:
(a) The position of the assembled components has not changed.
(b) The terminals are parallel.
(c) The components are correctly locked.

EFF :

ALL 20-21-15

Page 204
May 01/09

CES
R Tightening Torques for Electrical Components
R Figure 201/TASK 20-21-15-991-008

EFF :

ALL 20-21-15

Page 205
May 01/09

CES
R Tightening Torques for Electrical Components
R Figure 202/TASK 20-21-15-991-009

EFF :

ALL 20-21-15

Page 206
May 01/09

CES
(d) You can see at least one thread and a half above the nut.
(2) Apply the identification mark (red mark) if it is necessary.
Subtask 20-21-15-912-053
F. Marking of Screws and Nuts (identification mark)
(1) After application of the tightening torque, on electrical connections

held by a nut or a screw (except circuit-breakers) and made with
cables with a cross-section of 5 mm2 or more (size 10 - 8 - 6, etc),
you must make an identification mark (red painted line) between the
nut or screw head and a fixed point using PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL
AND EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-020).
R (Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-21-15-991-011)
NOTE : You must not use the red mark as a visual reference for
____
tightening of the screw or the nut.
You must remove this mark before any operation on the
connection.
After an operation, you must tighten the screw or the nut to
the applicable torque value and repaint the red mark.

EFF :

ALL 20-21-15

Page 207
May 01/09

CES
Marking of Screws and Nuts
R Figure 203/TASK 20-21-15-991-011

EFF :

ALL 20-21-15

Page 208
May 01/09

CES
STA-LOK FASTENERS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_________________________________________
TASK 20-22-00-000-001
Removal of STA-LOK Nuts and Lockwashers
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific wrench
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-22-00-991-001 Fig. 201

20-22-00-991-002 Fig. 202
20-22-00-991-003 Fig. 203
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-22-00-941-050
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-22-00-911-050
A. Removal of STA-LOK Nuts and Lockwashers

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-22-00-991-001, 202/TASK 20-22-00-991-002, 203/TASK
20-22-00-991-003)
(1) Use the tool wrenches-notched, tightening of nuts STA-LOK NSA5454

(SL90-315) (Ref. Table 2) and the tool-extraction, tab washers
STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-314) (Ref. Table 3).

EFF :

ALL 20-22-00

Page 201
Feb 01/98

CES
R Installation of STA-LOK Nuts NSA5454
Figure 201/TASK 20-22-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 20-22-00

Page 202
Aug 01/07

CES
Lockwasher Removal/Installation Tools
Figure 202/TASK 20-22-00-991-002

EFF :

ALL 20-22-00

Page 203
Feb 01/98

CES
Lockwashers - Removal/Installation
Figure 203/TASK 20-22-00-991-003

EFF :

ALL 20-22-00

Page 204
Feb 01/98

CES
(2) Adjust the tool-extraction, tab washers STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-314) so
that the inner face of the tool (8) core aligns with the outer face
of the tool (9) body.
NOTE : The tools given in the table below for the lockwasher
____
NSA5454-5DRH are applicable for the nut STA-LOK SL40871.
R For the nut STA-LOK SL40290 there is no special tool.
(3) Engage the 2 lugs of the tool through the available slots (5) of the
nut (1).
NOTE : If there is not sufficient space at the end of the pin/bolt,

____
use the special tool-extraction, tab washers STA-LOK NSA5454
(SL90-310).
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 20-22-00-991-002)
(Ref. Table 4)
Turn the tool core clockwise. Install the tool on the pin/bolt
(2). Turn the tool core counterclockwise until the lugs fit
into the available slots (5) of the nut (1).
(4) Turn the tool body to align the tool lugs with the tangs (4) of the
lockwasher (3).
(5) Turn the tool core to remove the lockwasher (3) from the nut (1).
(6) Remove the lockwasher (3) from the tool.
(7) Install the tool wrenches-notched, tightening of nuts STA-LOK NSA5454

(SL90-315).
R NOTE : For STA-LOK NSA 5454-5DRH no special tool is necessary to

____
R loosen the nut.
(8) Loosen the nut (1) with the wrench.

EFF :

ALL 20-22-00

Page 205
Aug 01/07

CES
TASK 20-22-00-400-001
Installation of STA-LOK Nuts and Lockwashers
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific torque wrench

No specific wrench
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-22-00-991-001 Fig. 201

20-22-00-991-002 Fig. 202
20-22-00-991-003 Fig. 203
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-22-00-941-052
A. Not Applicable

EFF :

ALL 20-22-00

Page 206
May 01/03

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-22-00-911-051
A. Installation of STA-LOK Nuts and Lockwashers

20-22-00-991-003)
(1) Make sure that the grip length of the pin/bolt is more than the
minimum.
(2) Use the tool wrenches-notched, tightening of nuts STA-LOK NSA5454

(SL90-315) (Ref. Table 2) and the tool-installation, tab washers
STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-313) (Ref. Table 3).
(3) Define the torque value for the nut (1) (Ref. Table 2).
NOTE : The table 2 gives the standard torque values. Obey the special
____
torque values given in the maintenance tasks.
(4) Clean the pin/bolt with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
(5) Examine the nut (1), the pin/bolt (2) and the lockwasher (3). Make
sure that they are in good condition.
(6) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the threads of the
pin (2) to make the installation of the nut (1) easier.
(7) Install the nut (1) on the pin/bolt (2). Install the tool
wrenches-notched, tightening of nuts STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-315) on
the nut.
R NOTE : For STA-LOK NSA 5454-5DRH no special tool is necessary to

____
R tighten the nut.
(8) Use the torque wrench to TORQUE the nut (1) to the correct value.
(9) Install the lockwasher (3) on the threads of the pin/bolt (2). Make
sure that the tangs (4) of the lockwasher (3) align with the slots of
the nut (1).
(10) Adjust the tool-installation, tab washers STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-313)

so that the inner face of the tool (8) core aligns with the outer
face of the tool (9) body.
NOTE : For the nut STA-LOK SL40290, there is no special tool.

____

EFF :

ALL 20-22-00

Page 207
Aug 01/07

CES
(11) Engage the 2 lugs of the tool through the slots (5) of the nut (1).
NOTE : If there is not sufficient space at the end of

____ the pin/bolt,
use the special tool-installation, tab washers STA-LOK NSA5454
(SL90-309).
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 20-22-00-991-002)
(Ref. Table 4)
Turn the tool core clockwise. Install the tool on the pin/bolt
(2). Turn the tool core counterclockwise until the lugs fit
into the available slots (5) of the nut (1).
(12) Turn the body of the tool counterclockwise (45 deg (45.0000 deg)
approximately).
(13) Engage the circlip (6) of the lockwasher (3) in the groove (7) of the
nut (1).
To do this, hold the body of the tool with one hand to stop its
rotation. Turn the tool core with the wrench.
NOTE : You must hear a click when the circlip engages fully in the
____
groove (7).
(14) Loosen the tool core. Turn the tool body clockwise until the tangs
(4) of the lockwasher (3) align with the slots (5) of the nut (1).
(15) Remove the tool.

EFF :

ALL 20-22-00

Page 208
Nov 01/01
R
CES
LINES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________
1. _______
General
R This section deals with the installation and repair of rigid lines on the
aircraft.
A. Hydraulic Lines
(1) Thickness of hydraulic lines

The following table gives the thicknesses of hydraulic lines, as a
function of diameters and materials used.
---------------------------------------------------------------
| | Thickness |
| Nominal |---------------------------------------------
| Diameter | Stainless | Light Alloy | Titanium |
| | Steel 21.6.9 | 6061.T6. | Ti 3AL 2.5V |
---------------------------------------------------------------
| in. | mm | in. | mm | in. | mm | in. | mm |
---------------------------------------------------------------
| 1/4 | 6.35 | 0.016 | 0.41 | 0.035 | 0.89 | 0.016 | 0.40 |
| 3/8 | 9.53 | 0.020 | 0.51 | 0.035 | 0.89 | 0.019 | 0.48 |
| 1/2 | 12.70 | 0.026 | 0.66 | 0.035 | 0.89 | 0.026 | 0.66 |
| 5/8 | 15.88 | 0.033 | 0.84 | 0.035 | 0.89 | 0.032 | 0.81 |
| 3/4 | 19.05 | 0.039 | 0.99 | 0.035 | 0.89 | 0.039 | 0.99 |
| 1 | 25.40 | 0.052 | 1.32 | 0.048 | 1.22 | 0.051 | 1.30 |
| 1.1/4 | 31.75 | 0.024 | 0.61 | | | | |
| 1.1/2 | 38.10 | 0.024 | 0.61 | 0.035 | 0.89 | | |
---------------------------------------------------------------
R NOTE : This procedure is applicable to:

____
R - Titanium-alloy (Ti-3Al-2.5V) tubes ref. ABS5004, sizes -04
R to -16
R - Corrosion-resistant steel (21.6.9) tubes ref. ASNA3288,
R sizes -04 to -24
R - Aluminum-alloy (6061-T6) tubes ref. ASNA3410, DAN40,
R ABM2-3026, sizes -04 to -16 and -24.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-00

Page 1
May 01/08

CES
INSTALLATION AND REPAIR OF TUBING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_________________________________________________________
TASK 20-23-11-911-004
Installation of the Air Data Tubes
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To install flexible and rigid air data tubes, these tubes are connected to
the pitot and static system.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-21-11-911-001 Tightening Torques for Standard Threaded Fasteners

20-21-12-911-001 Tightening Torques for Pipe Unions (not for OXYGEN
unions)
20-23-22-910-001 Marking of the Unions after Standard or Specific
Tightening Torque Application
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
34-13-00-790-002 Leak Test of the Principal Static and Total Air Data
System
R 34-21-00-790-001 Low-Range Leak Test of the Standby Pneumatic Circuits
34-22-25-790-001 Low range Leak Test of the Standby Pneumatic circuits
20-23-11-991-082 Fig. 201

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 201
May 01/08

CES
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 20-23-11-860-067
R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
R Subtask 20-23-11-941-056
R B. Safety Precautions
R (1) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell person not to operate the
R systems in the area of installation of the air data tubes.
R Subtask 20-23-11-917-094
R C. General
R CAUTION : YOU MUST BE CAREFUL WITH THE TUBES TO PREVENT IMPACTS,

_______
R DISTORTIONS AND SCRATCHES.
R CAUTION : WHEN DUST CAPS ARE USED FOR THE PROTECTION OF OPEN LINES
_______
R AGAINST CONTAMINATION, ALWAYS BE SURE TO INSTALL THE CAPS
R AROUND THE TUBE ENDS AND NOT IN THE TUBE ENDS. THERE CAN BE
R BLOCKAGE OF THE FLOW THROUGH THE TUBES IF THESE TUBES ARE
R INSTALLED ACCIDENTALLY WITH DUST CAPS IN THE TUBE ENDS.
R (1) Make sure that all the equipment items that must be connected are in
R the correct position. You must do this so that it will not be
R necessary to remove the tubes subsequently.
R (2) Make sure that the tube installation area is clean and in the correct
R condition to prevent contamination of the air data tubes when you
R remove the caps.
R (3) Make sure that the parts you assemble are clean and have no
R contamination.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 202
Aug 01/07

CES
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 20-23-11-420-056
R A. Installation of the Air Data Tubes
R (1) Make sure that the tube end fittings are not damaged.
R (a) Examine the threads of the fittings.
R (b) Examine the sealing surfaces.
R (c) Examine the tube for scratches, nicks, deformations, etc.
R NOTE : Reject parts that show signs of damage.

____
R (2) Install the clamp blocks on the tube.
R (3) Put the tube in position and make sure that:

R - the tube you install is not too short or too long
R - you can put the tube in position without too much force on the
R clamp blocks
R (4) Remove the caps.
R CAUTION : TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE SYSTEM, DO NOT APPLY

_______
R LUBRICANT TO THE TUBES AND/OR FITTINGS.
R (5) Align the tube and the fitting and engage the tube end.
R CAUTION : MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT TWIST THE TUBES WHEN YOU INSTALL THEM.
_______
R IF YOU TWIST THE TUBES, YOU CAN PUT A LOAD ON THEM WHICH
R CAN DAMAGE THEM.
R CAUTION : DO NOT BEND THE TUBE WHEN YOU INSTALL IT. IF THE TUBE IS
_______
R BENT IT CAN BE DAMAGED.
R (6) Tighten the attachment bolts of the clamp blocks with your hand only
R sufficiently to prevent that the tubes fall.
R (7) Tighten the connection with your hand.
R (8) Make sure that the tube routing does not make a low point.
R CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN THE SPECIFIED TORQUE. IF YOU DO, YOU
_______
R CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE TUBES.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 203
Aug 01/07

CES
(9) TORQUE the connection to the applicable value (Ref. TASK 20-21-12-
911-001).
(10) Make a mark on the unions after you apply the standard tightening
torque values (Ref. TASK 20-23-22-910-001).
(11) TORQUE the clamp blocks to the applicable values (Ref. TASK 20-21-11-
911-001).
(12) Make sure that the installed tube does not touch the fixed structure,
parts that move and other parts.
NOTE : To measure the clearance between a tube and a part that can
____
move, you must measure the distance in the condition where the
movement decreases the distance to its smalLest value.
Subtask 20-23-11-420-057
B. Quick-Disconnect Connection (If necessary)

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-23-11-991-082)
(1) Connect the quick-disconnect coupling to the related connector.
(2) Make sure that you can see the blue ring on the quick-disconnect
coupling.
(3) Pull the quick-disconnect coupling to be sure that it is correctly

attached.
R
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,
Subtask 20-23-11-710-051
C. Test
(1) Do a leak test of the air data system.

- If you disconnected the main system: (Ref. TASK 34-13-00-790-002)
- If you disconnected the standby system: (Ref. TASK 34-21-00-790-
001)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 204
Aug 01/09

CES
R Illustration of the Quick-diconnect coupling
R Figure 201/TASK 20-23-11-991-082

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 205
Aug 01/07

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 20-23-11-710-051-A
C. Test
(1) Do a leak test of the air data system.

- If you disconnected the main system: (Ref. TASK 34-13-00-790-002)
- If you disconnected the standby system: (Ref. TASK 34-22-25-790-
001)
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-23-11-410-054
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the warning notice(s).
Subtask 20-23-11-862-051
B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 206
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 20-23-11-917-002
Installation and Repair of Hydraulic Lines
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives:

- The permitted damage and defects on hydraulic tubes
- The procedure to repair hydraulic tubes
R - The procedure to install hydraulic tubes
R - The tightening practices for hydraulic connections
R - The procedure for the protection of hydraulic lines from vibration and
R chafing.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-23-11-200-001 Permitted Damage and Defects on Hydraulic Tubing

20-23-11-300-001 Repair of the Hydraulic Tubes with PERMASWAGE Unions
20-23-11-300-002 Repair of the Hydraulic Tubes with HARRISON
Elastomerically-Swaged Fittings
R 20-23-11-300-003 Repair of the Corrosion-Resistant Steel or
R Aluminum-Alloy or Titanium-Alloy tubes with
20-23-11-300-004 Temporary Repair of Hydraulic Tubes
R 20-23-11-300-005 Repair of the Titanium-Alloy Hydraulic Tubes with
HARRISON Sleeves and Unions
R 20-23-11-300-006 Repair of the Hydraulic Tubes with CRYOFIT Couplings
3PHS111-XX
R 20-23-11-300-007 Repair of the Hydraulic Tubes with RYNGLOK Unions
20-23-11-300-008 Temporary Repair of Hydraulic Tubes by Welding
20-23-11-911-001 Installation of the Hydraulic Tubes
R 20-23-11-917-001 Tightening Practices for Hydraulic Connections
R 20-23-14-910-001 Protection Against vibration and Chafing of Hydraulic
R Pipes
20-23-11-991-075 Fig. 202
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-11-210-060
A. Not Applicable

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 207
Feb 01/08

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-11-917-088
A. Permitted Damage and Defects on Hydraulic Tubing
(1) Permitted damage and defects on hydraulic tubing (Ref. TASK 20-23-11-
200-001).
Subtask 20-23-11-917-089
B. Procedures to Repair Hydraulic Tubes

(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 20-23-11-991-075)
(1) Permanent repair of hydraulic tubes

For the permanent repair of hydraulic tubes, use one of the repair
procedures that follow:
(a) Permanent repair of hydraulic tubes with PERMASWAGE unions

(Ref. TASK 20-23-11-300-001).
(b) Permanent repair of hydraulic tubes with HARRISON

elastomerically-swaged fittings (Ref. TASK 20-23-11-300-002).
(c) Permanent repair of hydraulic tubes with HARRISON roller-swaged

fittings (Ref. TASK 20-23-11-300-005).
R (d) Permanent repair of hydraulic tubes with SIERRACIN/HARRISON

R H-fittings (Ref. TASK 20-23-11-300-003).
R
(e) Permanent repair of hydraulic tubes with CRYOFIT couplings

3PHS111-XX (Ref. TASK 20-23-11-300-006).
(f) Permanent repair of hydraulic tubes with RYNGLOK R8 unions

(Ref. TASK 20-23-11-300-007).
(2) Temporary repair of hydraulic tubes

For the temporary repair of hydraulic tubes, use one of the repair
procedures that follow:
(a) Temporary repair of hydraulic tubes with MS21922 sleeve

(Ref. TASK 20-23-11-300-004).
R (b) Temporary repair of hydraulic tubes with flexible hoses

R (Ref. TASK 20-23-11-300-004).
R

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 208
Feb 01/08

CES
R Permanent and Temporary Repair of Hydraulic Tubes
Figure 202/TASK 20-23-11-991-075

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 209
Feb 01/08

CES
R (c) Temporary repair of hydraulic tubes by welding (Ref. TASK 20-23-
11-300-008).
Subtask 20-23-11-917-090
C. Procedure for Installation of Hydraulic Tubes
(1) Installation of hydraulic tubing (Ref. TASK 20-23-11-911-001).
Subtask 20-23-11-917-091
D. Tightening Practices for Hydraulic Connections
(1) Tightening practices for hydraulic connections (Ref. TASK 20-23-11-

917-001).
R Subtask 20-23-11-917-105
R E. Procedure for Protection of Hydraulic Lines from Vibration and Chafing
R (1) Protection of hydraulic lines from vibration and chafing (Ref. TASK
R 20-23-14-910-001).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 210
Feb 01/08

CES
TASK 20-23-11-200-001
Permitted Damage and Defects on Hydraulic Tubing
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure is applicable to:

- Titanium-alloy (Ti-3Al-2.5V) tubes ref. ABS5004, sizes -04 to -16
- Corrosion-resistant steel (21-6-9) tubes ref. ASNA3288, sizes -04 to -24
- Aluminum-alloy (6061-T6) tubes ref. ASNA3410, DAN40, sizes -04 to -16 and
-24.
2. ______________________
R A. Consumable Materials
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 08-004 AIB AIMS-04-05-003

R ADHESIVE SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
R SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
R B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-23-11-300-005 Repair of the Titanium-Alloy Hydraulic Tubes with

HARRISON Sleeves and Unions
R 20-23-11-911-001 Installation of the Hydraulic Tubes
20-23-11-991-053 Fig. 203
20-23-11-991-054 Fig. 204
20-23-11-991-055 Fig. 205
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499,
R 20-23-11-991-088 Fig. 206

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 211
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
20-23-11-991-088-A Fig. 206A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-11-869-058
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-11-210-057
A. Permitted Damage and Defects on Hydraulic Tubing

20-23-11-991-055)
NOTE : This topic is not applicable to the engine tubes. Refer to the
____
engine manufacturer for repairs of the engine tubes.
(1) Permitted repair

Generally you repair a tube with a tube made of the same material,
but if a tube made of the same material is not available, you can
repair the tubes as follows:
- aluminum alloy (6061-T6) tubes with CRES (21.6.9) or Titanium alloy
(Ti A3V 2.5) tubes,
- CRES (21.6.9) tubes with Titanium alloy (TI A3V 2.5) tubes (except
in the pylon).
- titanium alloy (Ti A3V 2.5) tubes with CRES (21.6.9) tubes.
NOTE : If you repair aluminum alloy or Titanium alloy tubes with CRES
____
tubes, think of the weight penalty.
(2) Permitted damage and defects
NOTE : When damage or defects on tubing is more than the permitted

____
limits given below, you must discard the tubing or repair it
as shown in this topic.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 212
Feb 01/10

CES
Permitted Tube Defect Depth - Light-Alloy Tube Material
Figure 203/TASK 20-23-11-991-053

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 213
Nov 01/08
R
CES
Permitted Tube Defect Depth - Stainless-Steel Tube Material
Figure 204/TASK 20-23-11-991-054

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 214
Nov 01/08
R
CES
Permitted Tube Defect Depth - Titanium-Alloy Tube Material
Figure 205/TASK 20-23-11-991-055

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 215
Nov 01/08
R
CES
(a) Permitted limits for traces of impact and surface defects.
NOTE : Surface defects are discontinuities such as:

____
- nicks,
- scratches,
- cracks and forging laps,
- scores,
- bends,
- corrosion pits.
1
_ Sharp-bottomed surface defects:
- maximum: 5 % of tube wall thickness.
2
_ Round-bottomed surface defects:
- maximum: 10 % of tube wall thickness.
NOTE : Sharp-bottomed surface defects and traces of impact are

____
damage with a 90 degrees or less angle at the bottom.
All others are round-bottomed.
3
_ Sharp-bottomed traces of impact:
- not permitted.
4
_ Round-bottomed traces of impact:
- maximum: 2 % of tube nominal diameter.
NOTE : Length or width of trace of impact must not be more

____
than 5 mm (0.1968 in.). When there is a surface defect
with a sign of dent, do an analysis of each type of
damage.
Subtask 20-23-11-210-061
B. Special Case of ASNA3760 Union and ASNA3759 Sleeve
(1) These Harrison fittings are roller-swaged on titanium-alloy hydraulic

tubes (Ref. TASK 20-23-11-300-005).
(2) ASNA3760 union:

No cracks are permitted on the ASNA3760 union, with or without leaks.
If the union has a crack, you must replace it.
(3) ASNA3759 sleeve:

A crack behind the sleeve shoulder (skirt area, i.e. nut side) is
permitted if there is no leak.
In this case, it is not necessary to replace the sleeve.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 216
Nov 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 20-23-11-210-062
C. Special Case for hydraulic pipe bushes at RIB 05
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 206/TASK 20-23-11-991-088)
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 206A/TASK 20-23-11-991-088-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) and MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-003) to clean the pipe and remove the sealant, if necessary.
(2) Remove the half-cleat at RIB 05.
(3) Visually examine the pipe bush wear:
(a) If the wear on the bush is more than 0.89 mm (0.0350 in.), remove
the pipe bush and replace the hydraulic tube (Ref. TASK 20-23-11-
911-001).
(b) If the wear on the bush is less than 0.89 mm (0.0350 in.):
- Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004)
and install the half-cleat or
- Install the half-cleat and do an inspection of the pipe bush
again at the subsequent C-check.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 217
Feb 01/10

CES
R Bush Wear Limits on pipe at RIB 05
R Figure 206/TASK 20-23-11-991-088

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
20-23-11

Page 218
Nov 01/08

CES
Bush Wear Limits on pipe at RIB 05
Figure 206A/TASK 20-23-11-991-088-A

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 20-23-11

Page 219
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 20-23-11-911-001
Installation of the Hydraulic Tubes
WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.

_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : This procedure is applicable to:

____
- Corrosion-resistant steel (21.6.9) tubes ref. ASNA3288, sizes -04
to -24.
NOTE : If a tube in titanium (TI 3AV 2.50) is not available, you can replace
____
it by a tube in corrosion-resistant steel (21.6.9) but you must
record the weight penalty.
NOTE : When you move the tubes to the work station, you must obey the
____
necessary precautions to prevent deterioration.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific Grade No. 320 Emery Cloth
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 02-003 F NSA 307110 TYPE 4

R NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 04-012 USA VV-P-236
PURE MINERALVASELINE OR PETRO- LATUM (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 04-015 USA BAC 5001 DACO-5073
GREASE (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 220
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-12-29-611-001 Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump

12-12-29-611-002 Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic
Service Cart
unions)
20-28-00-912-006 Electrical Bonding of Pipes
29-00-00-864-001 Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized
Configuration before Maintenance Action
29-00-00-870-001 Bleeding Procedure of the Green Hydraulic System
Upstream of the Engine Pump
Upstream of the PTU
Downstream of the Engine Pump
29-00-00-870-004 Bleeding Procedure of the Yellow Hydraulic System
Upstream of the PTU
Upstream of the Yellow E-Pump
29-00-00-870-008 Bleeding Procedure of the Blue Hydraulic System
Upstream of the Blue E-Pump
Downstream of the Blue E-Pump
29-00-00-910-002 Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System
29-10-00-863-001 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System
29-10-00-863-002 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-10-00-863-003 Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground
Power Supply
29-14-00-614-001 Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs
29-14-00-614-002 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through
the Ground Connector
32-42-00-870-001 Bleeding of the Normal Braking at the Brake Units
32-43-00-612-001 Filling and bleeding of the Low Pressure Control
System of the Alternate Braking
32-43-00-870-002 Bleeding of the High Pressure Alternate Braking
System

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 221
Nov 01/08
R
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-11-860-051
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).
(2) Make sure that the related hydraulic system is depressurized

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(3) Make sure that the related hydraulic reservoir is depressurized

(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-11-420-051
A. Installation of the Line Support Blocks
(1) Remove the protective layer from the structure at the locations of
the line support blocks with Grade No. 320 Emery Cloth.
(2) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-012) on the
structure at the locations of the line support blocks.
(3) Make sure that the line support blocks are fully clean. Install the
line support blocks.
(4) Make sure that the rubber linings of the line clamps are in good
condition and correctly installed in the clamps.
Subtask 20-23-11-420-052
B. Installation of the Tubing
(1) Make sure that all equipment items to be connected are in the correct
position so that it will not be necessary to remove the tubing
subsequently.
(2) Make sure that you flush the lines before installation, and that the
threads of the fittings are in the correct condition.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 222
Nov 01/08
R
CES
(3) Make sure that the tubing ends, the sleeves and the unions are in the
correct condition.
NOTE : You must discard tubes that have indentations with a depth of
____
more than 0.05 mm (0.0019 in.). They are two possible causes
for these indentations:
- a torque value that was too high during installation
- too many installation and removals.
(4) Apply HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) or COMMON GREASE

(Material No. 04-015) to the threads of the fittings of the hydraulic
line.
(5) Put the tubing in position.
(6) Make sure that the electrical bonds are correct (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
912-006).
(7) TORQUE the connections to the applicable values (Ref. TASK 20-21-12-
911-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-23-11-860-060
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Pressurize the hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002).
(2) If necessary, fill the hydraulic reservoirs:

- with a hand pump (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001)
- or with a hydraulic cart (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002)
(3) Pressurize the hydraulic systems:

- for the Green system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001)
- for the Yellow system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002)
- for the Blue system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
(4) Make sure that there is no leakage in the repaired area.
(5) Bleed the related hydraulic system:
(a) For the Green system:

- upstream of the engine pump (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-870-001)
- upstream of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-870-002)
- downstream of the engine pump (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-870-003).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 223
Nov 01/08
R
CES
(b) For the Yellow system:
- upstream of the Yellow E-pump (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-870-006)
(c) For the Blue sytem:

- upstream of the Blue E-pump (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-870-008)
- downstream of the Blue E-pump (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-870-009).
(d) For the normal braking system (Ref. TASK 32-42-00-870-001).
(e) For the alternate braking system.

- low pressure (Ref. TASK 32-43-00-612-001)
- high pressure (Ref. TASK 32-43-00-870-002).
items.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 224
Nov 01/08
R
CES
TASK 20-23-11-911-003
Installation of the Pneumatic Sense Line
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R To give maintenance practices to install pneumatic sense lines related to

R the air conditioning system (ATA 21).
R To install sense lines in engine nacelles related to the bleed air system,
R (ATA 36), obey the instructions given in ATA 36-11-XX.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-003 USA SAE AMS 2518

GRAPHITED PETROLATUM THREAD COMPOUND (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-004 AIB AIMS-04-05-003
ADHESIVE SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
SYNTHETIC FIBRE CORD (NYLON) 2.5MM DIA.
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-21-11-911-001 Tightening Torques for Standard Threaded Fasteners

unions)
20-23-11-991-078 Fig. 207
20-23-11-991-079 Fig. 208
20-23-11-991-077 Fig. 209

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 225
Feb 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-11-941-055
R (1) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
R systems in the area related to the installation of the sense line.
Subtask 20-23-11-917-093
B. General
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT AIR IS NOT SUPPLIED TO THE AIR CONDITIONING
_______
SYSTEM FROM THE MAIN ENGINE, THE APU OR A GROUND SOURCE.
HOT COMPRESSED AIR CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONNEL.
CAUTION : WHEN DUST CAPS ARE USED FOR THE PROTECTION OF OPEN LINES
_______
AGAINST CONTAMINATION, ALWAYS BE SURE TO INSTALL THE CAPS
AROUND THE TUBE ENDS AND NOT IN THE TUBE ENDS. THERE CAN BE
BLOCKAGE OF THE FLOW THROUGH THE TUBES IF THESE TUBES ARE
INSTALLED ACCIDENTALLY WITH DUST CAPS IN THE TUBE ENDS.
(1) When you take the tubes, you must move them carefully to prevent
impacts, distortion and scratches.
R (2) Make sure that all the items of equipment are installed and that it
R will not be necessary to remove the sense line subsequently.
(3) Make sure that the area is clean and in the correct condition to
prevent contamination of the sense line when you remove the caps.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-11-420-055
A. Installation of the Sense Line
(1) Make sure that you have a minimum distance between the pipe and the
parts that can move or not and the other pipes.
(Ref. Fig. 207/TASK 20-23-11-991-078)
NOTE : If a maintenance procedure gives a different minimum distance,

____
you must obey this distance.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 226
Feb 01/09

CES
Minimum Clearance
R Figure 207/TASK 20-23-11-991-078

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 227
Nov 01/08

CES
NOTE : To measure the minimum distance between a pipe and a part that
____
can move, you must measure the distance in a condition where
the movement decreases the distance to its smallest value.
(a) If necessary, install a spiral strip.

R (Ref. Fig. 208/TASK 20-23-11-991-079)
1
_ Wind a spiral strip NSA849000 around the pipe.
2
_ Install a cable tie NSA935401 at each end of the spiral strip.
(b) If necessary, install lacing tape NSA8420 on the tube.

R (Ref. Fig. 208/TASK 20-23-11-991-079)
1
_ Attach the lines with lacing tape MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-002).
2
_ Complete the lacing with a reef knot. Tighten the knot.
3
_ Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004) on
the knot and the ends of the lacing tape.
(2) Make sure that the parts you assemble are clean and free of
contamination.
(3) Make sure that the tube and fitting are not damaged.
(a) Examine the threads of the fittings.
(b) Examine the sealing surfaces.
(c) Examine the tube for scratches, nicks, deformation, ...
NOTE : Reject all parts that show signs of damage.

____
(4) Install the clamp blocks on the tube.
(5) Put the tube in position and make sure that:

- The pipe you install is not too short or too long
- You can install the pipe in position without too much force on the
clamp blocks.
(6) Remove the caps.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 228
Nov 01/08

CES
Installation of the Spiral Strip and Lacing Tape
R Figure 208/TASK 20-23-11-991-079

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 229
Nov 01/08

CES
(7) Align the tube and the fitting and engage tube end.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT TWIST THE TUBES WHEN YOU INSTALL THEM.
_______
IF YOU TWIST THE TUBES, YOU CAN PUT A LOAD ON THEM WHICH
CAN DAMAGE THEM.
CAUTION : DO NOT BEND THE TUBE WHEN YOU INSTALL IT. IF THE TUBE IS
_______
BENT IT CAN BE DAMAGED.
(8) Tighten the attachment bolts of the clamp blocks with your hand only,
sufficiently to make sure that the pipes do not fall.
(9) Use COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-003) to lubricate the male thread
and the rear side of the sleeve.
(Ref. Fig. 209/TASK 20-23-11-991-077)
CAUTION : APPLY ONLY A THIN LAYER OF GREASE TO THE MALE THREAD AND
_______
THE REAR SIDE OF THE SLEEVE AND REMOVE THE UNWANTED GREASE.
IF YOU USE TOO MUCH GREASE, THERE IS A RISK THAT THE GREASE
WILL GO INTO THE COMPONENT AND CAUSE CONTAMINATION.
(10) Engage the sleeve in the union, turn the first thread of the nut with
your hand and lubricate the remaining thread on the union with COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-003) to prevent contamination in the tube.
R (11) TORQUE the connection to the applicable value (Ref. TASK 20-21-12-
911-001).
CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN THE SPECIFIED TORQUE. IF YOU DO, YOU
_______
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE TUBES.
(12) TORQUE the clamp blocks to the applicable values (Ref. TASK 20-21-11-
911-001).
Subtask 20-23-11-710-050
B. Test
(1) Do a leak check of the sense line connections.
NOTE : Leaks are not permitted.

____
(2) Make a mark on the unions after you apply the standard or special
tightening torque values (Ref. TASK 20-23-22-910-001).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 230
Feb 01/09

CES
Lubrication of the Fittings
R Figure 209/TASK 20-23-11-991-077

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 231
Nov 01/08

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-23-11-410-053
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 232
Nov 01/08
R
CES
TASK 20-23-11-917-001
Tightening Practices for Hydraulic Connections
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
98F29003000000 1 WRENCHES-STANDARD TORQUE SET
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
unions)
20-29-00-911-001 Installation of the O-ring Seal
Upstream of the PTU

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 233
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Upstream of the PTU
Power Supply
System
R 20-23-11-991-064 Fig. 210
R 20-23-11-991-065 Fig. 211
R 20-23-11-991-066 Fig. 212

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 234
Nov 01/08

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-11-210-058
A. Visual Inspection Before Assembly
(1) Make sure that the parts you assemble are clean and free of
contamination.
(2) Make sure that the parts you assemble are not damaged. Specially,
examine the sealing surfaces (on fittings and pipe ends) and the
threads of the fittings.
NOTE : Reject any part that shows signs of damage (scratches, nicks,
____
deformation...).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-11-917-082
A. Lubrication
R (Ref. Fig. 210/TASK 20-23-11-991-064)
CAUTION : ONLY USE THE SPECIFIED LUBRICANT TO LUBRICATE THE FITTING

_______
THREADS AND THE SHOULDER OF THE SLEEVE.
CAUTION : ONLY USE HYDRAULIC FLUID MATERIAL N 02-003 TO LUBRICATE THE

_______
O-RING AND THE THREAD (O-RING SIDE) ON PLUG-IN FITTINGS. OTHER
LUBRICANTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE O-RING.
(1) Lightly lubricate with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) or

COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-015):
- the internal thread of the housing
- the shoulder of the sleeve (when possible).
NOTE : Lubricate the internal thread of the housing to get the

____
highest possible load on the contact surfaces.
Lubricate only the internal thread of the housing because the
lubricant can extrude the O-ring during assembly.
NOTE : Do not apply lubricant on the contact surfaces between the

____
sleeve and the sealing surface of the fitting. Lubricant can
cause the pipe to turn when you torque the sleeve nut.
(2) Remove unwanted lubricant with a clean, dry lint-free cloth.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 235
Nov 01/08

CES
Lubrication of the Connections
R Figure 210/TASK 20-23-11-991-064

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 236
Nov 01/08

CES
Subtask 20-23-11-917-083
B. Assembly
NOTE : Connection on straight plug-in fittings or bulkhead fittings:

____
- Straight plug-in fittings.
You must install and torque the straight plug-in fitting to the
applicable torque value before you connect the pipe (Ref. TASK
20-29-00-911-001).
- Straight bulkhead fittings.
You must install the straight bulkhead fittings and torque the
locknut to the applicable value before you connect the pipe.
- Swivel bulkhead fittings.
You must connect and torque the pipe sleeve nuts (at each end of
the fitting) to the applicable value before you torque the
locknut of the swivel bulkhead fitting to the applicable value.
(1) Put the pipe in position and make sure that:

- the pipe you install is not too short or too long
- the pipe you install can be put in position without too much force
on the clamp blocks
- the pipe is correctly aligned at unions.
NOTE : The force necessary to correctly align the pipe must not be
____
more than light finger pressure (1 daN (2.2480 lbf)).
(2) Align the pipe and the fitting and engage tube end. The sleeve must
fully touch the mating surface of the fitting.
(3) Tighten the sleeve nut with your hand until it touches sleeve
shoulder.
NOTE : The nut must turn freely on the thread. This shows that the
____
tube ends are correctly aligned.
NOTE : You must connect and tighten with your hand all the ends of
____
the pipe before you apply the tightening torque on one end.
NOTE : When you install a pipe on a tee or a cross, you must connect
____
and tighten with your hand all the connections of the tee or
the cross before you apply the tightening torque on one end.
NOTE : When you connect a flexible hose, make sure that you do not
____
twist the hose during the assembly.
(4) Attach the clamp blocks without tightening.

R

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 237
Nov 01/08

CES
Subtask 20-23-11-917-084
C. Tightening Torque Application
CAUTION : WHEN YOU TORQUE THE NUT, ALWAYS USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY A
_______
COUNTERTORQUE TO THE FITTING.
(1) Find the correct torque value (Ref. TASK 20-21-12-911-001).
NOTE : To find the correct torque value, you must know the material
____
and the dimension of the parts you assemble.
If the connection has different materials, you must use the
torque value for the weakest material.
(2) Get the applicable torque wrench and the applicable wrench adapter
for the nut and an applicable second wrench to apply the
countertorque to the fitting.
We recommend the tools from the WRENCHES-STANDARD TORQUE SET
(98F29003000000).
(3) Set the torque wrench to the applicable value.

When you use a wrench adapter, you must adjust the value.
R (Ref. Fig. 211/TASK 20-23-11-991-065)
(4) Put the torque wrench in position on the sleeve nut and the
countertorque wrench in position on the fitting.
R (Ref. Fig. 212/TASK 20-23-11-991-066)
NOTE : We recommend that you install the wrench adapter in the same
____
axis as the torque wrench.
NOTE : The torque wrench must always be installed on the nut (female
____
part) and the countertorque wrench on the fitting (male part).
(5) Apply a slow and continous force on the torque wrench until you have
the set torque value.
NOTE : Always pull (or push) at right angles to the handle of the
____
torque wrench.
Try to apply load to the center of the hand grip of the torque
wrench.
Pull with fingers only. Do not hold the hand grip.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 238
Nov 01/08

CES
Adjustment of the Torque Value
R Figure 211/TASK 20-23-11-991-065

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 239
Nov 01/08

CES
Typical Examples of Connections
R Figure 212/TASK 20-23-11-991-066- 16 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 240
Nov 01/08

CES

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 241
Nov 01/08

CES

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 242
Nov 01/08

CES

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 243
Nov 01/08

CES

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 244
Nov 01/08

CES

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 245
Nov 01/08

CES
(6) Double tightening torque
NOTE : The double tightening torque is not applicable for the

____
installation of plug-in fittings installed on manifold or
equipment.
R (a) Torque the union:

R
- torque the nut to the correct value
- loosen the nut by one turn
- torque the nut again to the correct value.
(7) If applicable, torque the locknut of the swivel bulkhead fitting to

the correct torque value (Ref. TASK 20-21-12-911-001).
Hold the fitting with the applicable countertorque wrench and torque
the locknut with the applicable torque wrench.
(8) Torque the clamp blocks to 0.2 m.daN (17.69 lbf.in).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-23-11-917-085


(5) Put a red line on the tightened fittings (Ref. TASK 20-23-22-910-
001).


EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 246
Nov 01/08

CES


items.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 247
Nov 01/08
R
CES
TASK 20-23-11-911-002
Installation of the Swivel plug-in unions and of O-Ring and Backup Washer on
Swivel Plug-in Union
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To correctly install swivel plug-in unions.

A number of Operators find much hydraulic leakage at these unions.
This is because of damage to the seals in these unions during incorrect
installation.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
98A29103000000 1 ASSEMBLY TOOL-HYDRAULIC SEALS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
unions)
Upstream of the PTU

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 248
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Upstream of the PTU
Power Supply
System
R 20-23-11-991-040 Fig. 213
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-11-911-054
A. Equipment ASSEMBLY TOOL-HYDRAULIC SEALS (98A29103000000).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 249
Nov 01/08

CES
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 213/TASK 20-23-11-991-040)
Subtask 20-23-11-911-055
A. Removal of the O-Ring and Backup Washer
CAUTION : DO NOT USE POINTED, SHARP OR METAL TOOLS TO REMOVE THE O-RING
_______
AND BACK UP WASHER.
SHARP EDGES CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE GROOVES OR CONTACT SURFACES
OF THE UNION.
(1) Use a spoon-type removal tool or a wedge-type removal tool with a

hook to remove the O-ring and the backup washer.
(2) Discard the O-ring and the backup washer.
Subtask 20-23-11-911-056
B. Installation of the Backup Washer and of the O-Ring
CAUTION : DO NOT INSTALL THE REMOVED O-RING OR BACK UP WASHER AGAIN. YOU
_______
MUST ALWAYS INSTALL A NEW O-RING OR BACK UP WASHER BEFORE YOU
INSTALL A REMOVED UNION. A COMPRESSED SEAL WILL NOT GO BACK TO
ITS INITIAL CONDITION.
(1) Safety precautions
(a) Before you start the installation, make sure that you have the
correct P/Ns.
- O-ring : NAS1612-XX or NAS1602-XX
- locknut : AN6289-XX
- backup washer : MS28777-XX (leather) or MS28773-XX (teflon).
NOTE : We recommend the installation of the teflon backup washer

____
(MS28773-XX).
(b) Make sure that the parts you install are clean and not damaged.
(c) Before you install the seals, make sure that the union is not
damaged:
- discard the union if it has scratches or if the groove of the
0-ring is damaged.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 250
Nov 01/08

CES
(2) Installation of the backup washer
(a) Lightly lubricate the threads of the locknut with HYDRAULIC

FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003).
(b) Turn the locknut until it is on the second row of threads with
the recess on the nose side of the union.
(c) Align the bottom of the recess with the start of the threads.
(d) Get the installation tool applicable to the diameter of the union
and install it on the union.
(e) Move the backup washer on the sleeve until the inner diameter
touches the conical end of the sleeve.
NOTE : If you use a leather backup washer, the rough face must be
____
on the locknut recess side and the smooth face on the
O-ring side.
(f) Move the pusher on the sleeve until it touches the backup washer.
(g) Gradually push the pusher until the backup washer goes into the
recess of the locknut.
(h) Remove the installation tool.
(i) Get the knurled ring applicable to the diameter of the union.
(j) Adjust and push the backup washer into the bottom of the locknut
recess (hold the locknut so that it does not turn).
(k) remove the knurled ring.
(l) Make sure that the backup washer is correctly installed in the
nut recess.
(3) Installation of the O-ring
(a) Lubrication of the O-ring
CAUTION : ONLY USE HYDRAULIC FLUID MATERIAL N 02-003 TO

_______
LUBRICATE THE O-RING AND THE THREAD (O-RING SIDE) ON
PLUG-IN FITTINGS. OTHER LUBRICANTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE O-RING.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 251
Nov 01/08
R
CES
Installation of Swivel Plug-in Union and of O-Ring and Backup washer on Swivel
Plug-in Union

EFF :

ALL

20-23-11 Page 252
Nov 01/08

CES
Installation of Swivel Plug-in Union and of O-Ring and Backup washer on Swivel
Plug-in Union

EFF :

ALL

20-23-11 Page 253
Nov 01/08

CES
1
_ Imerse the O-ring in HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003)
for a minimum of a quarter of an hour.
2
_ Lightly apply HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) to the
conical end of the sleeve.
(b) Move the O-ring on the sleeve until its inner diameter touches
the conical end of the sleeve.
(c) Move the pusher on the sleeve until it touches the O-ring.
(d) Gradually push the pusher until the O-ring goes into the groove
of the union.
(e) Remove the installation tool.
(f) Make sure that the O-ring is in the correct position without any
torsion or damage.
Subtask 20-23-11-911-057
C. Installation of the Union
(1) Lightly apply HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) on the first row
of threads of the union.
(2) Turn the union and the locknut at the sametime until the backup
washer comes into contact with the equipment.
NOTE : The union must turn freely in the equipment or manifold port.
____
(3) Turn the union and the locknut at the same time a maximum of one turn
to align the union with the pipe.
(4) Connect and tighten the related pipe (Ref. TASK 20-23-11-911-001).
(5) Hold the union with an open-ended spanner (Ref. TASK 20-21-12-911-
001) and TORQUE the locknut to the applicable value.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 254
Nov 01/08
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-23-11-860-061






items.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 255
Nov 01/08
R
CES
TASK 20-23-11-300-001
Repair of the Hydraulic Tubes with PERMASWAGE Unions
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This is an approved repair procedure for hydraulic tubes.
NOTE : This repair procedure is applicable to:

____
- Corrosion-resistant steel (21-6-9) tubes ref. ASNA3288, sizes -04
to -24
- Aluminum-alloy (6061-T6) tubes ref. ASNA3410, DAN40, sizes -04 to
-16 and -24.
NOTE : For hydraulic tubes located in the fuel tanks, in the pylon box
____
structure and in the pressurized area, only Permanent fittings repair
is allowed.
R NOTE : This repair procedure is not applicable to:

____
R - hydraulic tubes in engine area
R - Coiled flexible tubes
R - hydraulic tubes installed on landing gear legs
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific scotch-brite pad

No specific Grade 240 emery cloth

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 256
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 03-001 USA MIL-PRF-7870
MINERAL OIL (LOW TEMP) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 13-002 USA MIL-C-5541 MIL-C-81706 CLASS I/A
CHEMICAL CONVERSION COATING YELLOW ALUMINUM
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001C C Z-12.105
POLYURETHANE PRIMER (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-020 C Z-12.120
WASH PRIMER (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
Upstream of the PTU
Upstream of the PTU
Power Supply

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 257
Aug 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

System
20-23-11-991-001 Fig. 214
20-23-11-991-043 Fig. 215
20-23-11-991-086 Fig. 216
20-23-11-991-087 Fig. 217
20-23-11-991-002 Fig. 218
20-23-11-991-074 Fig. 219
20-23-11-991-003 Fig. 220
20-23-11-991-004 Fig. 221
20-23-11-991-005 Fig. 222
20-23-11-991-006 Fig. 223
20-23-11-991-007 Fig. 224
20-23-11-991-008 Fig. 225
20-23-11-991-009 Fig. 226
20-23-11-991-044 Fig. 227
20-23-11-991-010 Fig. 228
20-23-11-991-011 Fig. 229
20-23-11-991-012 Fig. 230
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-11-917-055
A. General
(Ref. Fig. 214/TASK 20-23-11-991-001)
Use this approved repair procedure to repair hydraulic tubes made of
21.6.9 corrosion-resistant steel, 6061-T6 aluminum alloy or Ti 3AL 2.5V
R titanium alloy.
NOTE : You can use the PERMASWAGE repair procedure to repair tubes
____
installed with HARRISON fittings.
There are two types of PERMASWAGE fittings:

- permanent,
- separable (that you can remove).
The table below gives the standards for the swaged fittings that are
available.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 258
Aug 01/09

CES
PERMASWAGE - Swaging Principle
R Figure 214/TASK 20-23-11-991-001

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 259
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PERMANENT FITTINGS | SEPARABLE FITTINGS | SLEEVE AND NUT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ABS0335 | ABS0138 ASNA3750 | ASNA3758 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ABS0451 | ABS0272 ASNA3757 | ASNA3771 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ABS0452 | ABS0450 ASNA3765 | ASNA3773 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ABS0477 | ABS0453 ASNA3767 | ASNA3774 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ABS0478 | ABS0464 ASNA3768 | NSA855022 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ABS0566 | ABS0527 NSA855011 | NSA855023 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ABS0567 | ABS0534 NSA855016 | NSA855024 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ABS0568 | ABS0535 NSA855019 | NSA855027 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ASNA3752 | ABS0542 NSA855020 | NSA855031 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ASNA3753 | ABS0544 NSA855025 | NSA855036 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ASNA3756 | ABS0545 NSA855026 | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ASNA3764 | ABS0564 NSA855028 | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ASNA3766 | ABS0565 NSA855029 | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ASNA3772 | ABS0650 NSA855030 | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| NSA855006 up | ABS0658 NSA855032 | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| to NSA855009 | ABS0669 NSA855033 | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| NSA855014 | ABS0675 NSA855035 | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| NSA855015 | ABS0711 NSA855037 | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | NSA855039 | |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
You can swage PERMASWAGE fittings on the aircraft.
NOTE : The separable fittings have a MS33514 or MS33515 threaded end or a

____
sleeve with a nut.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 260
Nov 01/08
R
CES
To repair the tubing with the PERMASWAGE system, you must:
- cut the tube,
- deburr the tube,
- make the marks for tube insertion,
- put the swaging tool into position,
- swage the tube,
- do a check of the tube joint.
You must use the applicable PERMASWAGE repair Kit DLTFRPSKT3028A, DLT
series or D12000 series tools (vendor code F6087) (D12000 series is the
previous generation).
R (Ref. Fig. 215/TASK 20-23-11-991-043, 216/TASK 20-23-11-991-086, 217/TASK
20-23-11-991-087)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-11-917-106
A. Selection of PERMASWAGE Tooling and Unions
(1) Get the REPAIR KIT, FIELD-SIZE 04 TO 24 (DLTFRPSKT3028A, DLT series

or D12000 series).
R (Ref. Fig. 215/TASK 20-23-11-991-043, 216/TASK 20-23-11-991-086,
217/TASK 20-23-11-991-087)
This kit includes:
- Head assemblies
- Power units
- Cutting tools
- Deburring tools
- Inspection gages
- Marking Tools
- A manual pump assembly.
NOTE : You can use the TOOL, MARKING (TPE016) as an alternative to

____
the DLT marking tools that are included in the REPAIR KIT,
FIELD-SIZE 04 TO 24 (DLTFRPSKT3028A).
NOTE : You can use the PUMP-PERMASWAGE AIR DRIVEN (DLT02MAPP1000) as

____
an alternative to the manual pump assembly that is included in
the REPAIR-KIT, FIELD-SIZE 04 TO 24 (DLTFRPSKT3028A).
(2) Get the correct union assemblies:

R (Ref. Fig. 218/TASK 20-23-11-991-002)
- Use aluminum union assemblies to repair light alloy tubes
(ABS5144).
- Use stainless-steel union assemblies to repair corrosion-resistant
steel tubes (ASNA3288) and titanium tubes (ABS5004).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 261
Nov 01/08

CES
PERMASWAGE Installation Tooling
R Figure 215/TASK 20-23-11-991-043

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 262
Nov 01/08

CES
PERMASWAGE Repair Kit Series DLT
R Figure 216/TASK 20-23-11-991-086

R

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 263
Nov 01/08

CES
PERMASWAGE Repair Kit Series D12000
R Figure 217/TASK 20-23-11-991-087

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 264
Nov 01/08

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

20-23-11

Page 265
Nov 01/08

CES
Union Assemblies

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 266
Nov 01/08

CES
Union Assemblies

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 267
Nov 01/08

CES
Subtask 20-23-11-917-107
B. Selection of the Repair Procedure

R (Ref. Fig. 219/TASK 20-23-11-991-074)
(1) Measure the length L of the defect on the damaged tube.
(a) Use the single-union repair procedure if:

- The length L of the defect is less than the maximum value (L
MAX.).
(b) Use the two-union repair procedure if:

- The length L of the defect is more than the maximum value (L
MAX).
- The defect is in a bend.
- The defect is less than the minimum distance (N MIN.) from the
end of a bend.
(2) Single-union repair procedure
(a) Remove (cut out) the damaged part of the tube or cut the tube
through the defect.
(b) Use a PERMASWAGE union to connect the two parts of the tube.
(3) Two-union repair procedure
(a) Remove (cut out) the damaged part of the tube.

You must remove a minimum length (M MIN.) of tube.
(b) Replace the removed part of the tube with:

- An equal or smaller (but almost the same) length of equivalent
tube.
- Two PERMASWAGE unions.
Subtask 20-23-11-917-051
C. Cut the damaged part of the tube

R (Ref. Fig. 220/TASK 20-23-11-991-003)
(1) For the single-union repair procedure
(a) Cut the damaged part of the tube with the applicable cutting tool
(included in the REPAIR KIT, FIELD-SIZE 04 TO 24
(DLTFRPSKT3028A)).
There are two procedures to cut the tube for a single-union
repair.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 268
Nov 01/08

CES
- Remove (cut out) the damaged part of the tube.
- Cut through the center of the defect.
NOTE : This is not the best procedure because the defect can
____
cause damage to the sealing surface of the union.
If you use this procedure, you must be careful:
- To cut the tube in the center of the defect
- To put the union in the center between the installation
marks.
1
_ Remove the damaged parts of the tube and the defective ends
with the applicable PERMASWAGE chipless cutting-tool:
D12530-001, tubes from 1/4 thru 3/8
D12532-001, tubes from 1 thru 1-1/2.
a
_ Put the tubing cutter into the correct position on the
tube.
b
_ Tighten the drive screw until the cutter wheel lightly
touches the tube. Then give the drive screw a 1/8 to 1/4
turn.
c
_ Turn the ratchet handle through the arc of clearance until
it turns loosely.
d
_ Do the steps (b) and (c) again to cut through the tube.
e
_ Cut the tube slowly and smoothly to make sure that the end
of the tube does not change its shape.
f
_ Regularly lubricate the ratchet, the rollers and the cutter
wheel with OILS (Material No. 03-001) for easy operation.
(2) For the two-union repair procedure
(a) Cut out the damaged part of the tube with the applicable cutting
tool (included in the REPAIR-KIT, FIELD-SIZE 04 TO 24
(DLTFRPSKT3028A)).
You must remove a minimum length (M MIN.) of tube to do this
procedure correctly.
1
_ Remove the damaged parts of the tube and the defective ends
with the applicable PERMASWAGE chipless cutting-tool:
D12532-001, tubes from 1 thru 1-1/2.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 269
Nov 01/08
R
CES
Tubing Repairs

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 270
Nov 01/08

CES
Tubing Repairs

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 271
Nov 01/08

CES
Chipless Cutter
R Figure 220/TASK 20-23-11-991-003

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 272
Nov 01/08

CES
a
_ Put the tubing cutter into the correct position on the
tube.
b
_ Tighten the drive screw until the cutter wheel lightly
touches the tube. Then give the drive screw a 1/8 to 1/4
turn.
c
_ Turn the ratchet handle through the arc of clearance until
it turns loosely.
d
_ Do the steps (b) and (c) again to cut through the tube.
e
_ Cut the tube slowly and smoothly to make sure that the end
of the tube does not change its shape.
f
_ Regularly lubricate the ratchet, the rollers and the cutter
wheel with OILS (Material No. 03-001) for easy operation.
Subtask 20-23-11-917-053
D. Deburr the Tube and Remove the paint (if applicable).
(1) The internal diameter:
(a) Use the deburring tool and the stem subassembly that are correct
for:
- the diameter of the tube,
- the thickness of the wall.
R (Ref. Fig. 221/TASK 20-23-11-991-004)
(b) Make sure that the deburring tool is clean. Lubricate it with
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003).
(c) Prepare to deburr the tube:

- hold the tube,
- push in the plunger of the tool,
- put the stem into the end of the tube,
- release the plunger to let the stem become expanded and seal
the tube.
R (Ref. Fig. 222/TASK 20-23-11-991-005)
(d) Deburr the tube:

- continue to hold the tube,
- apply light pressure on the cutter and at the same time turn
the knurled body clockwise,
- continue to turn until the tube is deburred.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 273
Nov 01/08

CES
Deburring Tools
R Figure 221/TASK 20-23-11-991-004

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 274
Nov 01/08

CES
Deburring Tool Operation
R Figure 222/TASK 20-23-11-991-005

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 275
Nov 01/08

CES
(e) Do not push the plunger in, but:
- carefully and slowly pull the deburring tool from the tube
until you can see the first ridge of the stem,
- clean the end of the tube and the stem.
(f) If the end of the tube is not correctly deburred:

- push the tool into the tube,
- do the step (d) again,
- pull the tool out of the tube.
(g) Fully clean the stem with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003)
if it touched the fluid and dry it immediately.
(2) The external diameter:
NOTE : Do not cause damage to the seals of the fittings:

____
- the tubes must not have external burrs,
- the tubes must go freely into the fittings.
If a tube does not go freely into a fitting (not circular, out
of tolerance), do not install the fitting.
(a) Remove the burrs on the external diameter of the tube with Grade
240 emery cloth.
Burrs on the external diameter of the tube can cause damage to
the seals in the fittings. This damage can cause external
leakage.
The surfaces must be clean and without damage:
- the swaging area must have no deep scratches and must be clean
(no dust, particles of metal, etc.).
Before you swage, clean the end of the tube with a clean cloth.
(3) Remove the paint (if applicable)
NOTE : You can do the installation on parts that are treated with
____
Alodine. You must not do the installation on parts that are
painted.
(a) Remove the paint, with Grade 400 emery cloth, on a sufficient
length so that you swage the union on a bare area. Make sure that
you do not make scratches on the tubes when you remove the paint.
(b) Make sure that all the tube ends are in the correct condition and
agree with the tube dimension specifications (Ref. TASK 20-23-11-
200-001).
(c) Clean all the tube ends with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
003).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 276
Nov 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 20-23-11-917-054
E. Mark the Tube Insertion
(1) Make the marks for tube insertion.
NOTE : These marks give an indication of the depth of the tube in the
____
fitting before and after swaging.
(2) Use a marking tool with the correct dimensions for the tube that you
must swage:
DLT5302-013-01, tubes from 1/4 thru 3/8
DLT5302-031-01, tubes from 1/2 thru 3/4
DLT5302-040-01, tubes from 1 thru 1-1/2
(3) Put the marking tool in position on the tube. The lip of the marking
tool must be against the end of the tube. Make a mark on the tube
with the marking pen D10058.
R (Ref. Fig. 223/TASK 20-23-11-991-006)
(4) You can make the marks on the tube without the special tool. But you
must keep to the specified high and low limits for the insertion of
the end of the tube.
R (Ref. Fig. 224/TASK 20-23-11-991-007)
Subtask 20-23-11-917-052
F. Swage the Fitting on the Tube
(1) Install the fitting on the tube. The end of the fitting must be in
the area of the mark.
R (Ref. Fig. 225/TASK 20-23-11-991-008)
(2) Make sure that you do not cause damage to the seals in the fitting
when you install it.
(3) Use a swage tool assembly and power unit which are correct for the
dimensions of the tube.
R (Ref. Fig. 226/TASK 20-23-11-991-009)
(4) Swage with the tool series DLT.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ONLY APPROVED PERSONNEL USE THIS TOOL. THIS
_______
TOOL OPERATES AT VERY HIGH PRESSURE AND CAN BE DANGEROUS.
R (Ref. Fig. 227/TASK 20-23-11-991-044)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 277
Nov 01/08

CES
Tube Marking Operation
R Figure 223/TASK 20-23-11-991-006

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 278
Nov 01/08

CES
R Figure 224/TASK 20-23-11-991-007

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 279
Nov 01/08

CES
Fitting Installation
R Figure 225/TASK 20-23-11-991-008

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 280
Nov 01/08

CES
Swage Tools
R Figure 226/TASK 20-23-11-991-009

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 281
Nov 01/08

CES
Swaging Tool Installation (Series DLT)
R Figure 227/TASK 20-23-11-991-044

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 282
Nov 01/08

CES
NOTE : If you swage with the tool series D12000, refer to the farther
____
step.
(a) Push the die block assembly out of the head assembly.
(b) Make sure that the upper and lower dies have the same serial
number.
(c) Put the lower die block on the top of the power unit.
(d) Connect the power unit to the hydraulic pump.
(e) Put the head assembly on the fitting and the hydraulic tube. Make
sure that the bevelled end of the die is towards the center of
the fitting.
(f) Put the knurled surface of the power unit and of the head
assembly on the same side and engage the power unit on the head
assembly.
Make sure that the balls in the lower die block engage with a
click on the head assembly.
(g) Move the power unit toward the center of the fitting until the
stop plate touches the fitting.
(h) Make sure that the end of the fitting is on the reference mark.
R (Ref. Fig. 225/TASK 20-23-11-991-008)
(i) Apply a hydraulic pressure of 690 +17 -17 bar (10007.6013

+246.5640 -246.5640 psi) to the power unit in order to swage the
fitting.
(j) Release the pressure.
(k) Remove the power unit and the head assembly.
(5) Swage with the tool series D12000
_______
R (Ref. Fig. 228/TASK 20-23-11-991-010)
(a) Make sure that you install the dies correctly in the yoke and in
the die holder assembly. You must install the tapered end of the
dies on the black side of the yoke and die holder assembly.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 283
Nov 01/08

CES
Swaging Tool Installation (series D12000)
R Figure 228/TASK 20-23-11-991-010

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 284
Nov 01/08

CES
(b) Move the yoke into position on top of the fitting:
- the silver side of the yoke assembly must be nearest to the end
of the fitting that you must swage,
- the silver side of the yoke must be aligned with the end of the
fitting.
Push the die holder into the yoke assembly:
- the silver faces of the die holder assembly and the yoke must
be on the same side,
- the silver sides of the yoke and the die holder must be aligned
with the end of the fitting.
(c) Install the power unit:

- install the square connector of the power unit in the swage
head assembly,
- tighten the knurled nut of the power unit with your hand,
- connect the hose and coupling half-assembly of the hydraulic
power supply (D12025-001) to the nipple valve of the power
unit.
Make sure that:
- the end of the fitting is above the area of the insertion mark
on the tube,
R (Ref. Fig. 225/TASK 20-23-11-991-008)
- you can see a piece of the mark,
- the silver sides of the yoke and the die holder are aligned
Carefully move the tool back until the end stops are
approximately 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.) from the end of the fitting.
(d) Make sure that the pressure relief valve of the swaging tool is
set to open at 380 +17 -17 bar (5500 +250 -250 psi).
Do not pressurize too high or too low.
Operate the swaging tool with a hydraulic handpump or a hydraulic
power source (push the remote air ON button). Keep the swaging
tool in this position while you apply a hydraulic pressure of 380
+17 -17 bar (5500 +250 -250 psi).
Remove the swaging tool from the fitting:
- release the pressure,
NOTE : If you do not release the pressure, the dies stay closed
____
and you cannot remove them.
- loosen the knurled nut and remove the power unit,

- remove the die holder and yoke assembly.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 285
Nov 01/08

CES
Subtask 20-23-11-917-050
G. Check of the Tube Joint
(1) You must reject the joint if the tube:

- goes too far into the fitting,
- does not go sufficiently far into the fitting.
(2) Look at the joint:

- make sure that you can see a piece of the insertion mark.
(3) Do an inspection of the joint with the applicable inspection gage.

The inspection gage must:
- contain all the segments around the diameter of the fitting,
- touch the end of the fitting with its shoulder.
If the swaging is not correct, it is possible to swage the joint
again, but not always.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| INDICATION | POSSIBLE PROBLEM | CORRECTIVE ACTION |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| The fitting does | The swaging pressure is | Make sure that the |
| not swage | out of tolerances: | hydraulic power supply |
| correctly. | FOR TOOLS SERIES DLT: | and connections to the |
| | - 10000 +250 -250 psi | tool are correct. |
| | FOR TOOL SERIES D12000: | |
| | - 5500 +250 -250 psi | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | The swaging head is too | Use the correct swaging |
| | large. | head. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| The gage does not | The swaging pressure is not | Do the swage again. |
| go on top of the | correct. | |
| external diameter | | |
| of the swaged | | |
| fitting. | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | The gage is on top of the | Turn the gage away from |
| | flash marks. | the flash marks. |
| | The dies and the walls of | Carefully remove the dies |
| | the yoke and the die holder | from the head and clean |
| | must be clean. | the dies and all parts of |
| | | the head assembly. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| The shoulder of | You did not push the fitting| Do the swage again. |
| the gage does not | sufficiently far into the | |

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 286
Nov 01/08

CES
Inspection Gage
R Figure 229/TASK 20-23-11-991-011

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 287
Nov 01/08

CES
Swaged Fitting Installation
R Figure 230/TASK 20-23-11-991-012

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 288
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| touch the end of | swaging head. | |
| the fitting. | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| You cannot see the| The insertion mark on the | Cut out the fitting. |
| insertion mark or | tube was not aligned with | |
| you can see all | the end of the fitting du- | |
| the mark. | ring swaging. | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : For any other malfunctions, contact your PERMASWAGE S.A.

____
supplier.
Subtask 20-23-11-860-065
H. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.





EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 289
Nov 01/08
R
CES

items.
Subtask 20-23-11-917-077
J. Apply the Protection on the Repaired Tubes (if applicable)
(1) after the applicable leak test and bleeding procedure, apply the
protection on the repaired tubes (if applicable).
(a) For aluminum tube:

- apply PRETREATMENT FOR PAINTING (Material No. 13-002) on the
bare metal of the tube with a brush
- complete the protection with STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-
001C)
(b) For CRES tube (if painted):

- rub the bare metal with scotch-brite pad
- apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-020) on the bare metal
of the tube
- complete the protection with STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-
001C)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 290
Nov 01/08
R
CES
TASK 20-23-11-300-002
Repair of the Hydraulic Tubes with HARRISON Elastomerically-Swaged Fittings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This is an approved repair procedure for hydraulic tubes.

____
to -24
-16 and -24.
NOTE : This repair procedure is not applicable to:

____
- hydraulic tubes in engine area
- hydraulic tubes in the pylon box structure
- hydraulic tubes located in fuel tanks
- coiled flexible tubes
- Hydraulic tubes installed on landing gear legs.
R NOTE : Separable fittings are not allowed in pressurized areas.

____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific WARNING NOTICE

No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED
No specific 1 CAP - BLANKING
No specific 1 CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 400)
No specific 1 CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 240)
R No specific 1 CUTTER - ROLLER TYPE, CHIPLESS
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 291
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-009B AS PQ 10053-064-04
ACTIVATOR SPRAY (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-009D
PRIMER,ACTIVATOR FOR ANAEROBIC (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-024 USA MIL-R-46082 TYPE III
ADHESIVE COMPOUND (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-026B F AIMS 09-03-001
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
unions)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 292
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Upstream of the PTU
Upstream of the PTU
Power Supply
System
R 20-23-11-991-021 Fig. 231
R 20-23-11-991-015 Fig. 232
R 20-23-11-991-016 Fig. 233
R 20-23-11-991-019 Fig. 234
R 20-23-11-991-020 Fig. 235
R 20-23-11-991-017 Fig. 236
R 20-23-11-991-018 Fig. 237
R 20-23-11-991-014 Fig. 238
R 20-23-11-991-013 Fig. 239
R 20-23-11-991-027 Fig. 240
R 20-23-11-991-022 Fig. 241
R 20-23-11-991-028 Fig. 242
R 20-23-11-991-023 Fig. 243
R 20-23-11-991-024 Fig. 244
R 20-23-11-991-025 Fig. 245

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 293
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 20-23-11-991-026 Fig. 246
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-11-941-057
(1) You must obey the hydraulic safety procedures when you do work on the
hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position in the cockpit to tell persons not
to operate the hydraulic systems.
Subtask 20-23-11-860-068
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-11-917-061
A. Selection of the Repair Procedure
(1) Remove the damaged tube from the aircraft.
(2) Make sure that the length of straight tube after a bend is the
minimum necessary for the swaging operation.
R (Ref. Fig. 231/TASK 20-23-11-991-021)
(3) Measure the length of the defect.

R (Ref. Fig. 232/TASK 20-23-11-991-015)
(a) Use the single-assembly repair procedure if the length of the

defect is less than F.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 294
Nov 01/08

CES
Minimum Length of Straight Tube for Swaging
R Figure 231/TASK 20-23-11-991-021

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 295
Nov 01/08

CES
Repair Set-Up
R Figure 232/TASK 20-23-11-991-015

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 296
Nov 01/08

CES
(b) Use an assembly with one AS21902 union and two sleeves if:
- The length of the defect is more than F
- The defect is in a bend
- The defect is at a distance of less than the minimum values
from the end of the bend.
(4) Repair procedures without AS21902 union.
(a) Single-assembly repair procedure
1
_ Remove (cut out) the damaged part of the tube.
You must remove a length F of tube.
2
_ Replace the removed part of the tube with:
- An NSA855010 union
- An NSA855034 sleeve
- An MS21921 or AS21921 or ASNA3769 nut.
(5) Repair procedures with AS21902 union.
(a) Assembly with the repair procedure with one AS21902 union and two
sleeves.
1
_ Remove (cut out) the damaged part of the tube.
2
_ Replace the removed part of the tube with:
- An AS21902 union
- Two NSA855034 sleeves
- Two MS21921 or AS21921 or ASNA3769 nuts.
Subtask 20-23-11-917-060
B. Selection of Tooling, Unions and Sleeves
(1) Get the applicable tools.

235/TASK 20-23-11-991-020)
NOTE : This repair procedure uses a tube-expansion swaging procedure

____
with an elastomeric expander.
(a) Get the applicable tool head:

- For tube sizes -04 to -08, use small tool head (5175)
- For tube sizes -10 to -24, use large tool head (5720).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 297
Nov 01/08

CES
Internal Swaging Tooling
R Figure 233/TASK 20-23-11-991-016

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 298
Nov 01/08

CES
Tool Assembly for Sleeve
R Figure 234/TASK 20-23-11-991-019

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 299
Nov 01/08

CES
Tool Assembly for Union
R Figure 235/TASK 20-23-11-991-020

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A200
Nov 01/08

CES
(b) Get the applicable components (drawbolt, expander, split ring,
bushing, anti-extrusion ring and back-up ring) of the internal
tool for unions.
R (Ref. Fig. 236/TASK 20-23-11-991-017)
(c) Get the applicable components (drawbolt, expander, split ring,

bushing, anti-extrusion ring and back-up ring) of the internal
tool for sleeves.
R (Ref. Fig. 237/TASK 20-23-11-991-018)
(d) Get the applicable components (jaws, anvil, retainer and adapter)
of the external tool.
R (Ref. Fig. 238/TASK 20-23-11-991-014)
(2) Get the applicable union, sleeve and nut.

R (Ref. Fig. 239/TASK 20-23-11-991-013)
Subtask 20-23-11-917-058
C. Cutting the Damaged Part of the Tube
R (1) Get the applicable CUTTER - ROLLER TYPE, CHIPLESS (permaswage):

- For tube Sizes -04 and -06, use P/N D12530-001
- For tube Sizes -08 to -12, use P/N D12531-001
- For tube Sizes -16 to -24, use P/N D12532-001.
(2) Put the tube cutter in the correct position on the tube.
R (Ref. Fig. 240/TASK 20-23-11-991-027)
(a) Install the tube cutter on the tube.
(b) Make the tube touch the two rollers of the tube cutter.
(c) Tighten the drive screw until the cutter wheel lightly touches
the tube.
(3) Give the drive screw a 1/16 to 1/8 turn.
(4) Turn the ratchet handle through the arc of clearance until the wheel
does one or two turns.
(5) Make sure that the wheel makes only one groove:
(a) If the wheel makes only one groove, do steps (2) and (3) again to
cut the tube.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A201
Nov 01/08

CES
Part Numbers of the Internal Tooling - Unions
R Figure 236/TASK 20-23-11-991-017

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A202
Nov 01/08

CES
Part Numbers of the Internal Tooling - Sleeves
R Figure 237/TASK 20-23-11-991-018

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A203
Nov 01/08

CES
Part Numbers of the External Swaging Tools
R Figure 238/TASK 20-23-11-991-014

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A204
Nov 01/08

CES
Sleeves and Unions
R Figure 239/TASK 20-23-11-991-013

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A205
Nov 01/08

CES
Cutter Tube
R Figure 240/TASK 20-23-11-991-027

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A206
Nov 01/08

CES
(b) If the wheel makes more than one groove (thread) on the tube,
remove the tube cutter. Do the procedure again from step (1) on a
new area of the tube to remove the thread.
(6) Cut the tube slowly and smoothly to make sure that the shape of the
end of the tube does not change.
(7) Regularly lubricate the ratchet, the rollers and the cutter wheel
with OILS (Material No. 03-001) for easy operation.
NOTE : After you do steps (2) and (3) two or three times, you can
____
give the drive screw a 1/8 to 1/4 turn in step (3) to let you
do the procedure more quickly.
Subtask 20-23-11-917-057
D. Preparation for Tubing Repair

R (Ref. Fig. 241/TASK 20-23-11-991-022)
(1) Remove the paint at the tube ends.
(a) Remove the paint along a minimum length (J MIN) of tube with a
CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 400).
(b) Make sure that you do not cause scratches on the tube when you
remove the paint.
(2) Deburr the internal diameter.

R (Ref. Fig. 242/TASK 20-23-11-991-028)
(a) Make sure that the internal deburring tool is clean. Lubricate it
with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003).
(b) Hold the tube.
(c) Push in the plunger of the internal deburring tool.
(d) Put the stem into the end of the tube.
(e) Release the plunger to let the stem expand and seal the tube.
(f) Apply a light pressure on the cutter and at the same time turn
the knurled body.
(g) Continue to turn the knurled body until the internal diameter of
the tube is deburred.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A207
Nov 01/08

CES
Tube End Dimension
R Figure 241/TASK 20-23-11-991-022

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A208
Nov 01/08

CES
Internal Deburring Tool
R Figure 242/TASK 20-23-11-991-028

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A209
Nov 01/08

CES
(h) Do not push the plunger in, but carefully and slowly pull the
deburring tool from the tube until you can see the first ridge of
the stem.
(i) Make sure that the tube is correctly deburred:
1
_ If the end of the tube is not correctly deburred, do step (c)
to step (h) again.
2
_ If the end of the tube is correctly deburred, pull the tool
out of the tube.
(j) Fully clean the stem and the end of the tube with a MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material
No. 11-003) and dry it immediately.
(3) Deburr the external diameter.
(a) Remove the burrs on the external diameter of the tube with CLOTH-
EMERY (GRADE 240).
1
_ The tube must not have external burrs.
(b) Blow air through the tube to remove contamination.
(c) Clean the end of the tube with a lint-free cotton cloth
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-003). The surface must be clean and
without damage.
(d) The tube must go freely into the fitting. If the tube does not go
freely into the fitting, do not install the fitting.
Subtask 20-23-11-917-056
E. Preparation of the Swage Tools

(1) Engage and tighten the adapter in the tool head.
(2) Engage the anvil on the top of the tool head then tighten the attach
nut.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A210
Nov 01/08

CES
(3) Install the internal tool components on the drawbolt:
(a) Make sure that the split ring (or back-up ring) agrees with the
tube ID.
NOTE : You must not use a split ring (or back-up ring) with an
____
Outer Diameter (OD) immediately smaller than the tube
Inner Diameter (ID). If you do, it will not be easy to
remove the tube after the swaging operation.
(b) Install the split ring (or back-up ring), the expander and the
bushing (union or sleeve) on the drawbolt.
NOTE : The inner chamfers of the split ring (or back-up ring)
____
must point away from the expander.
NOTE : The shoulder of the sleeve bushing must point to the

____
drawbolt to be against the tube end.
(4) Install the drawbolt on the adapter then tighten it with your hand.
(5) Connect the hose between the pump and the swager of the swage
machine.
Subtask 20-23-11-917-095
F. Installation of the Sleeve or the Union on the Tube
(1) If applicable, engage the nut on the tube.
(2) Install the union or the sleeve on the tube end:
(a) If bonding is not necessary, engage the union or the sleeve on

the tube end.
(b) If bonding of the union or the sleeve on the tube is necessary:
NOTE : If you bond the union or the sleeve on the tube, the time
____
between the installation and the swaging must not be more
than 15 minutes.
1
_ Clean the union or the sleeve with a lint-free cotton cloth
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026B).
2
_ Put CAP - BLANKING on the tube ends.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A211
Nov 01/08
R
CES
3
_ Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-009B) or
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-009D) on the
swaging area of the tube and on the inner side of the union or
the sleeve.
4
_ Let it dry:
- From 4 to 6 minutes if you used BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-009B)
- For 10 minutes if you used BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-009D).
5
the tube end.
6
_ Install the union or the sleeve on the tube end.
Lightly turn the union or the sleeve when you engage it on the
the tube to equally apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-024).
7
_ Use a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003) to remove the unwanted material.
8
_ Remove CAP - BLANKING from the tube ends.
Subtask 20-23-11-917-096
G. Swaging of the Union or the Sleeve on the Tube
expander.
(2) Put the tube assembly (with the union or the sleeve) on the drawbolt.
Make sure that the tube assembly is against the anvil.
(3) Install the two jaws on the anvil.
(4) Install the retainer on the jaws.
(5) If you do work on size -10 to size -24 tubes:
(a) Install the retainer bolts on the retainer.
(b) Tighten the retainer bolts with your hand.

Be careful not to cross-thread the retainer bolts.
(c) TORQUE the retainer bolts to 3 m.daN (22.12 lbf.ft).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A212
Nov 01/08
R
CES
(6) On the pump, tighten the valve installed on the right side of the
gage.
(7) Slowly operate the pump until you get the specified value.
(8) On the pump, loosen the valve to release the pressure.
(9) If applicable, loosen and remove the retainer bolts from the
retainer.
(10) Remove the retainer and the two jaws from the anvil.
(11) Remove the tube assembly from the drawbolt.
(12) Clean the tube with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026B).
Subtask 20-23-11-917-097
H. Inspection of the Swaged Union or Sleeve
(1) Do a check of the tube for damage.
(2) If you find damage, make sure that it is in the limits (Ref. TASK 20-
23-11-200-001).
(3) Measure the deformations of the tube after swaging.

(a) Tube protrusion out of the sleeve
1
_ Measure the tube protrusion B out of the sleeve.
2
_ Make sure that the tube protrusion B is in the limits.
3
_ If necessary, cut the tube end to decrease the tube
protrusion.
NOTE : You must not decrease the tube protrusion to less than
____
0.5 mm (0.0196 in.).
(b) Deformations of the tube, sleeve and union
1
_ Measure the diameters D1 and D2 and calculate the wave
deformation 2A (with 2A=D1-D2).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A213
Nov 01/08

CES
Swaging Pressure for NSA855010
R Figure 243/TASK 20-23-11-991-023

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A214
Nov 01/08

CES
Swaging Pressure for NSA855034
R Figure 244/TASK 20-23-11-991-024

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A215
Nov 01/08

CES
Inspection of the Swaged Union for NSA855010
R Figure 245/TASK 20-23-11-991-025

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A216
Nov 01/08

CES
Inspection of the Swaged Sleeve for NSA855034
R Figure 246/TASK 20-23-11-991-026

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A217
Nov 01/08

CES
NOTE : Measure D1 only at the second groove.
____
NOTE : To measure D2, you must use the smallest diameter in

____
the reference area.
2
_ Make sure that the wave deformation 2A is in the limits.
3
_ Measure the diameter D3.
4
_ Make sure that the diameter D3 is in the limits.
(4) Reject the assembly if:

- The diameter D3 is more than the maximum tolerance
- The wave deformation 2A is more than the maximum tolerance
- The tube protrusion B is less than the minimum tolerance.
(5) If the wave deformation 2A is less than the minimum tolerance, do

step G again.
NOTE : To swage again, you can increase the swaging pressure by 5%.
____
NOTE : If the sleeve or the union is bonded to the tube, there must
____
be less than 30 minutes between the two swaging operations.
NOTE : You can do the swaging operation again one time.

____
Subtask 20-23-11-917-098
J. Protection of the Tubes
(1) Apply PRETREATMENT FOR PAINTING (Material No. 13-002) on the bare
metal with a BRUSH - BRISTLED
(2) Complete the protection with STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001C).
Subtask 20-23-11-917-099
K. Pressure Test of the Repaired Tube
(1) Install the repaired tube on the aircraft (Ref. TASK 20-23-11-911-
001).
(2) Connect the union and sleeve (Ref. TASK 20-21-12-911-001).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A218
Nov 01/08
R
CES
- or with a hydraulic cart (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002).

(6) Do a check for leaks.



(e) For the alternate braking system:

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-23-11-860-062
items.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A219
Nov 01/08
R
CES
TASK 20-23-11-300-003
Repair of the Corrosion-Resistant Steel or Aluminum-Alloy or Titanium-Alloy

tubes with SIERRACIN/HARRISON H-fittings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

____
to -24
-16 and 24.

____
- hydraulic tubes in fuel tanks
- hydraulic tubes installed on landing gear legs.

____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A220
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

29-00-00-910-004 General Rules for Removal and Installation Procedures
in the Hydraulic Systems
R 20-23-11-991-003 Fig. 220
R 20-23-11-991-004 Fig. 221
R 20-23-11-991-005 Fig. 222
R 20-23-11-991-029 Fig. 247
R 20-23-11-991-030 Fig. 248
R 20-23-11-991-031 Fig. 249
R 20-23-11-991-084 Fig. 250
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-11-917-063
A. General
(1) The H-fitting is approved for the permanent repair of middle-line

tubes when:
- the applicable swaging equipment or other special tools are not
available,
- the repair must be immediate (this repair procedure is faster than
other repair procedures).
(2) The repair of tube assemblies with H-fittings is permanent for design
operating pressures up to 3000 psi (206.8427 bar) in:
- corrosion-resistant steel tubes (21-6-9), OD: 6.35 mm (0.2500 in.)
9.52 mm (0.3748 in.) 12.7 mm (0.5000 in.) 15.87 mm (0.6248 in.)
19.05 mm (0.7500 in.) 25.4 mm (1.0000 in.)
- light alloy tubes (6061T6), OD: 6.35 mm (0.2500 in.) 9.52 mm
(0.3748 in.) 12.7 mm (0.5000 in.) 15.87 mm (0.6248 in.)
- titanium-alloy tubes (TI 3AL 2.5V), OD: 6.35 mm (0.2500 in.) 9.52
mm (0.3748 in.) 12.7 mm (0.5000 in.) 15.87 mm (0.6248 in.) 19.05 mm
(0.7500 in.) 25.4 mm (1.0000 in.).
(3) Four usual repair procedures give a solution for most repairs.
R (Ref. Fig. 247/TASK 20-23-11-991-029)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A221
Nov 01/08

CES
Repair Procedures
R Figure 247/TASK 20-23-11-991-029

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A222
Nov 01/08

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-11-917-062
A. Tube Repair Procedure
(1) Use the applicable fitting (refer to the H-fitting Dimensions and
Part Numbers Table).
R (Ref. Fig. 248/TASK 20-23-11-991-030)
NOTE : Each fitting is supplied in a plastic bag which also contains

____
a positioning template and tape.
Subtask 20-23-11-917-100
B. Cutting the Tube

R (Ref. Fig. 220/TASK 20-23-11-991-003)
(1) Remove the damaged parts of the tube and the defective ends with the
applicable chipless cutting-tool:
- D12530-001, tubes from 1/4 to 3/8
- D12531-001, tubes from 1/2 to 3/4
- D12532-001, tubes from 1 to 1-1/2.
NOTE : The maximum distance between the ends of the tubes is 5.84 mm
____
(0.2299 in.).
(a) Put the tube cutter in the correct position on the tube.
(b) Tighten the drive screw until the cutter wheel lightly touches
the tube. Then give the drive screw a 1/8 to 1/4 turn.
(c) Turn the ratchet handle through the arc of clearence until it
turns loosely.
(d) Do steps (b) and (c) again to cut through the tube.
(e) Cut the tube slowly and smoothly to make sure that the end of the
tube does not change its shape.
(f) Regularly lubricate the ratchet, the rollers and the cutter wheel
with OILS (Material No. 03-001) for easy operation.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A223
Nov 01/08

CES
Dimensions and Part Numbers
R Figure 248/TASK 20-23-11-991-030

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A224
Nov 01/08

CES
Subtask 20-23-11-917-101
C. Deburring the tube
(1) Deburr the internal diameter.
for:
- the diameter of the tube
R (Ref. Fig. 221/TASK 20-23-11-991-004)
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003).

- Hold the tube.
- Push in the plunger of the tool.
- Put the stem into the end of the tube.
- Release the plunger to let the stem expand and seal the tube.
R (Ref. Fig. 222/TASK 20-23-11-991-005)

- Continue to hold the tube.
- Apply light pressure on the cutter and at the same time turn
the knurled body clockwise.
- Continue to turn until the tube is deburred.

- Carefully and slowly pull the deburring tool from the tube
until you can see the first ridge of the stem.
- Clean the end of the tube and the stem.

- Push the tool into the tube.
- Do step (d) again.
- Pull the tool out of the tube.
(g) Fully clean the stem with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003)
if it touched the fluid and dry it immediately.
(2) Deburr the external diameter.
NOTE : You must not cause damage to the seals of the fittings:
____
- The tubes must not have external burrs.
- The tubes must go freely into the fittings.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A225
Nov 01/08

CES
If a tube does not go freely into a fitting (not circular,
out of tolerance), do not install the fitting.
240 emery cloth.
Burrs on the external diameter of the tube can cause damage to
the seals in the fittings. This damage can cause external
leakage.
- The swaging area must have no deep scratches and must be clean
(3) Remove the paint (if applicable).
NOTE : You can do the installation on parts that have alodine

____
treatment. You must not do the installation on parts that are
painted.
(a) Remove the paint, with grade 400 emery cloth, from a sufficient
length so that you swage the union on a bare area. Make sure that
you do not make scratches on the tubes when you remove the paint.
(b) Make sure that all the tube ends are in the correct condition and
agree with the tube dimension specifications (Ref. TASK 20-23-11-
200-001).
(c) Clean all the tube ends with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
003).
Subtask 20-23-11-917-102
D. Installation of the H-fittings
(1) Installation procedure for SIERRACIN/HARRISON H-fittings

NOTE : You can repair damaged areas that are less than or equal to
____
9.52 mm (0.3748 in.) across. You must splice damaged areas
that are larger. The minimum dimension that you can splice is
114.3 mm (4.5000 in.).
(a) Cut and deburr the tube in the damaged area (A)
Refer to paragraphs B. and C.
Make sure that the maximum distance between the two ends of the
tube is not more than 5.84 mm (0.2299 in.).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A226
Nov 01/08

CES
H-Fitting Installation
R Figure 249/TASK 20-23-11-991-031

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A227
Nov 01/08

CES
Illustration of Tube Preparation
R Figure 250/TASK 20-23-11-991-084

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A228
Nov 01/08

CES
(b) Use the template to find the position of the tape (5) at index
(7) on the tube 14.22 mm (0.5598 in.) from the end of the tube.
(c) Find and make the tube insertion mark (6).
(d) Wind on only one layer of tape (5). Cut off the unwanted tape.
(e) Put the union (2) in position against the tape (5).
(f) Engage the slide (4) on the tube. The rounded end of the slide
must be against the union (2).
(g) Engage the nut (1) on the slide (4) side.
(h) Engage the coupling (3) on the union (2) side.
(i) Engage the nut (1) in the coupling (3) and tighten it with the
union (2) against the tape (5).
(j) Hold the coupling end. Do not turn the coupling (3).
(k) Tighten the nut (1) until you feel a high torque. This occurs
when the slide (4) and the coupling (3) close tightly against the
union (2).
(l) Make sure that you can see the insertion mark on the tube.
(m) Remove the nut (1). Make sure that the slide (4) and the coupling
(3) are between 3.8 mm (0.1496 in.) and 0 mm (0.0000 in.) from
the shoulder of the union. If not, tighten the nut (1) until the
slide (4) and the coupling (3) are in the correct position.
(n) The union (2) must touch the tape (5).
(o) The edge of the coupling (3) must be across the mark on the tube.
(p) Tighten the assembly to complete the swaging procedure.
(q) Do the applicable bleeding procedure (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-

004).
(r) Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic system to the design operating

pressure and do a check for leaks.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A229
Nov 01/08
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-23-11-942-054
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other items.
(1) If there are fluid leaks, cut the H-fitting and install a new short
tube with two H-fittings at the two ends of the tube (ref. fig. sheet
264.1/1 section removed).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A230
Nov 01/08
R
CES
TASK 20-23-11-300-004
Temporary Repair of Hydraulic Tubes
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R This task gives the permitted temporary repair procedures for hydraulic
R tubes or flexible hoses.
R NOTE : Temporary repair with MS21922 sleeve

____
to -24
-16 and -24
R NOTE : Temporary repair of a tube with a flexible hose

____
to -24
-16 and -24.
NOTE : You must not do a

____ temporary repair on:
- hydraulic tubes in the pylon forward secondary structure
- hydraulic tubes installed on the landing gear legs.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A231
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
20-23-14-910-001 Protection Against vibration and Chafing of Hydraulic
Pipes
Upstream of the PTU
Upstream of the PTU
Power Supply
System
R 20-23-11-991-002 Fig. 218
R 20-23-11-991-032 Fig. 251
R 20-23-11-991-036 Fig. 252
R 20-23-11-991-037 Fig. 253
R 20-23-11-991-038 Fig. 254
R 20-23-11-991-039 Fig. 255
R 20-23-11-991-033 Fig. 256

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A232
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 20-23-11-991-034 Fig. 257

R 20-23-11-991-083 Fig. 258
R 20-23-11-991-042 Fig. 259
R 20-23-11-991-035 Fig. 260
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-11-917-065
R A. General

____
(1) Temporary repair with MS21922 sleeve.

R (Ref. Fig. 251/TASK 20-23-11-991-032)
(a) This temporary repair is applicable only for hydraulic tubes in

21-6-9 corrosion-resistant steel or 6061-T6 aluminum alloy.
(b) Do not use MS21922 sleeves for permanent repairs. These sleeves
are for temporary repairs (No more than 2500 flight hours).
Complete this procedure with the applicable permanent repair
procedure:
- Repair of the hydraulic tubes with PERMASWAGE fittings,
- Repair of the hydraulic tubes with HARRISON sleeves and unions,
- Repair of the hydraulic tubes with SIERRACIN/HARRISON
H-fittings.
(c) You can use MS sleeves to do repairs on tubes that have MS33514
or MS33515 fittings. No special tools are necessary. The
subsequent separation of joints with MS sleeves is possible. You
must remove the tubes when you swage with MS sleeves.
R (2) Temporary repair of a tube or a flexible hose with a flexible hose.
(a) A temporary repair of pipe with a flexible hose has a life

limited to 20 takeoffs.
Do a daily inspection of the repair to make sure that it is in
the correct condition.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A233
Nov 01/08

CES
Repair Procedure with an MS Sleeve
R Figure 251/TASK 20-23-11-991-032

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A234
Nov 01/08

CES
(b) A temporary repair of a flexible hose with a flexible spare hose
connected to a part or equipment, which can have different
positions, is limited to 20 takeoffs.
Do an inspection of the repair after first flight to make sure
that it is in the correct condition. If there are no findings
after first flight, do a daily inspection afterwards.
(c) A temporary repair of a flexible hose with a flexible spare hose

connected to a part or equipment with a fixed position is limited
to 20 takeoffs.
Do a daily inspection of the repair to make sure that it is in
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-11-917-066
A. Repair with an MS 21922 Sleeve
(1) Determine the length of tube to be cut as a function of the location

of the damaged area.
R 254/TASK 20-23-11-991-038, 255/TASK 20-23-11-991-039)
NOTE : If you must use another tube to repair the damaged area, use a
____
rigid tube of the same type as the tube to be repaired, if
possible. If you use a flexible hose for the repair, refer to
the temporary repair procedure of tubes with flexible hoses
(this procedure is in this task).
(2) Cut the tube.

Cut and deburr the inner and outer diameters of the ends of the
tubes.
(3) Clean the end of the tube with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).
(4) Install the fitting.
(a) Put the nut and the sleeve on the tube.
NOTE : Make sure that the cutting edge of the sleeve points to
____
(b) Lubricate with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003):

- the threads and the mating face of the nut,
- the threads of the union.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A235
Nov 01/08

CES
Repair of a Straight Tube Section
R Figure 252/TASK 20-23-11-991-036

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A236
Nov 01/08

CES
Repair of a Union
R Figure 253/TASK 20-23-11-991-037

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A237
Nov 01/08

CES
Repair of a Tube End
R Figure 254/TASK 20-23-11-991-038

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A238
Nov 01/08

CES
Repair of an Elbow
R Figure 255/TASK 20-23-11-991-039

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A239
Nov 01/08

CES
(c) Put the end of the tube into the fitting.
(5) Do the swaging.

R (Ref. Fig. 256/TASK 20-23-11-991-033)
(a) Hold the tube against the shoulder of the union and tighten the
nut fully with your hand.
(b) From this position, tighten the nut to swage the sleeve (obey the
number of turns for the nut).
(6) Do a check of the tube joint.
(a) Loosen the nut and examine the swaging of the sleeve:
- there must be a small bulge between the cutting edge and the
mating shoulder of the nut,
- the surface of the sleeve must be smooth (there must be no
cracks or surface defects),
- the end of the sleeve must not be flat (the nut must move
freely along the sleeve).
(b) Install the lines. Use the specified torque values (refer to the
table).
R (Ref. Fig. 257/TASK 20-23-11-991-034)
NOTE : You must use these torque values each time that you
____
assemble the tubes.
Subtask 20-23-11-917-064
B. Temporary Repair Procedure of pipes with Flexible Hose

A temporary repair of pipes with a flexible hose is limited to 20
takeoffs . This life limit can be extended to 1000 flight hours or 750
flight cycle, whichever comes first , (if there is no other hydraulic
line temporary-repair on the three hydraulic systems), with an inspection
as follows:
- first inspection after first flight,
- further inspections at weekly intervals.
(1) Installation conditions
(a) A temporary repair with a flexible hose is permitted on two

hydraulic systems if there is no hydraulic line temporary-repair
on the third hydraulic system.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A240
Nov 01/08

CES
Initial Torque for the Nuts
R Figure 256/TASK 20-23-11-991-033

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A241
Nov 01/08

CES
Torque Values
R Figure 257/TASK 20-23-11-991-034

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A242
Nov 01/08

CES
(b) A temporary repair with a flexible hose is permitted on two
systems if there is no temporary repair on the third system.
(Ref. Fig. 258/TASK 20-23-11-991-083)
(c) A temporary repair with two or more flexible hoses end-to-end is

permitted if:
- the repair is on one pipe only (between two pipe connections),
- only standard fittings are installed between flexible hoses (if
needed).
(2) Operational conditions:
(a) If there is additional hydraulic line temporary-repair on one of

the three hydraulic systems it is mandatory to:
- replace the temporary repair (flexible hose) by a permanent
repair at 20 takeoffs,
- do a daily inspection of the repair to make sure that it is in
(b) If there is no additional hydraulic line temporary-repair on the

three hydraulic systems it is mandatory to:
repair at 1000 flight hours or 750 flights cycle, whichever
comes first,
- do the first inspection of the repair after the first flight to
make sure that it is in the correct condition, and do further
inspections at weekly intervals.
(c) If possible, attach the flexible hose to an adjacent pipe or

other hose with ty-wraps and spacers (Ref. TASK 20-23-14-910-001)
to prevent chafing with the adjacent structure. If there is a
risk of chafing between the hose and the structure/component,
install a chafe guard on related section of the hose.
(3) The flexible hose that you use must:

- at minimum, be specified for use with the operation pressure in the
system,
- be specified for use with the type of fluid used in the system,
R - have a nominal size that is the same as or larger than, the size of
R the damaged tube
- have sufficient length to replace the damaged tube or the damaged
part of the tube.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A243
Aug 01/09

CES
Examples of Temporay Repair

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A244
Nov 01/08

CES
Examples of Temporay Repair

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A245
Nov 01/08

CES
(4) Obey these installation rules:
R (Ref. Fig. 259/TASK 20-23-11-991-042)
(a) The flexible hose must have an overlength or a curve to make an

allowance for length variations due to pressure.
The hose length changes:
- from +2 to -2.9% for a moderate pressure,
- from +2 to -2% for a high pressure.
(b) There must be no flexure at the fittings. The hose must be

straight for a least two hose diameters from the fitting.
(c) Obey the min. bend radius of the hose

R (Ref. Fig. 260/TASK 20-23-11-991-035)
to prevent sharp bends in the hose assembly, use:
- elbow fittings,
- hose with elbow-type end fittings.
(d) When you install the hoses, you must not twist them. This can
cause the hose to break or the attachment nuts to become loose.
The use of swivel connections at one end or at the two ends will
prevent distortion stresses.
(e) In all operation conditions, there must be clearance between the

hose assemblies and:
- the other lines,
- the adjacent structure,
- the equipment.
Hose minimum clearances must be as follows:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| HOSE CLEARANCE TO | MINIMUM CLEARANCE (INCH) |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CONTROL CABLES AND LINKAGES | 1.0 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CABLE AT PULLEYS | 0.5 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CABLE AT MIDDLE OF SPAN | 2.0 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ELECTRICAL WIRING | 0.5 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| HYDRAULIC TUBES OR HOSES | 0.2 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A246
Nov 01/08

CES
Temporary Hydraulic Tubing - Repair
R Figure 259/TASK 20-23-11-991-042

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A247
Nov 01/08

CES
Minimum Bend Radius for Hydraulic Hoses

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A248
Nov 01/08

CES
Minimum Bend Radius for Hydraulic Hoses

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A249
Nov 01/08

CES
(f) When you install the hose assembly supports, make sure that they
do not cause distortion of the rigid lines (this can occur when
the lines and hoses move in relation to each other). Use a
correct number of clamps so that the lines are correctly routed
along the contour of the structure. This prevents abrasive wear,
kinks and entanglement during flexure. You must install clamps,
at a minimum, at locations where the tube clamps were. You must
not attach hoses around their outer diameters with tight, rigid
clamps which prevent all movement. Some hoses between rigid
connections must move longitudinally. In this condition, use
clamps of a type which will not cause wear on the hose casing.
You must attach the connections at the tube, not at the hose.
NOTE : When the lines have rigid tubes, wind Teflon tape around
____
the hose after protection.
(5) If necessary for repair, install the applicable fittings on the ends
of the tubes to connect the flexible hose assembly. Obey the
installation rules related to the flexible hoses. Make sure that the
fittings to be installed on the tubes are compatible with the
fittings on the flexible hose assembly. For MS21922 sleeve
installation, refer to the repair procedure with an MS21922 sleeve in
this task.
Subtask 20-23-11-917-087
C. Temporary Repair Procedure of a Flexible Hose with a Flexible Spare Hose

(connected to a part or equipment, which can have different positions)
NOTE : A temporary repair of a flexible hose with a flexible spare hose

____
connected to a part or equipment, which can have different
positions, has a life limit of 20 take-offs.
Do an inspection of the repair after the first flight to make sure
that it is in the correct condition. If there are no findings
after the first flight, then subsequently do an inspection each
day.
(a) A temporary repair with a flexible spare hose is permitted on two


EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A250
Nov 01/08
R
CES
(b) A temporary repair with two or more flexible hoses end-to-end is
permitted if:
- the repair is on one flexible hose only,
- only standard fittings are installed between the flexible spare
hoses (if necessary).
(Ref. Fig. 258/TASK 20-23-11-991-083)
(2) Operational conditions
(a) It is mandatory to:

- replace the temporary repair by a permanent repair after 20
take-offs,
- do an inspection of the repair after the first flight to make
sure that it is in the correct condition. If there are no
findings after the first flight, then subsequently do an
inspection each day.
(b) If possible, attach the flexible spare hose to an adjacent pipe

or other hose with ty-wraps and spacers (Ref. TASK 20-23-14-910-
001) to prevent chafing with the adjacent structure. Make sure
that there is sufficient space for movement of the flexible spare
hose. If there is a risk of chafing between the hose and the
structure/component, install a chafe guard on the related part of
the hose.
R (3) The flexible spare hose that you use must:

- at minimum, be specified for use with the operation pressure in the
system
- be specified for use with the type of fluid used in the system
R
R the damaged flexible hose
- have sufficient length to replace the damaged flexible hose.

(Ref. Fig. 259/TASK 20-23-11-991-042)
(a) The flexible spare hose must have an overlength or a curve to

make an allowance for length variations caused by pressure.
- from +2 to -2.9% for a moderate pressure

straight for a minimum of two hose diameters from the fitting.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A251
Aug 01/09

CES
(c) Obey the minimum bend radius of the hose.
R (Ref. Fig. 260/TASK 20-23-11-991-035)
To prevent sharp bends in the hose assembly, use:
- elbow fittings,
prevent twist stresses.
(e) In all operation conditions, during the full movement, there must
be clearance between the hose assemblies and:
- the other lines,
- the equipment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
correct number of clamps to get correct routing of the lines
connections must move longitudinally. For these hoses, use clamps
which will not cause wear on the hose casing. You must attach the
connections at the rigid part, not at the hose.
NOTE : When the lines have rigid tubes, you must wind Teflon tape
____
around the hose after protection.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A252
Nov 01/08

CES
fittings to be installed on the tubes can be used with the fittings
on the flexible hose assembly. For MS21922 sleeve installation, refer
to the repair procedure with an MS21922 sleeve in this task.
Subtask 20-23-11-917-103
D. Temporary Repair Procedure of a Flexible Hose with a Flexible Spare Hose

(connected to a part or equipment with a fixed position).
A temporary repair of a flexible hose with a flexible spare hose,
connected to apart or equipment with a fixed position, has a life limit
of 20 take-offs.
This life limit can be extended to 1000 flight hours or 750 flight
cycles, whichever occurs first. This is applicable only, if there is no
other line temporary-repair on the three hydraulic systems, with an
inspection as follows:
- first inspection after first flight,
- subsequent inspections at one-week intervals.
(a) A temporary repair with a flexible spare hose is permitted on two

(b) A temporary repair with two or more flexible hoses end-to-end is

permitted if:
- the repair is on one flexible hose only,
- only standard fittings are installed between the flexible spare
hoses (if necessary).
R (Ref. Fig. 258/TASK 20-23-11-991-083)
(2) Operational conditions
(a) If there is one more hydraulic line temporary-repair on one of

the three hydraulic systems, it is mandatory to:
repair after 20 take-offs.
- do a daily inspection of the repair to make sure that it is in

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A253
Nov 01/08

CES
(b) If there is not one more hydraulic line temporary-repair on the
three hydraulic systems, it is mandatory to:
repair at 1000 flight hours or 750 flight cycles, whichever
occurs first,
- do the first inspection of the repair after the first flight to
make sure that it is in the correct condition. Then do
subsequent inspections at one-week intervals.
(c) If possible, attach the flexible spare hose to an adjacent pipe

or other hose with ty-wraps and spacers (Ref. TASK 20-23-14-910-
001) to prevent chafing with the adjacent structure. If there is
a risk of chafing between the hose and the structure/component,
install a chafe guard on the related part of the hose.
(3) The flexible spare hose that you use must:

- at minimum, be specified for the use with the operation pressure in
the system
- be specified for use with a type of fluid used in the system
R
R the damaged flexible hose
- have sufficient length to replace the damaged flexible hose.

(Ref. Fig. 218/TASK 20-23-11-991-002)
(a) The flexible spare hose must have an overlength or a curve to

make an allowance for length variations caused by pressure.
- from +2 to -2.9% for a moderate pressure

straight for a minimum of two hose diameters from the fitting.
(c) Obey the minimum bend radius of the hose.

(Ref. Fig. 260/TASK 20-23-11-991-035)
To prevent sharp bends in the hose assembly, use:
- elbow fittings,
prevent twist stresses.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A254
Aug 01/09

CES
(e) In all operation conditions, there must be clearance between the
hose assemblies and:
- the other lines,
- the equipment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
correct number of clamps to get correct routing of the lines
connections must move longitudinally. For these hoses, use clamps
which will not cause wear on the hose casing. You must attach the
connections at the rigid part, not at the hose.
NOTE : When the lines have rigid tubes, you must wind Teflon tape
____
around the hose after protection.
fittings to be installed on the tubes can de used with the fittings
on the flexible hose assembly. For MS21922 sleeve installation, refer
to the repair procedure with an MS21922 sleeve in this task.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A255
Nov 01/08
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-23-11-860-064

- or with a hydraulic cart (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002).



(c) For the Blue system:

(e) For the alternate braking system:

items.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A256
Nov 01/08
R
CES
TASK 20-23-11-300-005
Repair of the Titanium-Alloy Hydraulic Tubes with HARRISON Sleeves and Unions
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

____
- Titanium-alloy (Ti-3Al-2.5V) tubes ref. ABS5004, sizes -04 to -16.

____

____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific HARRISON roller swaging tools
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A257
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
Upstream of the PTU
Upstream of the PTU
Power Supply
System
R 20-23-11-991-021 Fig. 231
R 20-23-11-991-022 Fig. 241
R 20-23-11-991-045 Fig. 261
R 20-23-11-991-046 Fig. 262
R 20-23-11-991-047 Fig. 263
R 20-23-11-991-048 Fig. 264
R 20-23-11-991-049 Fig. 265
R 20-23-11-991-050 Fig. 266
R 20-23-11-991-051 Fig. 267

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A258
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 20-23-11-991-052 Fig. 268

R 20-23-11-991-085 Fig. 269
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-11-917-070
A. General
(1) This approved repair procedure permits to repair hydraulic tubes in

TI 3AL 2.5 V titanium alloy.
NOTE : This repair procedure uses a tube swaging method by internal

____
rolling. It is not applicable to corrosion-resistant steel or
(2) The use of HARRISON sleeve and union permits to make a separable
connection between two tubes or between a tube and a system
component.
(3) The unions, sleeves and sleeve nuts applicable for this repair
procedure are:
- unions ASN-A3760,
- sleeves ASN-A3759,
- sleeve nuts ASN-A3769-T or MS 21 921-T.
R (Ref. Fig. 261/TASK 20-23-11-991-045)
(4) To repair the tube with HARRISON sleeve and union, you must:
- cut the tube and remove the damaged section,
- square and deburr the ends of the tubes,
- clean the tubes,
- install the sleeve nut, the sleeve and the union on the tubes,
- swage the tubes into the sleeve and the union,
- connect the ends of the tubes with the sleeve, the nut and the
union.
NOTE : You must remove the tube to swage it.

____
(5) You must use the applicable HARRISON roller swaging tools to swage
the tube.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A259
Nov 01/08

CES
Connection of Tubes with HARRISON Fittings
R Figure 261/TASK 20-23-11-991-045

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A260
Nov 01/08

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-11-917-068
A. Preparation of the Tube
(1) Cut the tube and remove the damaged section:

- determine the tube length and take into account the tube protrusion
from the sleeve D and the tube growth after swaging delta L,
R (Ref. Fig. 262/TASK 20-23-11-991-046)
- make sure that the length of the straight section of the tube
immediately after the bent section is the minimum necessary for the
swaging operation.
R (Ref. Fig. 231/TASK 20-23-11-991-021)
NOTE : If the damaged section is too large or too near a bend, you
____
can replace the damaged section by another tube.
In this case, you must use two HARRISON fittings.
(2) Carefully square, deburr and chamfer the ends of the tubes,
internally and externally.
R (Ref. Fig. 241/TASK 20-23-11-991-022)
(3) Clean the tube with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and blow
air through the tube to remove all swarf and impurities.
(4) Accurately measure the tube thickness. Write this value to do the
check of the swage.
(5) Make sure that the tube thickness is in the permitted tolerance (E).
Subtask 20-23-11-917-071
B. Preparation of the Swage Tools
(1) Make sure that the roller swage machine is in this configuration:
- power switch OFF,
- calibration switch on RUN,
- jaw select switch on RELEASE,
- thumb wheel switch on O.O.O.,
- swage machine clear of swage tools and other items,
- air pressure source 5.6 bar (81.2211 psi) min. connected to the
swage machine,
- electrical power supply connected to the swage machine.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A261
Nov 01/08

CES
Tube Protrusion and Tube Growth
R Figure 262/TASK 20-23-11-991-046

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A262
Nov 01/08

CES
Dimension Acceptance Criteria for ASN-3759 Sleeves
R Figure 263/TASK 20-23-11-991-047

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A263
Nov 01/08

CES
Dimension Acceptance Criteria for ASN-3760 Unions
R Figure 264/TASK 20-23-11-991-048

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A264
Nov 01/08

CES
(2) Do a trial run at no load:
(a) Put the power switch in the ON position.
(b) Put the jaw select switch in the LOCK position.
(c) Push the power on button and make sure that:

- the motor runs in the counterclockwise direction,
- the mandrel feed is in the full back position,
- the torque shown is 3.60.
(d) Push the swage button and make sure that:

- the motor runs in the clockwise direction,
- the mandrel feed moves forward.
(e) Push the RESET button and make sure that all the above functions
go back to their initial position.
(3) Put the power switch in the OFF position.
(4) Put the jaw select switch on RELEASE.
NOTE : Make sure that you have done the check of the swage tools for
____
conformity.
Make sure that the maintenance and calibration periodicity of
the roller swage machine is not exceeded.
(5) Determine the expander tool to swage the tubes on the sleeve and the
union.
R (Ref. Fig. 265/TASK 20-23-11-991-049)
NOTE : The same expander tool is used for the sleeve and the union.
____
(6) Determine the external tools applicable:

- to hold the tube and the sleeve,
R (Ref. Fig. 266/TASK 20-23-11-991-050)
- to hold the tube and the union.
R (Ref. Fig. 267/TASK 20-23-11-991-051)
(7) Install the external tools on the housing of the swage machine.
(8) Install the expander tool on the swage machine as follows:

- remove the cover from the housing assembly,
- put the expander tool on the housing,
- engage the mandrel square-drive shank into the quick-disconnect
coupling,
- install the cover on the housing assembly.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A265
Nov 01/08

CES
Internal Swage (Expander Tools)
R Figure 265/TASK 20-23-11-991-049

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A266
Nov 01/08

CES
External Swage Tools for Sleeves
R Figure 266/TASK 20-23-11-991-050

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A267
Nov 01/08

CES
External Swage Tools for Unions
R Figure 267/TASK 20-23-11-991-051

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A268
Nov 01/08

CES
(9) Lubricate the rollers of the expander tool with COMMON GREASE
(a) Pull the expander tool mandrel to the rear.
(b) Put the grease through the hole of the cage with a grease hand
pump with a V-shaped nozzle.
The grease must flow out of the cage openings.
(c) Remove the old grease which may contain titanium particles.
NOTE : You must lubricate the rollers before each swaging

____
operation.
NOTE : After approximately 30 swages, you must fully clean the

____
rollers, the cage and the mandrel with CLEANING AGENTS
Subtask 20-23-11-917-069
C. Swage the Tube

R (Ref. Fig. 268/TASK 20-23-11-991-052)
(1) Make a visual inspection of the tube I.D. to make sure that there are
no scratches.
(2) Put the sleeve (or union) and the tube in position into the external
swage tools.
(3) Push the tube fully in and close the two half jaws.
(4) Put the power switch in the ON position.
(5) Put the jaw switch on LOCK.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A269
Nov 01/08

CES
Tool Installation
R Figure 268/TASK 20-23-11-991-052

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A270
Nov 01/08

CES
(6) Adjust the swaging torque as a function of the tube diameter, with
the three thumb wheels.
----------------------------------------------------
| TUBE DIA. mm | TUBE DIA. in. | SWAGE TORQUE |
----------------------------------------------------
| 6.35 | 1/4 | 006 |
----------------------------------------------------
| 9.52 | 3/8 | 015 |
----------------------------------------------------
| 12.70 | 1/2 | 026 |
----------------------------------------------------
| 15.87 | 5/8 | 045 |
----------------------------------------------------
| 19.05 | 3/4 | 047 |
----------------------------------------------------
| 25.40 | 1 | 084 |
----------------------------------------------------
NOTE : The torque values shown are in lbf.in.

____
They are the same for the sleeves and unions.
(7) Push the swage button and make sure that this sequence occurs:
- the mandrel turns clockwise,
- the expander moves forward into the tube,
- the mandrel moves forward and expands the rollers,
- when you get the set swage torque values (after 15 to 20 seconds),
the motor stops, the mandrels turns counterclockwise then moves to
the rear,
- the expander moves to the rear,
- the cycle is completed.
(8) Put the jaw switch on RELEASE.
(9) Open the half jaws and remove the tube from the swage tool.
(10) Carefully clean the tube with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A271
Nov 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 20-23-11-917-067
D. Do the Check of the Swage
(1) Measure the diameter A, B and C and make sure that they obey the
dimension acceptance criteria.
NOTE : You must calculate the permitted min. and max. dia. C as a
____
function of the actual thickness of the tube before swaging.
NOTE : In all cases, you cannot re-swage.

____
(2) Make sure that there are no scratches or other damage on the seal
areas between sleeve and union.
(3) Make sure that there are no scratches or roller marks on the tube
I.D.
NOTE : A helical extrusion mark in the G area (due to tube wall

____
growth during swaging) or a rubbing mark in the H area (due to
swage tool cage rubbing) is permitted.
(4) Connect the HARRISON sleeve and union of the tubes and TORQUE it to
the normal test value.
R (Ref. Fig. 269/TASK 20-23-11-991-085)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-23-11-860-063



EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A272
Nov 01/08

CES
Torque Values for Pressure Tests
R Figure 269/TASK 20-23-11-991-085

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A273
Nov 01/08

CES
(a) If there is a leakage, slowly and continuously increase the

torque value to the maximum approved (maximum test value) until
you stop the leak.




items.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A274
Nov 01/08
R
CES
TASK 20-23-11-300-006
Repair of the Hydraulic Tubes with CRYOFIT Couplings 3PHS111-XX
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

____
to -24
-16 and -24.

____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific chipless roller-type cutter

No specific deburring tool
No specific stop-watch
No specific CRYOFIT Installation Tooling

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A275
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
Upstream of the PTU
Upstream of the PTU

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A276
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power Supply
System
R 20-23-11-991-056 Fig. 270
R 20-23-11-991-057 Fig. 271
R 20-23-11-991-058 Fig. 272
R 20-23-11-991-059 Fig. 273
R 20-23-11-991-060 Fig. 274
R 20-23-11-991-061 Fig. 275
R 20-23-11-991-062 Fig. 276
R 20-23-11-991-063 Fig. 277
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-11-860-053
(1) For installation of CRYOFIT couplings you must use small quantities
of liquid nitrogen.
(a) Liquid nitrogen is:

- very cold -196 deg.C (-320.80 deg.F)
- non-toxic
- non-corrosive
- non-flammable
- a poor electrical conductor.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A277
Nov 01/08

CES
(b) You must obey these precautions when you use CRYOFIT couplings
and liquid nitrogen:
- keep the couplings and the liquid nitrogen in a correct
container (work box)
- do the work in an area with a good flow of air
- prevent long contact with the skin
- wear gloves as shown in this procedure when you touch cold
parts
- do not put gloved hands into liquid nitrogen
- wear safety glasses
- use correct tools.
(c) If liquid nitrogen spills:

- stay clear of the spilled liquid. It will very rapidly
evaporate
- immediately remove any clothing or shoes soaked with liquid
nitrogen
- flush your skin with warm water and immediately get medical aid
if the liquid nitrogen burns you
- if the liquid nitrogen goes in your eyes, flush them with water
and immediately get medical aid.
(2) Obey the safety procedures of the hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-00-
00-910-002).
(3) Make sure that the hydraulic reservoirs and the hydraulic systems are
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001) and (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-
614-001).
Subtask 20-23-11-917-072
B. Equipment
R (Ref. Fig. 270/TASK 20-23-11-991-056)
(1) CRYOFIT Installation Tooling.

For installation of CRYOFIT couplings, you must use the tools below:
- a work box to put the parts fully into liquid nitrogen.
- a pair of gloves to touch the cold parts
- a marking pen to make the installation marks on the tubes.
- tongs to remove the parts from the liquid nitrogen
- applicable tube chillers to make the tubes cold before the
installation of the couplings
- applicable snap-on couplings or O-rings to stop the movement of the
coupling (installation stop)
- applicable marking gages to make the installation marks
- applicable test couplings for the check of the tube joints

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A278
Nov 01/08

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

20-23-11

Page A279
Feb 01/09

CES
CRYOFIT Installation Tooling

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A280
Nov 01/08

CES

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A281
Nov 01/08

CES

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A282
Nov 01/08

CES
- applicable extended time tools to increase the recovery time of the
coupling.
(2) Coupling Assembly - 3PHS111-XX
(a) Before you start the installation, make sure that you use the
correct coupling assembly
(Ref. Fig. 271/TASK 20-23-11-991-057)
Subtask 20-23-11-917-073
C. Installation Clearance
(1) Installation package clearance.

(Ref. Fig. 272/TASK 20-23-11-991-058)
(a) You must have sufficient clearance to remove the installation

package after the installation of the coupling.
(2) Radial clearance.

(Ref. Fig. 273/TASK 20-23-11-991-059)
(a) The clearance around the CRYOFIT coupling installations must be

sufficient for the removal of the installation package.
NOTE : If you use the extended time tool, the clearance must be
____
greater because the extended time tool has a larger outer
diameter. You can use a test coupling and an installation
package or an extended time tool to do a check of the
clearance.
(3) Axial clearance.

The necessary axial clearance and length of straight tube (without
deformation) will change with the coupling size and the installation
technique used.
The length of tube engaged in each end of the coupling must be equal
to half the length of the coupling.
To put the coupling in position, you can:
- move the tube axially (if possible)
- move the tube laterally (deflection).
(a) Installation of the coupling by axial movement of the tube.

(Ref. Fig. 274/TASK 20-23-11-991-060)
To do this procedure:
- axially pull one tube away from the other until you can put the
coupling in position
- put the coupling in position on one tube

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A283
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Coupling Assembly - 3PHS111-XX
Figure 271/TASK 20-23-11-991-057

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A284
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Installation Package Clearance
Figure 272/TASK 20-23-11-991-058

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A285
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Radial Clearance
Figure 273/TASK 20-23-11-991-059

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A286
Feb 01/09
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

20-23-11

Page A287
Feb 01/09

CES
Axial Clearance - Axial Tube Movement

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A288
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Axial Clearance - Axial Tube Movement

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A289
Feb 01/09
R
CES
- engage the other tube in the coupling.
NOTE : For this procedure:

____
- you must have a minimum length of straight tube (1/2 the
coupling length for each tube end)
- it must be possible to move the tube axially.
(b) Installation of the coupling by lateral movement (deflection) of

the tube
(Ref. Fig. 275/TASK 20-23-11-991-061)
This is an alternative to the axial movement procedure.
To do this procedure:
- move the tube to one side
- put the coupling on the moved tube
- put the tube back in position
- engage the coupling on the other tube until the coupling is in
the correct installation position.
NOTE : For this procedure:

____
- axial movement of the tube is not necessary
- you must have a length of straight tube (without
deformation) on one end equal to the full length of the
coupling.
(4) Tube bend location.
(a) Tube bends prevent movement of the coupling. The coupling can be
against a bend (or a bump) if you have sufficient clearance to
install the coupling correctly.
(5) Increase in assembly dimension (growth).
(a) When a CRYOFIT coupling decreases (shrinks) in diameter, its

length increases and moves the two tubes apart.
You must think about this when you make the decisions about the
coupling installation procedure (tube lengths, bend locations,
bumps).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A290
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Axial Clearance - Tube Deflection
Figure 275/TASK 20-23-11-991-061

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A291
Feb 01/09
R
CES
(b) Calculated increase in length (growth) after assembly.
----------------------------------------------------------
| Tube | Tube DIA | Aluminum, stainless steel, |
| Size | | titanium |
| | in. | mm | in. | mm |
|------|----------|---------|-------------|--------------|
| -04 | 1/4 | 6.35 | .016 | 0.40 |
|------|----------|---------|-------------|--------------|
| -06 | 3/8 | 9.525 | .020 | 0.50 |
|------|----------|---------|-------------|--------------|
| -08 | 1/2 | 12.70 | .026 | 0.66 |
|------|----------|---------|-------------|--------------|
| -10 | 5/8 | 15.875 | .034 | 0.86 |
|------|----------|---------|-------------|--------------|
| -12 | 3/4 | 19.050 | .037 | 0.94 |
|------|----------|---------|-------------|--------------|
| -16 | 1 | 25.4 | .040 | 1.02 |
|------|----------|---------|-------------|--------------|
| -20 | 1-1/4 | 31.750 | .045 | 1.14 |
|------|----------|---------|-------------|--------------|
| -24 | 1-1/2 | 38.10 | .059 | 1.50 |
----------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-11-917-074
A. Preparation
(1) Put marks on the tube where you will cut the tube to remove the
damaged part. When you put the marks on the tube, think about:
- access for the tube cutter and the CRYOFIT couplings
- where to release the tube. For installation of the coupling, a
minimum of one tube end must be free to move
- possible future problems and a new routing of the tube (where
permitted) to prevent chafing or contact with parts that move
- drainage of hydraulic fluid
- sufficient straight length of tube after removal of the damaged
part
- minimum splice length
(Ref. Fig. 276/TASK 20-23-11-991-062)
- assembly growth
- removal and replacement of paint or other protections on the tube
adjacent to the repair.
(2) If possible, drain the line near the location of the repair.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A292
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Minimum Splice Length
Figure 276/TASK 20-23-11-991-062

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A293
Feb 01/09
R
CES
(3) Cut the tube and remove the damaged part. A chipless roller-type
cutter is recommended.
(4) Make sure that the tube ends are free of burrs (inner side and outer
side). Deburr if necessary. Use an applicable deburring tool to
prevent damage or contamination of the fluid system.
(5) If applicable, remove paint or other protection, with Grade 400 emery
cloth, on one coupling length of the cut tube ends. Make sure that
you do not scratch the tube when you remove the protection.
(6) Cut, deburr and remove paint from all tubes you will use to replace
the damaged part of tube.
(7) Make sure that all the tube ends are in the correct condition and
agree with the tube dimension specifications (Ref. TASK 20-23-11-200-
001).
(8) Clean all the tube ends with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).
NOTE : Make sure that the cleaning agent does not go in the tube.
____
Subtask 20-23-11-917-075
B. Coupling Installation
(Ref. Fig. 277/TASK 20-23-11-991-063)
NOTE : To install all CRYOFIT couplings, you do these steps:

____
- attach one side of the tube joint
- move the other side
- slide the coupling over one of the tube ends
- align the tubes
- move the coupling back over the joint and allow it to recover.
(1) Loosen the tube clamps on one side of the joint to permit the
movement of one of the tubes. If possible, the other tube must stay
attached.
NOTE : Make sure that:

____
- bulkhead fittings and reconnectable fittings on the same
tube run (or on a branch run) are installed before you
install the CRYOFIT coupling
- bulkhead fitting jam-nuts are torqued to the correct value
- reconnectable fittings are hand tight.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A294
Feb 01/09
R
CES
(2) Do a check of all the joints with a test coupling.
(a) With the applicable test coupling, do a check for burrs, tube
alignment, tube gap and tube roundness.
NOTE : The coupling has a 0.03 in. (0.7619 mm) hole (window) in
____
its center, which is the maximum permitted tube gap.
NOTE : The test coupling must move freely on the joint when the
____
tubes are aligned. Do not try to force the tubes to align
with the coupling because this will cause stress in the
tubing system.
(3) Mark the tubes.
(a) Put the applicable marking gauge on each tube end. With the
marking pen, color the rectangular box. These 0.03 in. (0.7619
mm) marks will be the installation marks.
(4) Install the installation stop.
(a) On the tube you do not move, put one end of the applicable
snap-on coupling in the middle of the installation mark. The
snap-on coupling will be the installation stop.
NOTE : As an alternative, you can

____ use an applicable O-ring as an
installation stop. Use the test coupling to put the O-ring
in the correct position on the installation mark
(perpendicular to the tube axis).
NOTE : You can also use the snap-on coupling to hold the tubes
____
aligned while you do the tube set-up.
(5) Decrease the temperature (chill) the installation tools.
(a) Place the end of the tongs, the applicable tube chiller, and the
applicable extended time tool in the workbox.
(b) Keep the tools in the liquid nitrogen until the boiling stops.
(6) Simulate and measure the time necessary for the installation.
(a) With the test coupling, simulate the installation until you can
do it easily. Make sure you know the obstructions that can
prevent easy installation.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A295
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Coupling Installation

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A296
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Coupling Installation

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A297
Feb 01/09
R
CES
(b) When you can do the installation easily, simulate the
installation again, and measure the time necessary for the
installation with a stop-watch.
(c) Compare the time necessary to simulate the installation with the
installation times given in the table.
If the time necessary to simulate the installation is more than
the recovery time, use the extended time tool. Recovery time
after tube chilling
Recovery time after tube chilling
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| Tube | Tube DIA | Aluminum | Stainless steel | Titanium |
| Size | in. | mm | seconds | seconds | seconds |
|------|----------|---------|----------|-----------------|----------|
| -04 | 1/4 | 6.35 | 30 | 45 | 35 |
|------|----------|---------|----------|-----------------|----------|
| -06 | 3/8 | 9.525 | 25 | 60 | 43 |
|------|----------|---------|----------|-----------------|----------|
| -08 | 1/2 | 12.70 | 22 | 75 | 50 |
|------|----------|---------|----------|-----------------|----------|
| -10 | 5/8 | 15.875 | 21 | 70 | 43 |
|------|----------|---------|----------|-----------------|----------|
| -12 | 3/4 | 19.050 | 20 | 62 | 35 |
|------|----------|---------|----------|-----------------|----------|
| -16 | 1 | 24.400 | 20 | 50 | 25 |
|------|----------|---------|----------|-----------------|----------|
| -20 | 1-1/4 | 31.750 | 20 | 50 | 25 |
|------|----------|---------|----------|-----------------|----------|
| -24 | 1-1/2 | 38.100 | 20 | 50 | 25 |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : The recovery times in this table are for the couplings in
____
the plastic installation package. You can increase these
times if you use the extended time tool. For repairs that
add a length of new tube (splice), you can decrease the
temperature (chill) the new tube before you start the
installation. This will give you more time for the
installation of the first coupling.
(7) Chill the tubes.
(a) Refer to the table below to find the correct chilling time for
the tube type and the tube size.
Tube chilling time

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A298
Feb 01/09
R
CES
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| Tube | Tube DIA | Aluminum | Stainless steel | Titanium |
| Size | in. | mm | seconds | seconds | seconds |
|------|----------|---------|----------|-----------------|----------|
| -04 | 1/4 | 6.35 | 40 | 40 | 40 |
|------|----------|---------|----------|-----------------|----------|
| -06 | 3/8 | 9.525 | 40 | 50 | 50 |
|------|----------|---------|----------|-----------------|----------|
| -08 | 1/2 | 12.70 | 40 | 60 | 60 |
|------|----------|---------|----------|-----------------|----------|
| -10 | 5/8 | 15.875 | 50 | 80 | 80 |
|------|----------|---------|----------|-----------------|----------|
| -12 | 3/4 | 19.050 | 70 | 110 | 100 |
|------|----------|---------|----------|-----------------|----------|
| -16 | 1 | 24.400 | 110 | 160 | 130 |
|------|----------|---------|----------|-----------------|----------|
| -20 | 1-1/4 | 31.750 | 150 | 180 | 140 |
|------|----------|---------|----------|-----------------|----------|
| -24 | 1-1/2 | 38.100 | 150 | 180 | 140 |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
(8) Install the coupling.
(a) If you use the CRYOFIT couplings with plastic installation

packages (as supplied pre-assembled from the factory):
1
_ Put on the gloves.
2
_ With the pre-chilled tongs, remove the coupling from the
workbox.
3
_ Hold the coupling with gloved fingers.
4
_ Move the coupling on the tube end that does not have the
installation stop.
5
_ Align the tubes.
6
_ Move the coupling back on the joint against the installation
stop.
(b) If increased recovery time is necessary, you must put the

coupling in the extended time tool:
1
_ Put on the gloves.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A299
Feb 01/09
R
CES
2
_ With the pre-chilled tongs, remove the coupling from the
workbox and remove the plastic installation package. Put the
coupling back in the workbox.
3
_ With the tongs, remove the pre-chilled extended time tool from
the workbox and put it in your free gloved hand.
4
_ Squeeze the tabs to open the jaws.
5
_ Hold the extended time tool over the workbox, hold the
coupling with the tongs and put it in the jaws (of the
extended time tool).
6
_ Carefully let the extended time tool fall back in the workbox.
7
_ When the extended time tool is ready for installation (boiling
stopped):
- with the tongs, remove the extended time tool coupling from
the workbox
- hold the tool with gloved fingers
- move the tool on the tube end that does not have the
installation stop
- align the tubes
- move the tool back on the joint against the installation
stop.
(9) Remove the installation tool.
(a) Let the coupling recover.
(b) Remove the plastic installation package or the extended time

tool.
(10) Do a visual check.
(a) Make sure that the two ends of the coupling touch the
installation marks. If the two ends of the coupling are not on
the installation marks, the repair is not satisfactory.
To make the repair satisfactory you can:
- cut out the coupling
- install a small length of new tube with two couplings (splice).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B200
Feb 01/09
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-23-11-860-054







EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B201
Feb 01/09
R
CES
(6) If applicable, restore the protection on the repaired tube.
(a) For aluminum tubes:
1
_ Apply PRETREATMENT FOR PAINTING (Material No. 13-002) on the
bare metal of the tube with a brush.
2
_ Finish the protection with STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-
001C).
1
_ Rub the bare metal with scotch-brite pad.
2
_ Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-020) on the bare metal
of the tube.
3
001C).
items.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B202
Feb 01/09
R
CES
TASK 20-23-11-300-007
Repair of the Hydraulic Tubes with RYNGLOK Unions
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

____
to -24
-16 and -24.

____
NOTE : For hydraulic tubes in fuel tanks, in the pylon box structure and in
____
pressurized area ,only the Permanent fittings repair solution is
permitted.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific chipless roller-type cutter

No specific grade 400 emery cloth
No specific permanent-ink felt-tipped pen
No specific RYNGLOK Installation Tooling

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B203
Feb 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
Upstream of the PTU
Upstream of the PTU

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B204
Feb 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power Supply
System
20-23-11-991-067 Fig. 278
20-23-11-991-068 Fig. 279
20-23-11-991-069 Fig. 280
20-23-11-991-070 Fig. 281
20-23-11-991-071 Fig. 282
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-11-860-055
(1) Obey the safety procedures of the hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-00-
00-910-002).
(2) Make sure that the related hydraulic reservoirs and the related
hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001) and
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B205
Feb 01/09
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-11-917-078
A. Equipment
(Ref. Fig. 278/TASK 20-23-11-991-067)
(1) RYNGLOK Installation Tooling.

For the installation of RYNGLOK unions, you must use these tools:
(a) Swage tool
NOTE : There are two types of swage tools: old generation and new
____
generation. To swage the unions, you can use the
old-generation tools or the new-generation tools.
1
_ Old-generation swage tools.
- RTST(X)-01-SIZE standard swage tool
This tool pushes the union ring onto the union body to make
the swage.
- RTST(X)R-01-SIZE reversed swage tool
This tool pulls the union ring onto the union body to make
the swage. You can use this tool to swage the unions where
access is not easy:
- at or near a bulkhead or an adjacent fitting
- when you cannot use the standard tool.
- RTST(X)R-51-SIZE special reversed tool
You must use the special reversed tool where there is an
opposite fitting end or forging body size larger than the
dash size of the fitting end to be swaged.
This special reversed tool has a colored band and the
required pressures are identified on the tool body.
2
_ New-generation swage tool
- RTST(X)-02-SIZE push/pull swage tool
This new-generation tool replaces the standard (push) and
reversed (pull) tools for easier installation especially in
areas where access is not easy.
(b) Pressure pump

The pump can be:
- a hand pump, AEROQUIP P/N 10-00400A
- a foot-operated air/hydraulic intensifier, AEROQUIP P/N
10-00401A
- a switch-operated air/hydraulic intensifier, AEROQUIP P/N
10-00402.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B206
Feb 01/09
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

20-23-11

Page B207
Feb 01/09

CES
RYNGLOK installation Tooling

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B208
Feb 01/09
R
CES
RYNGLOK installation Tooling

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B209
Feb 01/09
R
CES
(c) RTSGO-51-SIZE inspection gages
Use these tools to make sure that the swage is correct (full
movement of the ring).
(d) RTSGO-01-SIZE marking gages

Use these tools to make installation marks on the tubes.
(2) Union assemblies

Before you start the installation, make sure that you use the correct
union assemblies.
(Ref. Fig. 279/TASK 20-23-11-991-068)
Subtask 20-23-11-917-079
B. Tubing Repair
(Ref. Fig. 280/TASK 20-23-11-991-069)
(1) Single-union repair

You can use a single-union repair if the length of the defect is in
the specified limits (L max).
There are two methods for a single-union repair:
(a) Method 1: You remove (cut out) the part of the tube that has the
defect.
(b) Method 2: You cut through the center of the defect.
NOTE : This is not the best method because, in some conditions,

____
the defect can cause damage to the sealing surface of the
union.
If you use this method, you must be careful:
- to cut the tube in the center of the defect
- to put the union in the center between the installation
marks.
(2) Two-union repair
(a) You must use a two-union repair when the length of the defect is
more than the specified limits (L max).
You remove (cut out) the part of the tube that has the defect.
There is a minimum length of tube (M min) that you must remove.
You replace the removed part of tube with:
- an equal or smaller (but nearly the same) length of equivalent
tube
- two RYNGLOK unions.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B210
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Union Assemblies
Figure 279/TASK 20-23-11-991-068

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B211
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Tubing Repair
Figure 280/TASK 20-23-11-991-069

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B212
Feb 01/09
R
CES
(3) Swage near a bend
There must be a minimum length (N min) of straight tube to swage near
a bend.
Subtask 20-23-11-917-080
C. Preparation
(Ref. Fig. 281/TASK 20-23-11-991-070)
(1) Cut the tube. We recommend a chipless roller-type cutter.
(2) Make sure that the tube ends have no burrs (inner and outer side).
Deburr if necessary. Use an applicable deburring tool to prevent
damage or contamination of the fluid system.
(3) Preparation of the painted tube ends

It is necessary to remove paint from a minimum length (Dim. B) at the
ends of the painted tube.
(a) Remove paint with grade 400 emery cloth along the dim. B. Make
sure that you do not cause scratches on the tube when you remove
the paint.
(4) Make sure that all the tube ends are in the correct condition and
agree with the tube dimension specifications (Ref. TASK 20-23-11-200-
001).
(5) Clean all the tube ends with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).
NOTE : Make sure that the cleaning agent does not go in the tube.
____
(6) Make the marks on the tubes.
(a) Get the correct size marking gage

(Ref. Fig. 278/TASK 20-23-11-991-067)
1
_ Put the applicable marking gage on each tube end. With a
permanent-ink felt-tipped pen, make the position and the
inspection marks through the gage windows.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B213
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Tube End Dimension and Marking
Figure 281/TASK 20-23-11-991-070

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B214
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 20-23-11-917-081
D. Union Installation
(Ref. Fig. 282/TASK 20-23-11-991-071)
(1) Put the union in position:
(a) Move the union on the tube ends and put the edge of the unswaged
ring on the position mark.
The edge of the ring must be between the two ends of the position
mark.
The length of the position mark gives the permitted tolerance for
the position of the ring.
(2) Union assembly
(a) Get the correct size tool.

(Ref. Fig. 278/TASK 20-23-11-991-067)
NOTE : The color code of the coupling ring must agree with the
____
color of the movable jaw on the swaging tool.
(b) Connect the flexible hose between the pump and the swaging tool.
(c) Align the assembly tool to one leg of the union, with the ring in
the movable jaw of the tool and the front opening of the tool
against the union body.
NOTE : When you use the reversed tool, the union body is in the
____
tool jaw and the front opening is against the ring.
NOTE : When you use size -20 and -24 swage tools, make sure that
____
the swage bridge (connected to the tool by a lanyard) is
in the correct position:
- the arrow on the swage bridge must point to the front of
the tool,
- the swage tool detents must hold the swage bridge when
the union is engaged in the tool
(the swage tool detents make a click when the swage
bridge becomes flush on the top of the tool).
NOTE : For the standard swage tool, you must engage the swage
____
bridge in the tool body.
For the reversed tool, you must engage the swage bridge in
the movable jaws.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B215
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Union Installation
Figure 282/TASK 20-23-11-991-071

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B216
Feb 01/09
R
CES
(d) Apply 8000 psi (551.5805 bar) 8500 psi (586.0543 bar) hydraulic
pressure to the tool to move the union ring forward to complete
the assembly.
NOTE : Tool pressure is 8000 psi (551.5805 bar) 8500 psi

____
(586.0543 bar) for all union sizes or pressure classes.
NOTE : If you use the hand pump (P/N 10-00400A), you must monitor
____
the pressure gage to get the correct pressure.
If you use the foot-operated air/hydraulic intensifier
(P/N 10-00402), the intensifier will stop automatically
when you have the correct swage pressure.
(e) Depressurize the assembly tool and remove it from the union.
(3) Inspection of the assembled union
(a) Ring position inspection
1
_ Get the correct size inspection gage.
(Ref. Fig. 278/TASK 20-23-11-991-067)
With the applicable inspection gage, do a check for correct
position of the ring.
Make sure that you can install the inspection gage on the ring
(flush).
(b) Inspection mark

Make sure that the edge of the union touches or is on the
inspection mark:
- this shows that the correct length of tube is engaged in the
union.
NOTE : The installation tolerance is divided between the two ends

____
of the union.
If the maximum length of tube is engaged in one end of the
union, the minimum length must be engaged in the other
end.
This is because unions can move freely on the tube (no
positive tube stop).
If the maximum length of tube is engaged, you cannot see
the related inspection mark until after the swage.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B217
Feb 01/09
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-23-11-860-056







EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B218
Feb 01/09
R
CES
(6) If applicable, restore the protection on the repaired tube.
(a) For aluminum tubes:
1
_ Apply PRETREATMENT FOR PAINTING (Material No. 13-002) on the
bare metal of the tube with a brush.
2
001C).
1
_ Rub the bare metal with scotch-brite pad.
2
_ Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-020) on the bare metal
of the tube.
3
001C).
items.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B219
Feb 01/09
R
CES
TASK 20-23-11-300-008
Temporary Repair of Hydraulic Tubes by Welding
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the procedure for the temporary repair of hydraulic
tubes. This procedure uses manual T.I.G. welding.

____
to -24.

____ temporary repair on:
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific clean stainless steel wire brush

No specific sandpaper-grade 200
No specific 2-cut milling cutter
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1

SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B220
Feb 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-23-11-991-072 Fig. 283
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-11-860-058
A. Procedure Requirements
(1) You must not do this repair on the aircraft. You must remove the pipe
from the aircraft.
(2) Life limitation of the weld repair
(a) A temporary repair with this manual T.I.G. welding method is

limited to a maximum of 20 Flight Cycles.
NOTE : You must replace the repaired tube by a new one before a
____
maximum of 20 Flight Cycles.
(3) Certification of the operators
(a) The operators must have an approved licence/certificate (refer to

the local Airworthiness Authorities) for:
- manual T.I.G. welding process,
- dye penetrant test.
(4) Repair criteria
(a) You can do this repair procedure only if:

- the damage is a through crack with a maximum length of 10 mm
(0.3937 in.).
- the distance between two cracks is not less than 15 mm (0.5905
in.).
- the weld does not change the geometry of the pipe.
- there is not already a repair in the repair area.
- two longitudinal cracks are not on the same generatrix (line).
- the tube does not have more than 5% ovalization for stainless
steel pipes and 3% for titanium pipes.
(b) Only one weld is permitted on the circumference.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B221
Feb 01/09
R
CES
(5) Adjustment of the welding parameters
(a) Before the repair, you must do a welding test on a specimen of

tube of the same material and with the same diameter/thickness to
get the applicable welding parameters (electrode diameter,
amperage, power, etc).
NOTE : You must do the steps described in this procedure during

____
the welding test.
NOTE : You must identify the test specimens and keep them until
____
the replacement of the repaired pipe.
(6) Weldable materials
(a) This repair method is applicable only for the tube materials that
follow:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| TITANIUM-ALLOY (Ti-3Al-2.5V) TUBES |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| Tube | Tube DIA. | Thickness |Operating Pressure |
| Size | in. | mm | in. | mm | psi | bar |
|------|----------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|
| -04 | 1/4 | 6.35 | 0.016 | 0.406 | 3000 | 206 |
|------|----------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|
| -06 | 3/8 | 9.525 | 0.019 | 0.483 | 3000 | 206 |
|------|----------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|
| -08 | 1/2 | 12.70 | 0.026 | 0.66 | 3000 | 206 |
|------|----------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|
| -10 | 5/8 | 15.875 | 0.032 | 0.813 | 3000 | 206 |
|------|----------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|
| -12 | 3/4 | 19.050 | 0.039 | 0.991 | 3000 | 206 |
|------|----------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|
| -16 | 1 | 25.4 | 0.051 | 1.295 | 3000 | 206 |
---------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B222
Feb 01/09
R
CES
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| CORROSION-RESISTANT STEEL (21.6.9) TUBES |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| Tube | Tube DIA. | Thickness |Operating Pressure |
| Size | in. | mm | in. | mm | psi | bar |
|------|----------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|
| -04 | 1/4 | 6.35 | 0.016 | 0.406 | 3000 | 206 |
|------|----------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|
| -06 | 3/8 | 9.525 | 0.019 | 0.508 | 3000 | 206 |
|------|----------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|
| -08 | 1/2 | 12.70 | 0.026 | 0.66 | 3000 | 206 |
|------|----------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|
| -10 | 5/8 | 15.875 | 0.032 | 0.838 | 3000 | 206 |
|------|----------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|
| -12 | 3/4 | 19.050 | 0.051 | 0.991 | 3000 | 206 |
|------|----------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|
| -16 | 1 | 25.4 | 0.052 | 1.321 | 3000 | 206 |
|------|----------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|
| -24 | 1-1/2 | 38.1 | 0.024 | 0.609 | 80 | 5.5 |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
(b) This repair method is not applicable for light alloy 6061T6 tube
material.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-11-917-086
A. Welding Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 283/TASK 20-23-11-991-072)
NOTE : You must remove the pipe from the aircraft to do this procedure.
____
(1) Clean the pipe
(a) If the tube is painted (for stainless steel tubes):
1
_ Remove the paint with grade 400 emery cloth from the full
circumference of the tube along a sufficient length around the
damage area.
(b) Clean the outside of the tube with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-026).
(c) Flush the inside of the tube with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-026). Do the operation three or four times to remove all
grease from the tube.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B223
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Preparation of the Damage Area

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B224
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Preparation of the Damage Area

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B225
Feb 01/09
R
CES
(d) Flush the tube with water.
(e) Let the tube dry in ambient air.
(2) Identify the location of the damage
(a) Blow dry compressed air, at a pressure of approximately 10 bar

(145.0377 psi), through the tube.
(b) Soak the outer surface of the tube in water or apply a leak
detection product to see the leak.
(c) Grind the surface of the tube along the full length of the crack
to identify the damage area.
(d) Accurately identify each end of the crack. The identification

mark must not be more than 2 mm (0.0787 in.) on each side of the
length of the crack.
(3) Prepare the damage area for the repair
(a) With a 2-cut milling cutter, make a groove along the length of
the defect plus 5 mm (0.1968 in.) on either side of the crack.
NOTE : Use a 2-cut milling cutter with the characteristics:

____
- 40 teeth,
- cut angle: 110 Deg.,
- DIA.: 15 mm (0.5905 in.),
- width: 1.8 mm (0.0708 in.) or 2 mm (0.0787 in.) or 2.2
mm (0.0866 in.).
1
_ The shape of the tool gives the width of the groove.
2
_ The cutter must almost go through the tube wall (95% of the
thickness).
NOTE : If the cutter goes through the wall, the opening (at
____
the inner surface) must not be more than 0.2 mm (0.0078
in.) on a length of a few millimeters.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B226
Feb 01/09
R
CES
(4) Clean the prepared area
(a) For stainless steel tubes:
1
_ Clean the area with a clean stainless steel wire brush.
NOTE : Make sure that you use a clean stainless steel wire
____
brush.
NOTE : Make sure that you do not cause damage to the pipe
____
around the prepared area.
2
_ Remove dust with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
NOTE : Do not use a compressed air gun to remove dust.

____
(b) For titanium alloy tubes:
1
_ Remove dust with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
NOTE : Do not use a compressed air gun to remove dust.

____
(5) Weld the tube (T. I. G. welding process)
(a) Do the gaseous protection
NOTE : The welding torch gives protection to the outside of the

____
tube.
1
_ Blow a neutral gas inside the tube with a flow rate of 4 to 10
l/min. for a sufficiently long time (about 10 min. for a long
pipe). Decrease the flow rate to 4 l/min. during the welding
operation.
(b) Weld the tube
NOTE : Make sure that the welding equipment parameters are the
____
same as those used on the test specimen.
1
_ For stainless steel 21-9-6 tubes:
- use Z2 CND 20-10-3 filler metal.
2
_ For titanium alloy TA3V2.5 tubes:
R - use T40 filler metal or AMS4951 standard filler metal.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B227
Feb 01/09

CES
(c) Stop the gaseous protection
1
_ Outside the tube:
- continue the argon flow for at least one minute after
welding.
2
_ Inside the tube:
- continue to blow the inert gas through the tube for one
minute after welding.
(6) Inspection of the repaired area
(a) Do a visual inspection of the weld bead
1
_ Make sure that the width of the weld bead is:
- 3 mm (0.1181 in.) for a tube thickness of less than 0.48 mm
(0.0188 in.)
- between 3 mm (0.1181 in.) and 5 mm (0.1968 in.) for a tube
thickness of between 0.48 mm (0.0188 in.) and 1.3 mm (0.0511
in.).
2
_ Make sure that the maximum height of the weld bead is not more
than 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.).
If the maximum weld bead height is more than 0.1 mm (0.0039
in.):
- grind and finish with sandpaper-grade 200. Make sure that
the remaining thickness is more than the thickness measured
on the base metal.
3
_ Make sure that the crater at the beginning and the end of the
weld bead is free of subsiding, cracking and staining.
NOTE : Light staining is permitted. On a small diameter tube,

____
staining on the opposite side of the weld must remain
within the limits of the thermally affected zone.
(b) Pressure test
1
_ Do a pressure test for 3 minutes minimum at ambient
temperature with hydraulic fluid at:
- 360 bar (5221.3572 psi) for tube in stainless steel 21-9-6 -
high pressure pipes
low pressure pipes
suction pipes

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B228
Feb 01/09
R
CES
- 360 bar (5221.3572 psi) for tube in titanium alloy TA3V2.5 -
high pressure pipes
NOTE : No leak is permitted.

____
(c) Dye penetrant test
1
_ Do a dye penetrant test in the welded area.
2
_ Make sure that there is no sign of a defect.
NOTE : If you are not sure of the quality of the weld, rub
____
with sandpaper-grade 200 and do the dye penetrant test
again.
3
_ If the dye penetrant test shows that there is a defect:
- discard the repaired pipe and install a new one on the
aircraft
- or remove the repaired part of the pipe. Cut the pipe at a
minimum of 1.5 in. (38.0999 mm) from each end of the weld
bead and do an approved repair given in this topic.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B229
Feb 01/09
R
CES
TASK 20-23-11-300-009
Repair of the Hydraulic Leaks with Fly Away Kit Components
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
The Hydraulic fly-away kit is used to let A/C go back to their main base
from an outstation.This is to prevent or decrease operational interruption
when an external hydraulic leak is higher than the maximum permitted leak
rates.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-23-11-300-003 Repair of the Corrosion-Resistant Steel or

Aluminum-Alloy or Titanium-Alloy tubes with
20-23-11-300-004 Temporary Repair of Hydraulic Tubes
20-23-11-917-001 Tightening Practices for Hydraulic Connections
20-23-21-911-001 Removal/Installation of the Bobbins from their
Housings and Installation of O-rings, Square Seals,
and Back-up Rings on the Bobbins
20-29-00-911-002 Removal/Installation of an O-ring (Hydraulic Systems)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-11-860-069
A. Hydraulic fly-away kit
(1) The hydraulic fly-away kit is used for:
(a) Repair of hydraulic tubes in all materials:

- 6061-T6 aluminum alloy,
- 21.6.9 corrosion resistant steel,
- TI 3AL 2.5V titanium alloy.

____ repair on:
- hydraulic tubes in the engine area
- hydraulic tubes in the fuel tanks

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B230
Feb 01/09
R
CES
- hydraulic tubes installed on the landing gear legs.
(b) Repair of hydraulic systems sealing with replacement of:

- O-rings
- bobbins.
(c) Repair of fitting leakage with replacement of the fitting.
(d) Isolation of hydraulic component (under MMEL agreement) by

installation of blanking cap/plug.
Subtask 20-23-11-860-070
B. Fly-away kit components list
R NOTE : This list gives the recommended AIRBUS components/ quantities. It

____
R includes many types of parts, which let operators do repairs in
many areas of the hydraulic system.
Minimum quantities are supplied to keep a low weight. The operator
must erase or add items to the list in relation with its
R requirements and experience. But the components must be in the
R AIRBUS IPC (Illustrated Part Catalog) or approved by the
applicable Airworthiness Authorithies.
The operator must make the selection of components and repair
methods and it must make sure that these obey the applicable
directives of the Airworthiness authorities.
(1) Connection after tube cutting
(a) MS21922 sleeves and MS21921 nuts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| TUBE DIA. | SIZE | SLEEVE P/N | QTY | NUT P/N | QTY | OPTIONAL | QTY |
| mm | in. | | | | | | NUT P/N | |
|-------|-----|------|------------|-----|------------|-----|------------|-----|
| 6.35 | 1/4 | -04 | MS21922-4 | 5 | MS21921V4P | 5 | MS21921-4 | 5 |
|-------|-----|------|------------|-----|------------|-----|------------|-----|
| 9.52 | 3/8 | -06 | MS21922-6 | 5 | MS21921V6P | 5 | MS21921-6 | 5 |
|-------|-----|------|------------|-----|------------|-----|------------|-----|
| 12.70 | 1/2 | -08 | MS21922-8 | 5 | MS21921V8P | 5 | MS21921-8 | 5 |
|-------|-----|------|------------|-----|------------|-----|------------|-----|
| 15.85 | 5/8 | -10 | MS21922-10 | 5 | MS21921V10P| 5 | MS21921-10 | 5 |
|-------|-----|------|------------|-----|------------|-----|------------|-----|
| 19.05 | 3/5 | -12 | MS21922-12 | 5 | MS21921V12P| 5 | MS21921-12 | 5 |
|-------|-----|------|------------|-----|------------|-----|------------|-----|
| 25.40 | 1 | -16 | MS21922-16 | 5 | MS21921V16P| 5 | MS21921-16 | 5 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B231
May 01/09

CES
(b) H-FITTING couplings
-------------------------------------------
| TUBE DIA. | SIZE | H-FITTING P/N. | QTY |
| mm | in. | | | |
|-------|-----|------|----------------|-----|
| 6.35 | 1/4 | -04 | 36011V04 | 2 |
|-------|-----|------|----------------|-----|
| 9.52 | 3/8 | -06 | 36011V06 | 2 |
|-------|-----|------|----------------|-----|
| 12.70 | 1/2 | -08 | 36011V08 | 2 |
|-------|-----|------|----------------|-----|
| 15.85 | 5/8 | -10 | 36011V10 | 2 |
|-------|-----|------|----------------|-----|
| 19.05 | 3/5 | -12 | 36011V12 | 2 |
|-------|-----|------|----------------|-----|
| 25.40 | 1 | -16 | 36011V16 | 2 |
-------------------------------------------
(c) Tube sections for repair between 2 H-FITTING couplings

-----------------------------------------------------------
| TUBE DIA. | SIZE | WALL THICKNESS | TUBE LENGTH | QTY |
|-------|-----|------|--------|-------|-------|-------|-----|
| 6.35 | 1/4 | -04 | 0.41 | 0.016 | 203 | 8 | 2 |
|-------|-----|------|--------|-------|-------|-------|-----|
| 9.52 | 3/8 | -06 | 0.51 | 0.020 | 203 | 8 | 2 |
|-------|-----|------|--------|-------|-------|-------|-----|
| 12.70 | 1/2 | -08 | 0.66 | 0.026 | 305 | 12 | 2 |
|-------|-----|------|--------|-------|-------|-------|-----|
| 15.85 | 5/8 | -10 | 0.84 | 0.033 | 305 | 12 | 2 |
|-------|-----|------|--------|-------|-------|-------|-----|
| 19.05 | 3/5 | -12 | 0.99 | 0.039 | 406 | 16 | 2 |
|-------|-----|------|--------|-------|-------|-------|-----|
| 25.40 | 1 | -16 | 1.32 | 0.052 | 406 | 16 | 2 |
-----------------------------------------------------------
(2) Fittings and reducers
(a) Straight fittings and reducers

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B232
Feb 01/09
R
CES
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| STRAIGHT | QTY| OPTIONAL | QTY| REDUCER | QTY| OPTIONAL | QTY|
| FITTING | | STRAIGHT | | P/N | | REDUCER | |
| P/N | | FITTING P/N | | | | P/N | |
|------------|----|--------------|----|---------------|----|-------------|----|
| MS21902V4P | 2 | MS21902-4 | 2 | MS21916V6-4P | 2 | MS21916-6-4 | 2 |
|------------|----|--------------|----|---------------|----|-------------|----|
| MS21902V6P | 2 | MS21902-6 | 2 | MS21916V8-6P | 2 | MS21916-8-6 | 2 |
|------------|----|--------------|----|---------------|----|-------------|----|
| MS21902V8P | 2 | MS21902-8 | 2 | MS21916V10-8P | 2 | MS21916-10-8| 2 |
|------------|----|--------------|----|------------ |----|-------------|----|
| MS21902V10P| 2 | MS21902-10 | 2 | MS21902V12-10P| 2 |MS21916-12-10| 2 |
|------------|----|--------------|----|---------------|----|-------------|----|
| MS21902V12P| 2 | MS21902-12 | 2 | MS21902V16-12P| 2 |MS21916-16-12| 2 |
|------------|----|--------------|----|---------------|----|-------------|----|
| MS21902V16P| 2 | MS21902-16 | 2 | N/A | 2 | N/A | 2 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(b) Bulkhead and tee fittings

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BULKHEAD | QTY| OPTIONAL | QTY| TEE FITTING | QTY| OPTIONAL | QTY|
| FITTING | | BULKHEAD | | P/N | | TEE FITTING | |
| P/N | | FITTING P/N | | | | P/N | |
|------------|----|--------------|----|---------------|----|-------------|----|
| MS21924V4P | 2 | MS21924-4 | 2 | MS21905V4P | 2 | MS21905-4 | 2 |
|------------|----|--------------|----|---------------|----|-------------|----|
| MS21924V6P | 2 | MS21924-6 | 2 | MS21905V6P | 2 | MS21905-6 | 2 |
|------------|----|--------------|----|---------------|----|-------------|----|
| MS21924V8P | 2 | MS21924-8 | 2 | MS21905V8P | 2 | MS21905-8 | 2 |
|------------|----|--------------|----|---------------|----|-------------|----|
| MS21924V10P| 2 | MS21924-10 | 2 | MS21905V10P | 2 | MS21905-10 | 2 |
|------------|----|--------------|----|---------------|----|-------------|----|
| MS21924V12P| 2 | MS21924-12 | 2 | MS21905V12P | 2 | MS21905-12 | 2 |
|------------|----|--------------|----|---------------|----|-------------|----|
| MS21924V16P| 2 | MS21924-16 | 2 | MS21905V16P | 2 | MS21905-16 | 2 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(c) Elbows

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B233
Feb 01/09
R
CES
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ELBOW | QTY| OPTIONAL | QTY| ELBOW | QTY| OPTIONAL | QTY|
| (90 Deg.) | | ELBOW | | (45 Deg.) | | ELBOW | |
| P/N | | (90 Deg.) | | P/N | | (45 Deg.) | |
| | | | | | | P/N | |
|------------|----|--------------|----|---------------|----|-------------|----|
| MS21904V4P | 2 | MS21904-4 | 2 | MS21907V4P | 2 | MS21907-4 | 2 |
|------------|----|--------------|----|---------------|----|-------------|----|
| MS21904V6P | 2 | MS21904-6 | 2 | MS21907V6P | 2 | MS21907-6 | 2 |
|------------|----|--------------|----|---------------|----|-------------|----|
| MS21904V8P | 2 | MS21904-8 | 2 | MS21907V8P | 2 | MS21907-8 | 2 |
|------------|----|--------------|----|---------------|----|-------------|----|
| MS21904V10P| 2 | MS21904-10 | 2 | MS21907V10P | 2 | MS21907-10 | 2 |
|------------|----|--------------|----|---------------|----|-------------|----|
| MS21904V12P| 2 | MS21904-12 | 2 | MS21907V12P | 2 | MS21907-12 | 2 |
|------------|----|--------------|----|---------------|----|-------------|----|
| MS21904V16P| 2 | MS21904-16 | 2 | MS21907V16P | 2 | MS21907-16 | 2 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(d) Elbows with swivel nut

-------------------------------------------------
| ELBOWS (90 Deg.) | QTY | ELBOWS (45 Deg.) | QTY |
| P/N | | P/N | |
|------------------|-----|------------------|-----|
| NAS1762J0404 | 2 | NAS1761J0404 | 2 |
|------------------|-----|------------------|-----|
| NAS1762J0606 | 2 | NAS1761J0606 | 2 |
|------------------|-----|------------------|-----|
| NAS1762J0808 | 2 | NAS1761J0808 | 2 |
|------------------|-----|------------------|-----|
| NAS1762J1010 | 2 | NAS1761J1010 | 2 |
|------------------|-----|------------------|-----|
| NAS1762J1212 | 2 | NAS1761J1212 | 2 |
|------------------|-----|------------------|-----|
| NAS1762J1616 | 2 | NAS1761J1616 | 2 |
-------------------------------------------------
(e) Plugs and caps

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B234
Feb 01/09
R
CES
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PLUG P/N | QTY| OPTIONAL | QTY| CAP P/N | QTY| OPTIONAL | QTY|
| | | PLUG P/N | | | | CAP P/N | |
|------------|----|--------------|----|---------------|----|-------------|----|
| MS21913V4P | 2 | MS21913-4 | 2 | MS21914V4P | 2 | MS21914-4 | 2 |
|------------|----|--------------|----|---------------|----|-------------|----|
| MS21913V6P | 2 | MS21913-6 | 2 | MS21914V6P | 2 | MS21914-6 | 2 |
|------------|----|--------------|----|---------------|----|-------------|----|
| MS21913V8P | 2 | MS21913-8 | 2 | MS21914V8P | 2 | MS21914-8 | 2 |
|------------|----|--------------|----|---------------|----|-------------|----|
| MS21931V10P| 2 | MS21913-10 | 2 | MS21914V10P | 2 | MS21914-10 | 2 |
|------------|----|--------------|----|---------------|----|-------------|----|
| MS21913V12P| 2 | MS21913-12 | 2 | MS21914V12P | 2 | MS21914-12 | 2 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(f) Plugs and O-rings for MS33649 ports

----------------------------------------------------
| PORT | PLUG P/N | QTY | O-RING P/N | QTY |
| SIZE | | | | |
|------|-----------------|-----|---------------|-----|
| -04 | AS5169D04L | 2 | NAS1612-4 | 2 |
|------|-----------------|-----|---------------|-----|
| -05 | AS5169D05L | 2 | NAS1612-5 | 2 |
|------|-----------------|-----|---------------|-----|
| -06 | AS5169D06L | 2 | NAS1612-6 | 2 |
|------|-----------------|-----|---------------|-----|
| -08 | AS5169D08L | 2 | NAS1612-8 | 2 |
|------|-----------------|-----|---------------|-----|
| -10 | AS5169D10L | 2 | NAS1612-10 | 2 |
|------|-----------------|-----|---------------|-----|
| -12 | AS5169D12L | 2 | NAS1612-12 | 2 |
|------|-----------------|-----|---------------|-----|
| -16 | AS5169D16L | 2 | NAS1612-16 | 2 |
|------|-----------------|-----|---------------|-----|
| -20 | AS5169D20L | 2 | NAS1612-20 | 2 |
|------|-----------------|-----|---------------|-----|
| -24 | AS5169D24L | 2 | NAS1612-24 | 2 |
----------------------------------------------------
NOTE : You must safety the AS5169DXXL plugs with stainless steel
____
lockwire 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.) DIA. (Material No. 19-010)
after installation.
(3) Flexible hoses
(a) AEROQUIP hoses

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B235
Feb 01/09
R
CES
------------------------------------------------------------
| TUBE DIA. | SIZE | HOSE LENGTH | QTY | AEROQUIP HOSE P/N |
| mm | in. | | mm | in. | | |
|-------|-----|------|------|------|-----|-------------------|
| 6.35 | 1/4 | -04 | 305 | 12 | 1 | AE2460010E0120 |
|-------|-----|------|------|------|-----|-------------------|
| 6.35 | 1/4 | -04 | 508 | 20 | 1 | AE2460010E0200 |
|-------|-----|------|------|------|-----|-------------------|
| 9.53 | 3/8 | -06 | 406 | 16 | 1 | AE2460010G0160 |
|-------|-----|------|------|------|-----|-------------------|
| 9.53 | 3/8 | -06 | 914 | 36 | 1 | AE2460010G0360 |
|-------|-----|------|------|------|-----|-------------------|
| 12.70 | 1/2 | -08 | 533 | 21 | 1 | AE2460010H0210 |
|-------|-----|------|------|------|-----|-------------------|
| 12.70 | 1/2 | -08 | 1016 | 40 | 1 | AE2460010H0400 |
|-------|-----|------|------|------|-----|-------------------|
| 15.88 | 5/8 | -10 | 610 | 24 | 1 | AE2460010J0240 |
|-------|-----|------|------|------|-----|-------------------|
| 15.88 | 5/8 | -10 | 1016 | 40 | 1 | AE2460010J0400 |
|-------|-----|------|------|------|-----|-------------------|
| 19.05 | 3/4 | -12 | 610 | 24 | 1 | AE2460010K0240 |
|-------|-----|------|------|------|-----|-------------------|
| 19.05 | 3/4 | -12 | 1016 | 40 | 1 | AE2460010K0400 |
|-------|-----|------|------|------|-----|-------------------|
| 25.40 | 1 | -16 | 610 | 24 | 1 | AE1010735M0240 |
|-------|-----|------|------|------|-----|-------------------|
| 25.40 | 1 | -16 | 1270 | 50 | 1 | AE1010735M0500 |
------------------------------------------------------------
(b) TITEFLEX hoses

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B236
Feb 01/09
R
CES
------------------------------------------------------------
| TUBE DIA. | SIZE | HOSE LENGTH | QTY | TITEFLEX HOSE P/N |
| mm | in. | | mm | in. | | |
|-------|-----|------|------|------|-----|-------------------|
| 6.35 | 1/4 | -04 | 305 | 12 | 1 | 240606B0120 |
|-------|-----|------|------|------|-----|-------------------|
| 6.35 | 1/4 | -04 | 508 | 20 | 1 | 240606B0200 |
|-------|-----|------|------|------|-----|-------------------|
| 9.53 | 3/8 | -06 | 406 | 16 | 1 | 240606D0160 |
|-------|-----|------|------|------|-----|-------------------|
| 9.53 | 3/8 | -06 | 914 | 36 | 1 | 240606D0360 |
|-------|-----|------|------|------|-----|- -----------------|
| 12.70 | 1/2 | -08 | 533 | 21 | 1 | 240606E0210 |
|-------|-----|------|------|------|-----|-------------------|
| 12.70 | 1/2 | -08 | 1016 | 40 | 1 | 240606E0400 |
|-------|-----|------|------|------|-----|-------------------|
| 15.88 | 5/8 | -10 | 610 | 24 | 1 | 240606F0240 |
|-------|-----|------|------|------|-----|-------------------|
| 15.88 | 5/8 | -10 | 1016 | 40 | 1 | 240606F0400 |
|-------|-----|------|------|------|-----|-------------------|
| 19.05 | 3/4 | -12 | 610 | 24 | 1 | 240606G0240 |
|-------|-----|------|------|------|-----|-------------------|
| 19.05 | 3/4 | -12 | 1016 | 40 | 1 | 240606G0400 |
|-------|-----|------|------|------|-----|-------------------|
| 25.40 | 1 | -16 | 610 | 24 | 1 | 240606H0240 |
|-------|-----|------|------|------|-----|-------------------|
| 25.40 | 1 | -16 | 1270 | 50 | 1 | 2400606H0500 |
------------------------------------------------------------
(4) O-rings and bobbin assemblies
(a) O-rings

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B237
Feb 01/09
R
CES
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PORT | O-RING P/N | QTY | OPTIONAL | QTY | OPTIONAL | QTY |
| SIZE | | | O-RING P/N | | O-RING P/N | |
|------|-----------------|-----|---------------|-----|---------------|-----|
| -04 | EN6076-04 | 5 | NAS1612-4A | 5 | NAS1602-904 | 5 |
|------|-----------------|-----|---------------|-----|---------------|-----|
| -05 | EN6076-05 | 5 | NAS1612-5A | 5 | NAS1602-905 | 5 |
|------|-----------------|-----|---------------|-----|---------------|-----|
| -06 | EN6076-06 | 5 | NAS1612-6A | 5 | NAS1602-906 | 5 |
|------|-----------------|-----|---------------|-----|---------------|-----|
| -08 | EN6076-08 | 5 | NAS1612-8A | 5 | NAS1602-908 | 5 |
|------|-----------------|-----|---------------|-----|---------------|-----|
| -10 | EN6067-10 | 5 | NAS1612-10A | 5 | NAS1602-910 | 5 |
|------|-----------------|-----|---------------|-----|---------------|-----|
| -12 | EN6067-12 | 5 | NAS1612-12A | 5 | NAS1602-912 | 5 |
|------|-----------------|-----|---------------|-----|---------------|-----|
| -16 | EN6067-16 | 5 | NAS1612-16A | 5 | NAS1602-916 | 5 |
|------|-----------------|-----|---------------|-----|---------------|-----|
| -20 | EN6067-20 | 5 | NAS1612-20A | 5 | NAS1602-920 | 5 |
|------|-----------------|-----|---------------|-----|---------------|-----|
| -24 | EN6067-24 | 5 | NAS1612-24A | 5 | NAS1602-924 | 5 |
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
(b) Bobbin assemblies

------------------------------
| PORT | BOBBIN P/N | QTY |
| SIZE | | |
|------|-----------------|-----|
| -04 | NSA8687-4 | 2 |
|------|-----------------|-----|
| -05 | NSA8687-5 | 2 |
|------|-----------------|-----|
| -06 | NSA8687-6 | 2 |
|------|-----------------|-----|
| -08 | NSA8687-8 | 2 |
|------|-----------------|-----|
| -10 | NSA8687-10 | 2 |
|------|-----------------|-----|
| -12 | NSA8687-12 | 2 |
|------|-----------------|-----|
| -16 | NSA8687-16 | 2 |
------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B238
Feb 01/09
R
CES
(5) Optional tooling
(a) We also recommend that you put this tooling in the hydraulic fly
away kit:
- a set of chipless roller-type cutters
- a set of deburring tools
- a hydraulic-seal assembly tool-set
- a bobbin removal and ring installation tool-set.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-11-917-108
A. Repair of Hydraulic Tube with Fly Away Kit Components
NOTE : The hydraulic fly away kit is used to let the A/C go back to their
____
main base when there is hydraulic leakage at an outstation where
special tools are not available.
The fly-away kit lets you do these repair methods:
(1) MS21922 sleeve method (with no flexible hose used)
NOTE : This method gives a temporary repair and uses standard

____
wrenches.
NOTE : The MS21922 sleeves are installed with MS21921 nuts and
____
MS21902 unions (or other union with MS33514 or MS33315 fitting
ends).
(a) You must obey the Temporary Repair of Hydraulic Tubes procedure
(Ref. TASK 20-23-11-300-004) when you install MS21922 sleeves.
(b) A temporary repair with the MS21922 sleeve method is approved for
a period of not more than 2500 Flight Hours. It must be replaced
by a permanent repair or by a new tube before the end of this
period.
(c) This method is applicable on these tube materials:

- Aluminum alloy (6061-T6),
- Corrosion-resistant steel (21.6.9).
(2) MS21922 sleeve method (with flexible hose used)
NOTE : This method gives a temporary repair and uses standard

____
wrenches.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B239
Feb 01/09

CES
NOTE : The MS21922 sleeves are installed with MS21921 nuts and
____
MS21902 unions (or other union with MS33514 or MS33315 fitting
ends).
(a) You must obey the Temporary Repair of Hydraulic Tubes procedure
(Ref. TASK 20-23-11-300-004) when you install flexible hoses.
(b) A temporary repair with flexible hose done with fly away kit
components must be:
- replaced as quickly as possible with a maximum life of 20
Flight Cycles. This maximum life continue to the subsequent A
check if there are no other temporary repairs on the hydraulic
system and there is an effect on only one circuit.
- Examine each day until the permanent repair, to do a check of
its integrity.
(c) This method is applicable on tube materials:

- Corrosion-resistant steel (21.6.9).
(3) H-FITTING coupling method
NOTE : This method gives a permanent repair with non-removable

____
connections and uses standard wrenches.
(a) You must obey the Repair of Hydraulic Tubes with H-FITTING
Couplings procedure (Ref. TASK 20-23-11-300-003) when you install
H-FITTING couplings.
(b) This method is applicable on the tube materials:

- Corrosion-resistant steel (21.6.9)
- Titanium alloy (TI 3AL 2.5 V).
Subtask 20-23-11-917-109
B. Repair of Hydraulic System Sealing
(1) You must obey the Tightening Practices for Hydraulic Connections
procedure (Ref. TASK 20-23-11-917-001) when you install screwed
connections.
(2) You must obey the procedure for Removal/Installation of the Bobbins
from their Housings and Installation of O-ring, Square seals and
Back-up rings on the Bobbins procedure (Ref. TASK 20-23-21-911-001)
when you install bobbins.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B240
Feb 01/09

CES
(3) You must obey the Removal/Installation of O-ring on Straight Plug-in
Union (or Manifold Plug) and Installation of Straight Plug-in Unions
(or Manifold Plugs) procedure (Ref. TASK 20-29-00-911-002) when you
install O-rings and straight plug-in unions (or manifold plugs).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B241
Feb 01/09

CES
R TASK 20-23-11-200-003
R Permitted Damage and Defects on Flexible Hydraulic Hoses
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1

R SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
R B. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 20-23-11-991-089 Fig. 284
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 20-23-11-210-063
R A. Permitted Damage and Defects on Flexible Hydraulic Hoses
R NOTE : This topic is not applicable to the flexible engine hoses. Refer
____
R to the engine manufacturer for repairs of the engine hoses.
R (1) Permitted damage and defects
R NOTE : When the damage or defects on the flexible hoses are more than
____
R the permitted limits given below, you must replace the
R flexible hoses.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B242
Aug 01/09

CES
R (a) Permitted limits for traces of impact and surface defects
R NOTE : Surface defects are discontinuities such as:

____
R - nicks
R - scratches
R - cracks and forging laps
R - scores
R - bends
R - corrosion pits.
R 1
_ Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) and MISCELLANEOUS
R (Material No. 19-003) to clean the flexible hose.
R 2
_ Visually examine the hose, conduits and fittings to identify
R chafing marks on the hose surface, cuts or kinking or other
R types of damage.
R a
_ Replace the flexible hose if:
R - there is a surface defect with sign of dents, kinks or
R deformation,
R - two or more wires in one plait or several wires are
R broken in one small area,
R - the braid has a neoprene overlay protection and there is
R wear or chafing on the braid.
R b
_ If there is wear after chafing:
R (Ref. Fig. 284/TASK 20-23-11-991-089)
R - Measure the width of the wear (W) and the external
R diameter (D).
R If W x 100 / D x 3.14 > 10%, replace the flexible hose.
R NOTE : You must measure the hose diameter (D) on a straight

____
R area immediately after the socket.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B243
Aug 01/09

CES
R Permitted Damage and Defects on Flexible Hoses
R Figure 284/TASK 20-23-11-991-089

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page B244
Aug 01/09

CES
LINE TYING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
__________________________________
TASK 20-23-14-910-001
Protection Against vibration and Chafing of Hydraulic Pipes
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 08-004 AIB AIMS-04-05-003
ADHESIVE SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
SYNTHETIC FIBRE CORD (NYLON) 2.5MM DIA.
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-23-14-991-001 Fig. 201

20-23-14-991-002 Fig. 202
20-23-14-991-003 Fig. 203
20-23-14-991-004 Fig. 204
20-23-14-991-005 Fig. 205
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-14-910-050
A. Not Applicable

EFF :

ALL 20-23-14

Page 201
Feb 01/07

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-14-910-051
A. Minimum Distances Necessary to Prevent Chafing of Hydraulic Pipes.

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-23-14-991-001)
(1) Pipes and hoses must not touch other pipes and hoses or adjacent
components.
R NOTE : It is permitted for hydraulic hoses that have blue textile

____
R antiabrasion sheathes to touch each other.
(2) The standard minimum distances you must have on hydraulic pipes/hoses
routings are specified in this document.
NOTE : If a maintenance procedure specifies a different minimum

____
distance, you must obey this distance.
(3) To measure the minimum distance between a pipe/hose and a part that
can move:
- measure the distance in the condition where the movement decreases
the distance to its smallest value.
Subtask 20-23-14-910-052
B. Protection from Vibration and Chafing.
NOTE : When the clearance is less than the minimum distance, you can use
____
lacing tape, bumpers, spacers and clamps:
- to get the minimum distance
- to prevent chafing.
NOTE : If you find that a spacer is missing, we recommend that you

____
replace it with a pair of P-clamps NSA5516 or with lacing tape
(P-clamps give the best protection from vibration).
NOTE : You must not attach hydraulic pipes (with lacing tape, bumpers,
____
spacers and clamps) to pipes of other systems (air, fuel, water,
etc.) or electrical harnesses.
NOTE : You must identify the location where you attach the hydraulic
____
pipes (with lacing tape, bumpers, spacers and clamps) with:
- identification tape ABS0653-05 or NSA0144-4 or
- white/red paint that is resistant to hydraulic fluid.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-14

Page 202
May 01/01

CES
(1) Installation of lacing tape on pipe runs.
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 20-23-14-991-002)
(a) Attach the lines with lacing tape MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
002).
(b) Finish the lacing with a reef knot. Tighten the knot.
(c) Make sure that the minimum distance is correct:

- 2.5 mm (0.0984 in.) min. for pipes in the same routing,
- 6 mm (0.2362 in.) min. for pipes in different routings.
(d) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004) on the
reef knot and the ends of the lacing tape.
(e) Make the identification mark with identification tape ABS0653-05

or NSA0144-4 or with white/red paint resistant to hydraulic
fluid.
(2) Installation of bumpers and spacers between pipes.

(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-23-14-991-003)
NOTE : Install bumpers or spacers to prevent vibration and chafing:

____
- when the distance between fixed clamps is too long and,
- to maintain a minimum distance between two pipes.
This method is applicable for tension free installations.
(a) Apply a layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
004) on one pipe.
(b) Install an applicable bumper NSA5586 (or a spacer NSA5527)

between the two pipes.
R Identification of spacers
----------------------------------------
| Length of spacer | Spacer P/N |
| in. | mm | |
R ----------------------------------------
| 0.142 | 3.6 | NSA5527-03-07 |
R ----------------------------------------
| 0.190 | 4.83 | NSA5527-03-04 |
R ----------------------------------------
| 0.25 | 6.35 | NSA5527-03-03 |
R ----------------------------------------
| 0.312 | 7.93 | NSA5527-03-05 |
R ----------------------------------------
| 0.375 | 9.52 | NSA5527-03-06 |

EFF :

ALL 20-23-14

Page 203
Aug 01/08

CES
R Minimum Distances

EFF :

ALL 20-23-14

Page 204
Aug 01/08

CES
R Minimum Distances

EFF :

ALL 20-23-14

Page 205
Aug 01/08

CES
Installation of Lacing Tape on Pipe Runs
Figure 202/TASK 20-23-14-991-002

EFF :

ALL 20-23-14

Page 206
Aug 01/08
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

20-23-14

Page 207
Aug 01/08

CES
Installation of Bumpers and Spacers between Pipes

EFF :

ALL 20-23-14

Page 208
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Installation of Bumpers and Spacers between Pipes

EFF :

ALL 20-23-14

Page 209
Aug 01/08
R
CES
----------------------------------------
| Length of spacer | Spacer P/N |
| in. | mm | |
----------------------------------------
R ----------------------------------------
| 0.453 | 11.5 | NSA5527-03-16 |
R ----------------------------------------
| 0.5 | 12.7 | NSA5527-03-01 |
R ----------------------------------------
| 0.551 | 14 | NSA5527-03-14 |
R ----------------------------------------
| 0.598 | 15.2 | NSA5527-03-02 |
R ----------------------------------------
| 0.669 | 17 | NSA5527-03-15 |
R ----------------------------------------
| 0.748 | 19 | NSA5527-03-12 |
R ----------------------------------------
| 0.787 | 20 | NSA5527-03-08 |
R ----------------------------------------
| 0.827 | 21 | NSA5527-03-13 |
R ----------------------------------------
| 0.886 | 22.5 | NSA5527-03-09 |
R ----------------------------------------
| 0.925 | 23.5 | NSA5527-03-11 |
R ----------------------------------------
| 1.831 | 46.5 | NSA5527-03-10 |
----------------------------------------
(c) Install a cable tie NSA935401 over the layer of adhesive and the
bumper (or the spacer):
- NSA935401-08 for pipe DIA. 11/2 (38.1 mm) and 5/8 (15.87 mm),
- NSA935401-05 for other pipe diameters.
NOTE : You must use the applicable tool to install the cable tie.
____
The cable tie must be sufficiently tight around the pipe
but must not cause damage to the pipe (kinks or other
damage).
(d) Make the identification mark with identification tape ABS0653-05

or NSA0144-4 or with white/red paint resistant to hydraulic
fluid.
(3) Installation of clamps or lacing tape to prevent chafing of pipes

(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-23-14-991-004)
NOTE : We recommend that you use clamps in areas where there can be
____
stress and/or vibration.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-14

Page 210
Aug 01/08

CES
Installation of Clamps or Lacing Tape
Figure 204/TASK 20-23-14-991-004

EFF :

ALL 20-23-14

Page 211
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(a) Installation of clamps.
1
_ Find the applicable clamp installation for:
- the location of the pipes,
- the distance between the pipes.
R Identification of P-clamps
------------------------------------------------
| Tube | Tube DIA. | P-clamp P/N |
| size | in. | mm | |
|------|----------|---------|------------------|
| -04 | 1/4 | 6.35 | NSA5516CA06NJ |
R ------------------------------------------------
| -06 | 3/8 | 9.525 | NSA5516CA10NJ |
R ------------------------------------------------
| -08 | 1/2 | 12.70 | NSA5516CA14NJ |
R ------------------------------------------------
| -10 | 5/8 | 15.875 | NSA5516CA18NJ |
R ------------------------------------------------
| -12 | 3/4 | 19.05 | NSA5516CA23NJ |
R ------------------------------------------------
| -16 | 1 | 25.40 | NSA5516CA29NJ (*)|
R ------------------------------------------------
| -20 | 1-1/4 | 31.75 | N/A |
R ------------------------------------------------
| -24 | 1-1/2 | 38.10 | N/A |
------------------------------------------------
(*) You can only use P-clamps on size -16 return pipes.
P-clamps on size -16 high pressure pipes.
2
_ Install the clamps on the pipes with the related hardware.
3
_ Make the identification mark with identification tape
ABS0653-05 or NSA0144-4 or with white/red paint resistant to
hydraulic fluid.
(b) Installation of Lacing tape.
1
_ Apply a layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-004) on one pipe.
2
_ Install the lacing tape MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-002)
over the adhesive and the two pipes.
3
_ Finish the lacing with a knot. Tighten the knot.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-14

Page 212
Aug 01/08

CES
4
the knot and the ends of the lacing tape.
5
_ Make the identification mark with identification tape
ABS0653-05 or NSA0144-4 or with white/red paint resistant to
hydraulic fluid.
(4) Installation of spiral strip.

(Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 20-23-14-991-005)
NOTE : If a pipe is too close to a fixed part (distance less than 5

____
mm (0.1968 in.)), you can install a spiral strip attached with
a cable tie at each end on the tube to prevent damage.
This method is not applicable for parts that can move.
(a) Wind a spiral strip NSA849000 around the pipe.
(b) Install a cable tie NSA935401 at each end of the spiral strip.
(5) Installation of grommets ABS0648.

(Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 20-23-14-991-005)
(a) Before you install a grommet, apply COMMON GREASE (Material No.
04-012) on the internal and external faces of the two parts. This
makes correct installation of the grommet easier.
(b) During installation, make sure that:

- the pipe is centered on the grommet axis,
- the nose of the inner part is correctly installed on the outer
part.
(c) After correct installation, the pipe can move approximately 15

Deg. in each direction.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-14

Page 213
Aug 01/08

CES
Installation of Spiral Strips and Grommets
Figure 205/TASK 20-23-14-991-005

EFF :

ALL 20-23-14

Page 214
Aug 01/08

CES
HYDRAULIC BOBBINS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_________________________________________
TASK 20-23-21-911-001
Removal/Installation of the Bobbins from their Housings and Installation of

O-rings, Square Seals, and Back-up Rings on the Bobbins
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 97A29102090000 1 TOOL SET-REMOVAL BOBBINS AND INSTALLATION RINGS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-23-21-991-001 Fig. 201

20-23-21-991-002 Fig. 202
20-23-21-991-003 Fig. 203
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-21-869-050
A. Not Applicable

EFF :

ALL 20-23-21

Page 201
Nov 01/08

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-21-911-050
A. Equipment
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-23-21-991-001)
R TOOL SET-REMOVAL BOBBINS AND INSTALLATION RINGS (97A29102090000)
Subtask 20-23-21-911-051
B. Removal of Bobbins from their Housings

(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 20-23-21-991-002)
(1) Removal of bobbins (from 1/4 dia to 1/2 dia)
(a) Get the removal tool applicable to the diameter of the bobbin
that you remove.
(b) Make sure that the tool is correctly set:

- 34 mm (1.3385 in.) for bobbin from 1/4 dia to 3/8 dia,
- 40 mm (1.5748 in.) for bobbin of 1/2 dia.
(c) Put the compression bushing (1) of the tool into the bobbin that
you remove.
(d) Hold the nut (3) of the tool and turn the body (2) until the
bobbin is locked on the tool.
(e) Pull the tool to remove the bobbin from its housing.
(2) Removal of bobbins (from 5/8 dia to 1 dia)
(a) Get the removal tool applicable to the diameter of the bobbin
that you remove.
(b) Put the compression bushing (1) of the tool into the bobbin that
you remove.
(c) Hold the body (2) of the tool and turn the nut (3) until the
(d) Pull the tool to remove the bobbin from its housing.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-21

Page 202
Nov 01/08

CES
Identification of Bobbins and Tools
Figure 201/TASK 20-23-21-991-001

EFF :

ALL 20-23-21

Page 203
Feb 01/98

CES
Removal of Bobbins from Housings
Figure 202/TASK 20-23-21-991-002

EFF :

ALL 20-23-21

Page 204
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 20-23-21-911-052
C. Removal of the O-ring, Square Seal and the Back-up Rings
CAUTION : DO NOT USE POINTED, SHARP OR METAL TOOLS TO REMOVE THE O-RING
_______
OR SQUARE SEAL OR BACK-UP RINGS. SHARP EDGES CAN CAUSE DAMAGE
TO THE BOBBINS (GROOVES OR SEAL CONTACT SURFACES).
(1) Use spoon-type removal tools or a wedge-type removal tool with a hook
to remove the O-ring, the square seal and the back-up rings.
(2) Discard the O-ring, the square seal and the back-up rings.
Subtask 20-23-21-911-053
D. Installation of the O-ring, the Square Seal and the Back-up Rings
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-23-21-991-003)
CAUTION : DO NOT INSTALL REMOVED O-RINGS, SQUARE SEALS AND BACK-UP RINGS
_______
AGAIN. YOU MUST ALWAYS REPLACE THE O-RING, SQUARE SEAL AND THE
BACK-UP RINGS ON A REMOVED BOBBIN BEFORE YOU INSTALL IT AGAIN.
A COMPRESSED SEAL WILL NOT GO BACK TO ITS INITIAL CONDITION.
NOTE : Operators could cut back-up rings to make their installation on

____
bobbin easier. But back-up rings incorrectly cut can cause leaks.
To prevent this, back-up rings are now delivered cut and we
strongly recommend their use.
NOTE : The installation procedure is the same for the O-ring, the square
____
seal and the back-up ring.
(a) Before the installation, make sure that the references of the
parts you install on the bobbin are correct
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-23-21-991-003)
1
_ Manifold side (bobbin identification groove side)
- O-ring: NAS1611-XX or NAS1601-XX
- back-up ring: NSA8671-XX
2
_ Equipment side:
- square seal: NSA8213-XX
- back-up ring: NSA8674-XX

EFF :

ALL 20-23-21

Page 205
Nov 01/08
R
CES
Installation of the O-Rings (or the Square Seals or the Back-up Rings)
Figure 203/TASK 20-23-21-991-003

EFF :

ALL 20-23-21

Page 206
Feb 01/98

CES
(b) Make sure that the parts you install are not damaged.
(c) Make sure that you install the parts in the correct position and
in this sequence:
- install the back-up rings in the grooves before you install the
seals
- install the O-ring on the identification groove side of the
bobbin (manifold side).
(d) Before you install the seals, make sure that the bobbin is not
damaged:
- discard the bobbin when it has scratches or when the grooves of
the seals are damaged.
(2) Installation on bobbins

(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-23-21-991-003)
(a) Get the seal installation tool applicable to the diameter of the
bobbin
(b) Install the bobbin on the tool
1
_ Tool for bobbin from 1/4 dia to 1/2 dia:
- slide the bobbin onto the sleeve (1).
2
_ Tool for bobbin from 5/8 dia to 1 dia:
- slide the bobbin onto the compression bushing of the tool,
- tighten the nut (3) until the bobbin is locked on the tool.
(c) Lubrication
CAUTION : ONLY USE LUBRICANT MATERIAL N. 04-015 OR HYDRAULIC

_______
FLUID MATERIAL N. 02-003 TO LUBRICATE THE SEALS.
NOTE : If you lubricate the seal with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material

____
No. 02-003) it is necessary to immerse the seal into
hydraulic fluid for a minimum of a quarter of an hour
before you install it on the bobbin.
1
_ Lightly apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-015) on the
O-ring (or the square seal) or immerse the O-ring (or the
square seal) into HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) for a
minimum of a quarter of an hour.
2
_ Lightly apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-015) or HYDRAULIC
FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) to the conical end of the sleeve
(1).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-21

Page 207
Feb 01/98

CES
(d) Slide the O-ring (or the square seal or the back-up ring) onto
the sleeve (1) until it touches the conical end of the sleeve.
(e) Slide the pusher (2) onto the sleeve (1) until it touches the
O-ring (or the square seal or the back-up ring).
(f) Push the pusher until the O-ring (or the square seal or the
back-up ring) is in the correct position in the groove of the
bobbin.
(g) Make sure that the O-ring (or the square seal or the back-up
ring) is in the correct position without any torsion or damage.
(h) Remove the tool.
Subtask 20-23-21-911-054
E. Installation of the Bobbins in their Housings

(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 20-23-21-991-002)
(1) Installation of bobbins (from 1/4 dia to 1/2 dia)
(a) Make sure that bobbin is clean.
(b) Get the installation tool applicable to the diameter of the

bobbin that you install.
(c) Make sure that the tool is correctly set:

- 34 mm (1.3385 in.) for bobbin from 1/4 dia to 3/8 dia,
- 40 mm (1.5748 in.) for bobbin of 1/2 dia.
(d) Put the compression bushing (1) of the tool into the bobbin that
you install.
(e) Hold the nut (3) of the tool and turn the body (2) until the
(f) Lightly apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-015) or HYDRAULIC

FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) to the seals of the bobbin.
(g) Align the bobbin with its housing and push on the tool to slide
the bobbin into its housing.
NOTE : Make sure that the groove side of the bobbin is installed
____
into the manifold.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-21

Page 208
Feb 01/98

CES
(i) Make sure that the bobbin is correctly installed.
(2) Installation of bobbins (from 5/8 dia to 1 dia)
(a) Make sure that the bobbin is clean.
(b) Get the installation tool applicable to the diameter of the

bobbin that you install.
(c) Put the compression bushing (1) of the tool into the bobbin that
you install.
(d) Hold tha body (2) of the tool and turn the nut (3) until the
(e) Lightly apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-015) or HYDRAULIC

FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) to the seals of the bobbin.
(f) Align the bobbin with its housing and push on the tool to slide
the bobbin into its housing.
NOTE : Make sure that the groove side of the bobbin is installed
____
into the manifold.
(g) Remove the tool.
(h) Make sure that the bobbin is correctly installed.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-21

Page 209
Feb 01/98

CES
MARKING OF TIGHTENED UNIONS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________________
TASK 20-23-22-910-001
Marking of the Unions after Standard or Specific Tightening Torque Application
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
After you tighten an union on a hydraulic or crew oxygen system, you must
identify it with a red painted line:
- this identifies a tightened union
- this shows possible loosening of the union.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 07-020 AI TNA 007-10012

IDENTIFICATION PAINT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-005
TRICHLOROTRIFLUORO ETHANE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-008 AIB TN 10138 TYPE II GRADE 2
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-003 F ASNB70720
COATING (OBSOLETE USE 16-021) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-018
R POLYURETHANE FINNISH PAINT (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-23-22-991-001 Fig. 201

EFF :

ALL 20-23-22

Page 201
Aug 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-22-869-050
R A. System Configuration
(1) Before you do this procedure, make sure that:
(a) You have tightened the related union to the applicable torque
value.
(b) You have done the applicable leakage test.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-23-22-991-001)
Subtask 20-23-22-918-050
A. Hydraulic Systems
(1) Clean the surfaces to be marked with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-003).
NOTE : If you install components again, you must remove the old red
____
line before you apply a new red line.
(2) Make a mark on the union with one 2 mm (0.0787 in.) to 4 mm (0.1574
in.) wide line with STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-003) or
STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-018) or PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL
AND EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-020) (red color) applied with a
brush. Let dry.
NOTE : If you make a mark with PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN
____
AL) (Material No. 07-020) on hydraulic unions, you must use a
polyurethane lacquer.
(3) Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-008) on cadmium-plated

steel union.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-22

Page 202
Nov 01/07

CES
Subtask 20-23-22-918-051
B. Crew Oxygen System
(1) Clean the surface to be marked with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
005).
NOTE : If you install components again, you must remove the old red
____
line before you apply a new red line.
(2) Make a mark on the union with one 2 mm (0.0787 in.) to 4 mm (0.1574
in.) wide line with STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-003) or PAINTS
FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-020) (red color)
applied with a brush. Let dry.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-23-22-869-051
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-22

Page 203
Nov 01/07
R
CES
R Example of Marking of Unions

EFF :

ALL 20-23-22

Page 204
Feb 01/08

CES
R Example of Marking of Unions

EFF :

ALL 20-23-22

Page 205
Feb 01/08

CES
R _________________________________________________________________
INSTALLATION AND REPAIR OF WATER AND ASSOCIATED AIR SUPPLY TUBING
R MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_____________________
TASK 20-23-38-000-001
R Removal of the Tubes of the Potable Water and the associated Air Supply System
NOTE : The procedure is the same for both the potable and the air supply
____
system.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking plugs

No specific chipless cutter
No specific warning notice
No specific 2 CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-24-38-680-001 Draining of the Potable Water System (with Electrical

Power)
20-23-38-300-001 Repair of the Tubes Assembly of the Potable Water and
R the associated Air Supply System to be carried out in
R the Workshop
R 20-23-38-300-002 Repair of the Tubes of the Potable Water and the
R associated Air Supply System to be carried out in the
R Aircraft
20-23-38-300-048 Repair of the Tubes with H-Fittings to be carried out
in the Aircraft
20-23-38-300-049 Temporary Repair of the Tube Assemblies with MS21922
Sleeves to be carried out in the Workshop
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 201
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
30-73-53-000-001 Removal of the Potable-Water De-icing Heater Elements

(4DW, 5DW, 6DW, 9DW)
(4DW, 9DW, 16DW)
(4DW, 311DW, 321DW, 322DW , 323DW, 331DW, 332DW)
(351DW, 352DW, 353DW, 361DW, 362DW, 363DW)
(4DW, 311DW, 321DW, 322DW, 323DW, 324DW, 331DW,
332DW)
(4DW, 16DW, 335DW)
38-10-00-614-002 Depressurization of the Potable Water System
20-23-38-991-015 Fig. 201
20-23-38-991-037 Fig. 202
20-23-38-991-004 Fig. 203
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-38-861-053
A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 20-23-38-010-061
B. Get Access
(1) Remove/open the relevant access panels/doors to get access to the

repair area.
Subtask 20-23-38-860-059
C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the water system is the depressurized before
maintenance action (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-002).
(2) Make sure that the potable water system is emptied before maintenance
action (Ref. TASK 12-24-38-680-001).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 202
Feb 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 20-23-38-941-063
D. Safety Precautions
(1) Put a warning notice in position to tell personnel not to fill or

pressurize the potable water system.
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 20-23-38-010-059
R A. Removal of the Tube Assy Fitted with HARRISONS Sleeves and Unions
R (Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-23-38-991-015)
R (1) Remove the potable-water de-icing heater elements:

R - For heater elements 4DW, 5DW, 6DW, 9DW (Ref. TASK 30-73-53-000-001)
R - For heater elements 4DW, 9DW, 16DW (Ref. TASK 30-73-53-000-002)
R - For heater elements 4DW, 311DW, 321DW, 322DW, 323DW, 331DW, 332DW
R (Ref. TASK 30-73-53-000-003)
R - For heater elements 351DW, 352DW, 353DW, 361DW, 362DW, 363DW
R (Ref. TASK 30-73-53-000-005)
R - For heater elements 4DW, 311DW, 321DW, 322DW, 323DW, 324DW, 331DW,
R 332DW (Ref. TASK 30-73-53-000-006)
R - For heater elements 4DW, 16DW, 335DW (Ref. TASK 30-73-53-000-007)
R (2) Put a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) in position below the potable water
R line to collect the unwanted water.
R (3) Carefully loosen the sleeve nut and remove the tube assembly.
R (4) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
R (5) If necessary do the repair of the tube assembly (Ref. TASK 20-23-38-
R 300-049) (Ref. TASK 20-23-38-300-001)
R Subtask 20-23-38-010-062
R B. Removal of a Tube Section fitted with PERMASWAGE Fittings

R (Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 20-23-38-991-037)
R (1) Remove the potable-water de-icing heater elements as necessary:

R - For heater elements 4DW, 5DW, 6DW, 9DW (Ref. TASK 30-73-53-000-
R 001).
R - For heater elements 4DW, 9DW, 16DW (Ref. TASK 30-73-53-000-002).
R (Ref. TASK 30-73-53-000-003).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 203
Feb 01/06

CES
Connection of a (two) Tube(s) with Fittings
Figure 201/TASK 20-23-38-991-015

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 204
Feb 01/06
R
CES
Usual Repair Procedures
R Figure 202/TASK 20-23-38-991-037

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 205
Feb 01/06

CES
R (Ref. TASK 30-73-53-000-005).
R 332DW (Ref. TASK 30-73-53-000-006).
R (2) Put a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) in position below the potable water
R line to collect the unwanted water.
R (3) Cut the tube end or section with a chipless cutter

R (Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-23-38-991-004)
R (4) Remove the tube end or section.
R (5) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
R (6) If necessary do the rapair of the tube assembly (Ref. TASK 20-23-38-
R 300-048) (Ref. TASK 20-23-38-300-002) and/or (Ref. TASK 20-23-38-300-
R 049)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 206
Feb 01/06

CES
Chipless Cutter
Figure 203/TASK 20-23-38-991-004

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 207
Feb 01/06
R
CES
TASK 20-23-38-300-001
R Repair of the Tubes Assembly of the Potable Water and the associated Air Supply
R System to be carried out in the Workshop
NOTE : The procedure is the same for both the potable water and the air supply
____
sytem.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific brush
No specific clean cloth
No specific stem assembly
No specific swaging tools
No specific tubing cutter
No specific DLT5302-031-01
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-009 USA MIL-R-46082
PRIMER, ACTIVATOR FOR ANAEROBIC (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-024 USA MIL-R-46082 TYPE III
ADHESIVE COMPOUND (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 208
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 20-23-38-000-001 Removal of the Tubes of the Potable Water and the

R associated Air Supply System
20-23-38-400-003 Installation of the Tubes Assembly of the Potable
R Water and the associated Air Supply System
20-23-38-991-015 Fig. 201
20-23-38-991-004 Fig. 203
20-23-38-991-016 Fig. 204
20-23-38-991-017 Fig. 205
20-23-38-991-051 Fig. 206
20-23-38-991-005 Fig. 207
20-23-38-991-018 Fig. 208
20-23-38-991-019 Fig. 209
20-23-38-991-020 Fig. 210
20-23-38-991-022 Fig. 211
20-23-38-991-007 Fig. 212
20-23-38-991-008 Fig. 213
20-23-38-991-001 Fig. 214
20-23-38-991-023 Fig. 215
20-23-38-991-021 Fig. 216
20-23-38-991-052 Fig. 217
20-23-38-991-026 Fig. 218
20-23-38-991-027 Fig. 219
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-38-010-050
A. Remove the Tube Assembly or Tube Section for Repair (Ref. TASK 20-23-38-
000-001)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 209
Feb 01/08

CES
Subtask 20-23-38-941-053
B. General
(1) Only personnel familiar with the stainless steel tube repair should
do the following procedure.
(2) Use this approved procedure to repair tubes made of 21-6-9

corrosion-resistant steel.
NOTE : This repair procedure uses a tube-expansion swaging method

____
with an elastomeric expander.
(3) The use of sleeve and union lets you make a connection that you can
disassemble between two tubes or between a tube and a system
component.
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-23-38-991-015)
(4) To repair a tube with sleeve and union, you must:

R (Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-23-38-991-016)
- cut the tube with a chipless cutter and remove the damaged section,
- square and deburr the ends of the tubes,
- clean the tubes,
- install the sleeve nut, the sleeve and the union on the tubes,
- swage the tubes into the sleeve and the union,
- connect the ends of the tubes with the sleeve, the nut and the
union.
(5) You must use the applicable swaging tools to swage the tube.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-38-320-053
A. Procedure
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT YOU USE FOR THIS PROCEDURE IS
_______
CLEAN AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT CAN
CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
(1) Cut the Tube
(a) Remove the damaged parts of the tube and the defective ends with
the applicable PERMASWAGE chipless cutting-tool:
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-23-38-991-004)
D12531-001, tubes of 1/2, 3/4 and 3/8.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 210
Feb 01/06

CES
Repair of a Tube with Fittings
R Figure 204/TASK 20-23-38-991-016

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 211
Feb 01/06

CES
(b) Put the tubing cutter into the correct position on the tube.
1
_ observe the dimension A between the two tubes
R (Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-23-38-991-016)
2
_ make sure that the length of the straight section of the tube
is the minimum necessary for the swaging operation.
R (Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 20-23-38-991-017)
NOTE : If the damaged section is too large or too near the

____
bend, you can replace the damaged section with a new
tube. In this case, you must use two HARRISON fittings.
(c) Tighten the drive screw until the cutter wheel lightly touches
the tube. Then give the drive screw a 1/8 to 1/4 turn.
(d) Turn the ratchet handle through the arc of clearance until it
turns loosely.
(e) Do the steps (b) thru (d) again to cut through the tube.
(f) Cut the tube slowly and smoothly to make sure that the end of the
tube does not change its shape.
NOTE : Lubricate regularly the ratchet, the rollers and the

____
cutter wheel with OILS (Material No. 03-001) for easy
operation.
(g) Carefully square, deburr and champfer the ends of the tubes
internally and externally. Use a deburring tool.
208/TASK 20-23-38-991-018)
(2) Clean the tube
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : USE A PROTECTIVE EYE SHIELD/GOGGLES WHEN YOU USE COMPRESSED

_______
AIR. DEBRIS AND/OR HIGH PRESSURE AIR CAN DAMAGE YOUR EYES.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 212
Feb 01/06

CES
Length of the Straight Tube Required for Swaging
R Figure 205/TASK 20-23-38-991-017

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 213
Feb 01/06

CES
Deburring Tool Operation
R Figure 206/TASK 20-23-38-991-051

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 214
Feb 01/06

CES
Table and Operation of Deburring Tool
R Figure 207/TASK 20-23-38-991-005

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 215
Feb 01/06

CES
Squaring, Deburring and Champfering of the Tube End
R Figure 208/TASK 20-23-38-991-018

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 216
Feb 01/06

CES
WARNING : USE THE CORRECT PERSONAL PROTECTION.
_______
COMPRESSED AIR WILL CAUSE LOOSE PARTICLES THAT CAN GET IN
YOUR EYES. THE AIRSTREAM CAN CAUSE CUTS, DO NOT POINT IT AT
YOUR SKIN.
(a) Carefully clean the tube with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
003).
(b) Blow air through the tube to remove all swarf and other foreign
material.
Subtask 20-23-38-941-054
B. Preparation of the Swage Tools
NOTE : You can use the manual or the automatic power equipment when you
____
swage.
Make sure that each pressure gage used in this procedure is
calibrated. If necessary, use a master gage to calibrate the
pressure gage.
Mark the date of calibration on the gage.
NOTE : Replace the tool components as soon as they show signs of wear.
____
(1) Determine the components of the internal tools to swage the tubes on
the sleeve and the union:
- use the applicable drawbar, expander, split back-up washers,
tapered back-up ring and thrust bush.
R (Ref. Fig. 209/TASK 20-23-38-991-019)
NOTE : For corrosion-resistant steel tube which are dia. 1/2 ,3/8
____
and 3/4, two types of tools are available.
R (Ref. Fig. 210/TASK 20-23-38-991-020)
(2) Install the internal tool components on the draw bar and obey these
precautions:
R (Ref. Fig. 209/TASK 20-23-38-991-019)
(a) Solid-type back-up washers

You must use the solid-type back-up washers so that they agree
with the I.D. of the tube.
Use a 57.2.19 gage to do this.
Do not use the washers with an O.D. immediately smaller than the
I.D. of the tube. If you do, it will be difficult to remove the
tube after the swaging operation.
You must keep a clearance of 0.10 mm (0.0039 in.) to 0.15 mm
(0.0059 in.) between the washers and the tube.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 217
Feb 01/06

CES
Internal Swage Tool
R Figure 209/TASK 20-23-38-991-019

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 218
Feb 01/06

CES
Components of Internal Swage Tools for Corrosion-Resistant Steel Tubes
R Figure 210/TASK 20-23-38-991-020

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 219
Feb 01/06

CES
The inner chamfers must point away from the 57.2.15 expander.
(b) Split-type back-up washers 57.2.32.

You must replace these washers when:
- the increase in diameter during each swaging operation becomes
permanent
- it is difficult to install or remove the washers from the tube.
(c) Expander
You must replace the expander as soon as it is difficult to
install or remove the tube.
(d) Tapered back-up ring

The cone of the tapered back-up ring 57.2.33 must always point to
the expander 57.2.31.
(e) Thrust bush 57.2.17

The shoulder of the thrust bush 57.2.17 must point to the drawbar
to go into the end of the tube.
(3) Determine the external tool components below, applicable to hold the
tube and fitting during the swaging:
R (Ref. Fig. 211/TASK 20-23-38-991-022)
- two jaws and one die (the jaws and the die must match the OD of the
tube and the fitting (sleeve or union),
- one die bolster,
- one attach nut,
- one 57.2.10 adapter (to attach the drawbar to the swage machine).
NOTE : Make sure that you can adapt the tool components on the swage
____
machine (manual or automatic).
(4) Connect the hose between the pump and the swager of the swage
machine.
NOTE : You can put the swager in the horizontal or vertical position
____
as necessary.
(5) Install the drawbar assembly on the die and on the adapter. Tighten
the drawbar on the adapter.
(6) Install the drawbar assembly and the die on the swager. Tighten the
drawbar with your hand.
(7) Install the attach nut of the die.
(8) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-012) on the expander.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 220
Feb 01/06

CES
Tool Assembly for Sleeve and Union
R Figure 211/TASK 20-23-38-991-022

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 221
Feb 01/06

CES
Subtask 20-23-38-350-050
C. Deburr the tube.
(1) The internal diameter
(a) Use the deburring tool and the stem assembly that are correct
for:
R (Ref. Fig. 207/TASK 20-23-38-991-005)
COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-012).

- hold the tube,
- put the stem into the end of the tube
- release the plunger to let the stem become expanded to seal the
tube.
R (Ref. Fig. 207/TASK 20-23-38-991-005)

- continue to hold the tube
the knurled body clockwise

until you can see the first ridge of the stem

- repeat the step (d),
(2) The external diameter
240 emery cloth.
NOTE : Burrs on the external diameter of the tube can cause

____
damage to the seals in the fittings. This damage can cause
external leakage.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 222
Feb 01/06

CES
- the swaging area must have no deep scratches and must be
clean (no dust, particles of metal etc.).
- before you swage, clean the end of the tube with a clean
cloth.
(3) Clean the Tube

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

_______

_______
YOUR SKIN.
(a) (t) Carefully clean the tube with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-003).
(b) Blow the air through the tube and remove all swarf and other
foreign material.
Subtask 20-23-38-930-051
D. Make the Marks for Tube Insertion.
____
fitting before and after swaging DLT5302-031-01.
must swage:
tubes of 1/2, 3/4 and 3/8.
(2) Put the marking tool into position on the tube. The lip of the
marking tool must be against the end of the tube. Make a mark on the
tube with the marking pen D10058.
R (Ref. Fig. 212/TASK 20-23-38-991-007)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 223
Feb 01/06

CES
Tube Marking Tool
R Figure 212/TASK 20-23-38-991-007

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 224
Feb 01/06

CES
NOTE : You can make the marks on the tube without the special tool.
____
But you must keep to the specified high and low limits for the
insertion of the end of the tube.
R (Ref. Fig. 213/TASK 20-23-38-991-008)
Subtask 20-23-38-420-051
E. Installation of the Sleeve and the Union on the Tube

R (Ref. Fig. 214/TASK 20-23-38-991-001)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

____
If a tube does not go freely into a fitting (not circular, out of
tolerance), do not install the fitting.
- the swaging area must have no deep scratches and must be clean
(1) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-012) into the tube
end to swage.
NOTE : Put the sleeve nut in position on the tube before you install
____
the sleeve.
(2) Bond the sleeve or the union on the tube.
(a) Clean the external surface of the tube end with CLEANING AGENTS
(b) Application of activator
1
_ Mask the tube ends to prevent contamination.
2
_ Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-009)
with a brush in the area where you swage.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 225
Feb 01/06

CES
R Figure 213/TASK 20-23-38-991-008

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 226
Feb 01/06

CES
Swage Principle
R Figure 214/TASK 20-23-38-991-001

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 227
Feb 01/06

CES
NOTE : If the product is supplied in an aerosol can, spray it
____
on.
3
_ Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-009) to
the internal side of the union that you must swage.
4
_ Remove the unwanted material.
5
_ Stop for 10 minutes.
(c) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-024) to the
end of the tube that you must swage and make sure it does not go
into the tube.
NOTE : Apply sufficient material to the surfaces that you must

____
seal.
(d) Use force to install the union on the tube and turn the tube.
(e) Equally apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
024).
(f) Remove the unwanted material when the union is fully installed on
the tube.
NOTE : Swage the tube before the bonding and adhesive compounds
____
are dry.
Subtask 20-23-38-320-054
F. Swage the Tube
(1) Put the tube assembly with the sleeve (or the union) on the drawbar
and the die.
Fully push the tube and the sleeve (or the union) into the swage
tool.
R (Ref. Fig. 211/TASK 20-23-38-991-022)
(2) Install the two jaws on the die and the tube assembly.
(3) Lock the attach nut.
(4) Tighten the two nuts and make sure that the threads do not cross.
TORQUE the nuts to to 3 m.daN (22.12 lbf.ft).
(5) Tighten the valve installed on the right side of the gage.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 228
Feb 01/06

CES
(6) Slowly operate the pump until you obtain the specified pressure:
R (Ref. Fig. 215/TASK 20-23-38-991-023)
(7) Loosen the valve installed on the right side of the gage.
(8) Remove the tube from the swage tool.
NOTE : Wait for 24 hours before you do the pressure test or degrease
____
the tube.
(9) Clean the tube.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(a) Carefully clean the tube with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
003).
Subtask 20-23-38-220-051
G. Do the Check of the Swage
(1) Make sure that the swage obeys the dimension acceptance criteria.
218/TASK 20-23-38-991-026)
(a) You must reject the swage if:

- the diameters D1, D2 or D3 are higher than the maximum
tolerance
- the wave deformations A2 are higher than the maximum tolerance
- the dimension B is lower than the minimum tolerance.
(b) You can re-swage the tube if:

- the wave deformations A or the diameters D1, D2 or D3 are lower
than the minimum tolerance.
NOTE : To re-swage, you can increase the maximum swaging pressure

____
to plus 10 %.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 229
Feb 01/06

CES
Swage Pressure with Hand Swager Models 5175 and 5720 for 855010 and 855034.
R Figure 215/TASK 20-23-38-991-023

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 230
Feb 01/06

CES
Dimension Acceptance Criteria for NSA 855012 Sleeves
R Figure 216/TASK 20-23-38-991-021

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 231
Feb 01/06

CES
Dimension Acceptance Criteria for NSA 855034 Sleeves
R Figure 217/TASK 20-23-38-991-052

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 232
Feb 01/06

CES
Table of Dimensions Acceptane Criteria for NSA 855034P Unions
R Figure 218/TASK 20-23-38-991-026

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 233
Feb 01/06

CES
(c) You can remove material from the end of the tube if:
- the tube is too long and you cannot install it.
NOTE : Do not decrease the dimension B more than 0.5 +0 +0.5 mm

____
(0.02 +0.00 +0.02 in.).
(2) If there are marks on the tube, measure the depth of these marks.
NOTE : You can possibly see two types of marks on the tube after the
____
swaging:
- circular marks behind the sleeve thimble-end
- contact marks along the jaw of the die.
(a) Make sure that the circular marks are not more than 0.05 mm
(0.0019 in.).
(b) Make sure that the contact marks are not more than 10 % of the
thickness of the wall.
Subtask 20-23-38-780-050
H. Do the Pressure Test of the Tube
(1) Connect the HARRISON sleeve and union of the tube and TORQUE it to
the normal value.
R (Ref. Fig. 219/TASK 20-23-38-991-027)
(2) Pressurize the tube to an operational pressure.
(3) If there is leakage, slowly and continuously increase the torque

value to the maximmum authorized (maximum test value) until you stop
the leak.
(4) Make sure that there is no leakage.
NOTE : Leakage is not permitted.

____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-23-38-410-052
A. Install the Repaired/New Tube (Ref. TASK 20-23-38-400-003)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 234
Feb 01/06

CES
Table of Torque Values for Pressure Test
R Figure 219/TASK 20-23-38-991-027

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 235
Feb 01/06

CES
TASK 20-23-38-300-002
R Repair of the Tubes of the Potable Water and the associated Air Supply System
to be carried out in the Aircraft
____
sytem.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific chipless cutting tool

No specific clean cloth
No specific stem subassembly
No specific PERMASWAGE repair kit DLT series or D12000 series
tools (vendor code F6087)
No specific 1 CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 236
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-15-38-613-001 Fill the Potable Water Tank System (Aircraft

Electrical Power Available)
Power)
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
(4DW, 5DW, 6DW, 9DW)
(4DW, 9DW, 16DW)
(4DW, 311DW, 321DW, 322DW , 323DW, 331DW, 332DW)
(351DW, 352DW, 353DW, 361DW, 362DW, 363DW)
(4DW, 311DW, 321DW, 322DW, 323DW, 324DW, 331DW,
332DW)
(4DW, 16DW, 335DW)
30-73-53-400-001 Installation of the Potable-Water De-icing Heater
Elements (4DW, 5DW, 6DW, 9DW)
Elements (4DW, 9DW, 16DW)
Elements (4DW, 311DW, 321DW, 322DW, 323DW, 331DW,
332DW)
Elements (351DW, 352DW, 353DW, 361DW ,362DW, 363DW)
331DW, 332DW)
38-10-00-614-001 Pressurization of the Potable Water System from a
Ground Air Supply
R 38-10-00-670-002 Disinfection of Water Tank and Distribution System
20-23-38-991-004 Fig. 203
20-23-38-991-051 Fig. 206

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 237
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 20-23-38-991-005 Fig. 207

R 20-23-38-991-018 Fig. 208
R 20-23-38-991-007 Fig. 212
R 20-23-38-991-008 Fig. 213
R 20-23-38-991-001 Fig. 214
R 20-23-38-991-012 Fig. 220
R 20-23-38-991-003 Fig. 221
R 20-23-38-991-002 Fig. 222
R 20-23-38-991-014 Fig. 223
R 20-23-38-991-009 Fig. 224
R 20-23-38-991-010 Fig. 225
R 20-23-38-991-011 Fig. 226
R 20-23-38-991-013 Fig. 227
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-38-861-054
A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 20-23-38-010-053
B. Get Access
(1) Remove/open the relevant access panels/doors to get access to the

repair area.
Subtask 20-23-38-860-056
C. Drain the Potable Water System
(1) Drain the Potable Water System (Ref. TASK 12-24-38-680-001).
(2) Depressurize the Potable Water System (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-002).
Subtask 20-23-38-941-052
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM IS DEPRESSURIZED. A

_______
PRESSURIZED SYSTEM CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS WHEN THEY DO
WORK ON IT.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 238
Feb 01/06

CES
_______
(1) Put a warning notice in position to tell the personnel not to fill or
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 20-23-38-320-051
R A. Repair of the Tube Assembly
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM IS DEPRESSURIZED. A

_______
R PRESSURIZED SYSTEM CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS WHEN THEY DO
R WORK ON IT.
R (Ref. Fig. 214/TASK 20-23-38-991-001)

R Use this approved procedure to repair tubes made of 21.6.9
R corrosion-resistant steel.
R NOTE : You can use the PERMASWAGE repair procedure to repair the tubes
____
R installed with HARRISON fittings.
R
R There are two types of PERMASWAGE fittings:
R - permanent,
R - separable (that you can remove).
R The table below gives the standards for the swaged fittings that
R are available.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PERMANENT FITTINGS SEPARABLE FITTINGS SLEEVE AND NUT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ABS0335 ABS0450 ASNA3757 ASNA3758
R ABS0477 ABS0464 ASNA3765 NSA855022
R ABS0566 ABS0534 ASNA3767 NSA855024
R ASNA3752 ABS0542 ASNA3768 NSA855027
R ASNA3753 ABS0544 NSA855011 NSA855036
R ASNA3756 ABS0545 NSA855020
R ASNA3764 ABS0650 NSA855025
R ASNA3766 ABS0658 NSA855026
R ASNA3772 ABS0669 NSA855030
R NSA855006 and 008 ABS0675 NSA855032
R ABS0711 NSA855033
R NSA855037
R NSA855033
R NSA855037

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 239
Feb 01/06

CES
R You can swage PERMASWAGE fittings on the aircraft.
R NOTE : The separable fittings have MS33514 or MS33515 threaded end or a

____
R sleeve with a nut.
R (1) Remove the potable-water de-icing heater elements as necessary:

R - For heater elements 4DW, 5DW, 6DW, 9DW (Ref. TASK 30-73-53-000-
R 001).
R (Ref. TASK 30-73-53-000-003).
R (Ref. TASK 30-73-53-000-005).
R 332DW (Ref. TASK 30-73-53-000-006).
R (2) Put a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) below the potable water line to
R collect the unwanted water.
R (3) Cut the Tube
R (a) Remove the damaged parts of the tube and the defective ends with
R the applicable PERMASWAGE chipless cutting tool:
R To repair the tubing with the PERMASWAGE system, you must:
R - cut the tube,
R - deburr the tube,
R - make the marks for tube inspection,
R (Ref. Fig. 212/TASK 20-23-38-991-007)
R - put the swaging tool into position,
R (Ref. Fig. 220/TASK 20-23-38-991-012)
R - swage the tube,
R - do a check of the tube joint.
R You must use the applicable PERMASWAGE repair kit DLT series or
R D12000 series tools (vendor code F6087) (D12000 series is the
R previous generation).
R (Ref. Fig. 221/TASK 20-23-38-991-003, 222/TASK 20-23-38-991-
002)
R (b) Remove the damaged parts of the tube and the defective ends with
R the applicable PERMASWAGE chipless cutting-tool:
R -D12531-001, tubes 1/2, 3/4 and 3/8.
R (c) Put the tubing cutter into the correct position on the tube.
R (Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-23-38-991-004)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 240
Feb 01/06

CES
Swage Tool Installation (Series DLT)
R Figure 220/TASK 20-23-38-991-012

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 241
Feb 01/06

CES
Table of Series DLT Repair Kits
R Figure 221/TASK 20-23-38-991-003

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 242
Feb 01/06

CES
Table of Series D12000 Repair Kits
R Figure 222/TASK 20-23-38-991-002

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 243
Feb 01/06

CES
R (d) Tighten the drive screw until the cutter wheel lightly touches
R the the tube. Then give the drive screw a 1/8 to 1/4 turn.
R (e) Turn the ratchet handle through the arc of the clearance until it
R turns loosely.
R (f) Do step (d) and (e) again to cut through the tube.
R (g) Cut the tube slowly and smoothly to make sure that the end of the
R tube does not change its shape.
R (h) Lubricate regularly the ratchet, the rollers and cutter wheels
R with OILS (Material No. 03-001) for easy operation.
Subtask 20-23-38-350-051
R B. Deburr the Tube

20-23-38-991-018)
(1) The internal diameter
for:
COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-012).

- hold the tube,
- put the stem into the end of the tube,
- release the plunger to let the stem become expanded and seal to
tube.

- continue to hold the tube,
the knurled body clockwise,

until you can see the first ridge of the stem,

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 244
Feb 01/06

CES
- repeat the step (d),
(2) The external diameter
240 emery cloth.

____
If a tube does not go freely into a fitting (not circular,
out of tolerance), do not install the fitting.
(b) Remove the burrs on the external diameter of the tube with Grade
240 emery cloth.
NOTE : Burrs on the external diameter of the tube can cause

____
damage to the seals in the fittings. This damage can cause
external leakage.
clean (no dust, particles of metal, etc.).
Before you swage, clean the end of the tube with a clean
cloth.
(3) Clean the Tube

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

_______

_______
YOUR SKIN.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 245
Feb 01/06
R
CES
Subtask 20-23-38-930-050
R C. Make the Marks for Tube Insertion
____
fitting before and after swaging.
must swage:
R (Ref. Fig. 212/TASK 20-23-38-991-007)
DLT5302-031-01, tubes of 1/2, 3/4 and 3/8.
(2) Put the marking tool into position on the tube. The lip of the
marking tool must be against the end of the tube. Make a mark on the
tube with the marking pen D10058.
NOTE : You can make the marks on the tube without the special tool.
____
But you must keep to the specified high and low limits for the
insertion of the end of the tube.
R (Ref. Fig. 213/TASK 20-23-38-991-008)
Subtask 20-23-38-320-052
R D. Swage the fitting on the tube

R (Ref. Fig. 223/TASK 20-23-38-991-014)
(1) Install the fitting on the tube.
NOTE : Do not cause damage to the seals or the fittings:

____
- the tubes must have no external burrs,
If a tube does not go freely into the fitting (not circular,
out of tolerance), do not install the fittings.
The surface must be clean and without a damage:
clean ( no dust, particles or metal etc.).
Before you swage, clean the end of the tube with a clean
cloth.
NOTE : The end of the fitting must be in the area of the mark.
____
R (Ref. Fig. 224/TASK 20-23-38-991-009)
(2) Use a swage tool assembly and power unit which are correct for the
dimensions of the tube.
R (Ref. Fig. 225/TASK 20-23-38-991-010)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 246
Feb 01/06

CES
Swaged Fitting Installation
R Figure 223/TASK 20-23-38-991-014

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 247
Feb 01/06

CES
R Figure 224/TASK 20-23-38-991-009

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 248
Feb 01/06

CES
Table of Swage Tools
R Figure 225/TASK 20-23-38-991-010

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 249
Feb 01/06

CES
(3) Swage with the Tool Series DLT
_______
NOTE : If you swage with the tool series D12000 ref. to step (5) (a)
____
thru (d).
(a) Push the die block assembly out of the head assembly.
(b) Make sure that the upper and lower dies have the same serial
number.
(c) Put the lower die block on the top of the power unit.
(d) Connect the power unit to the hydraulic pump.
(e) Position the head assembly on the fitting and the water tube.
Make sure that the bevelled end of the die is towards the center
of the fitting.
(f) Put the knurled surface of the power unit and of the head
assembly on the same side and engage the power unit on the head
assembly.
Make sure that the balls in the lower die block engage with a
click on the head assembly.
(g) Move the power unit toward the center of the fitting until the
stop plate touches the fitting.
(h) Make sure that the end of the fitting is on the reference mark.
R (Ref. Fig. 224/TASK 20-23-38-991-009)
(i) Apply a hydraulic pressure 690 +17 -17 bar (10000 +250 -250 psi)
to the power unit in order to swage the fitting.
(j) Release the pressure.
(k) Remove the power unit and the head assembly.
(4) Swage with the Tool Series D12000

_______

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 250
Feb 01/06

CES
Swage Tool Installation (Series D12000)
R Figure 226/TASK 20-23-38-991-011

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 251
Feb 01/06

CES
(a) Make sure that you install the dies correctly in the yoke and in
the die holder assembly. You must install the tapered end of the
dies on the black side of the yoke and die holder assembly.
(b) Move the yoke into position on top of the fitting:

- the silver side of the yoke assembly must be nearest to the end
of the fitting that you must swage,
- the silver side of the yoke must be aligned with the end of the
fitting.
Push the die holder into the yoke assembly:
- the silver faces of the die holder assembly and the yoke must
be on the same side,
- the silver sides of the yoke and the die holder must be aligned
(c) Install the power unit:

- install the square connector of the power unit in the swage
head assembly,
- tighten the knurled nut of the power unit with your hand,
- connect the hose and coupling half-assembly of the hydraulic
power supply (D12025-001) to the nipple valve of the power
unit.
Make sure that:
- the end of the fitting is above the area of the insertion mark
on the tube
R (Ref. Fig. 224/TASK 20-23-38-991-009)
- you can see a piece of the mark,
- the silver sides of the yoke and the die holder are aligned
Carefully move the tool back until the end stops are
approximately 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.) from the end of the fitting.
(d) Make sure that the pressure relief valve of the swaging tool is
set to open at 380 +17 -17 bar (5500 +250 -250 psi).
Do not pressurize too high or too low.
- operate the swaging tool with a hydraulic handpump or a
hydraulic power source (push the remote air ON button).
NOTE : Keep the swaging tool in this position while you apply a
____
hydraulic pressure of 380 +17 -17 bar (5500 +250 -250
psi).
- remove the swaging tool from the fitting:
- release the pressure.
NOTE : If you do not release the pressure, the dies stay closed
____
and you cannot remove them.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 252
Feb 01/06

CES
- loosen the knurled nut and remove the power unit,
- remove the die holder and yoke assembly.
Subtask 20-23-38-220-050
R E. Do a check of the tube joint.
(1) You must reject the joint if the tube:

- goes too far into the fitting,
- does not go sufficiently far into the fitting.
(2) Look at the joint:

- make sure that you can see a piece of the insertion mark.
(3) Do an inspection of the joint with the applicable inspection gage.

The inspection gage must:
- contain all the segments around the diameter of the fitting,
- touch the end of the fitting with its shoulder.
If the swaging is not correct, it is possible to swage the joint
again, but not always.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| The fitting does | The swaging pressure is | Make sure that the |
| not swage | out of tolerances: | hydraulic power supply |
| correctly. | FOR TOOLS SERIES DLT: | and connections to the |
| | - 10000 +250 -250 psi | tool are correct. |
| | FOR TOOL SERIES D12000: | |
| | - 5500 +250 -250 psi | |
| | | |
| | The swaging head is too | Use the correct swaging |
| | large. | head. |
| | | |
| The gage does not | The swaging pressure is not | Do the swage again. |
| go on top of the | correct. | |
| external diameter | | |
| of the swaged | | |
| fitting. | | |
| | | |
| | The gage is on top of flash | Turn the gage away from |
| | marks. | the flash marks. |
| | The dies and the walls of | Carefully remove the dies |
| | the yoke and the die holder | from the head and clean |
| | must be clean. | the dies and all parts of |
| | | the head assembly. |

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 253
Feb 01/06

CES
Table and Inspection Gage
R Figure 227/TASK 20-23-38-991-013

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 254
Feb 01/06

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
| The shoulder of | You did not push the fitting| Do the swage again. |
| the gage does not | sufficiently far into the | |
| touch the end of | swaging head. | |
| the fitting. | | |
| | | |
| You cannot see the| The insertion mark on the | Cut out the fitting. |
| insertion mark or | tube was not aligned with | |
| you can see all | the end of the fitting du- | |
| the mark. | ring swaging. | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : For any other malfunctions, contact your PERMASWAGE S.A.

____
supplier.
R Subtask 20-23-38-790-053
R F. Do the Leak Check of the Repaired Tube.
R (1) Do the leak test of the potable water lines.
R (a) Remove the warning notice(s).
R (b) Fill the potable water system with water (Ref. TASK 12-15-38-613-
R 001).
R (c) Pressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-001).
R (d) Examine the repaired tubing for leaks.
R (2) If there is leakage, slowely and continuously increase the torque

R value to the maximum authorized (maximum test value) until you stop
R the leak.
R NOTE : Leaks are not permitted.

____
R (a) Remove the container.
R (b) Install the potable-water de-icing heater elements as necessary:

R - For heater elements (4DW, 5DW, 6DW, 9DW) (Ref. TASK 30-73-53-
R 400-001).
R - For heater elements (4DW, 9DW, 16DW) (Ref. TASK 30-73-53-400-
R 002).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 255
Feb 01/06

CES
R - For heater elements (4DW, 311DW, 321DW, 322DW, 323DW, 331DW,
R 332DW) (Ref. TASK 30-73-53-400-003).
R - For heater elements (351DW, 352DW, 353DW, 361DW ,362DW, 363DW)
R (Ref. TASK 30-73-53-400-005).
R 332DW) (Ref. TASK 30-73-53-400-006).
R 007).
R (3) Do the leak check of the air supply lines.
R (a) Examine the repaired air tubing for leaks (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-
R 614-001).
R (b) If there is leakage, slowely and continuously increase the torque

R value to the maximum authorized (maximum test value) until you
R stop the leak.

____
Subtask 20-23-38-410-061
R G. Close Access
items.
(2) Install/close the removed/opened access panels/doors.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-23-38-670-052
A. Do the Sterilization of the Potable Water Tank and Distribution System

(Ref. TASK 38-10-00-670-002) .
Subtask 20-23-38-410-053
B. Close Access
Subtask 20-23-38-862-052
C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 256
Feb 01/06

CES
TASK 20-23-38-300-048
Repair of the Tubes with H-Fittings to be carried out in the Aircraft
____
system.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific chipless cutter

No specific container
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 12-15-38-613-001 Fill the Potable Water Tank System (Aircraft

R Electrical Power Available)
Power)
Power
the External Power

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 257
Feb 01/06

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

332DW)
331DW, 332DW)
Ground Air Supply
38-41-00-790-001 Leak Check of the Components in the Air Supply System
20-23-38-991-037 Fig. 202
20-23-38-991-004 Fig. 203
20-23-38-991-005 Fig. 207
20-23-38-991-026 Fig. 218
20-23-38-991-038 Fig. 228
20-23-38-991-039 Fig. 229
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-38-861-052
A. Energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 20-23-38-010-054
B. Get Access
(1) Open/remove the relevant access panels/doors to get acess to the

repair area.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 258
Feb 01/08

CES
Subtask 20-23-38-860-055
C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the water system is the depressurized before
maintenance action (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-002).
(2) Make sure that the potable water system is emptied before maintenance
action (Ref. TASK 12-24-38-680-001).
Subtask 20-23-38-941-058

_______
WORK ON IT.
_______
(1) Put a warning notice in position to tell personnel not to fill or

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-38-941-061
A. Put a container below the potable water line to collect the unwanted
water.
Subtask 20-23-38-350-052
B. Removal of the Damaged Tube Section
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE WATER TANK IS DEPRESSURIZED.

_______

_______
WORK ON IT.
_______

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 259
Feb 01/06
R
CES
(1) Cut and Deburr the Damaged Tubing
(a) Use a chipless cutter and a deburring tool

NOTE : The maximal distance between the ends of the tube is 6.36
____
mm (0.25 in.).
Subtask 20-23-38-320-058
C. Tube Repair Procedure

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
NOTE : The H-fitting is approved for the permanent repair of middle line
____
tubes when:
- the applicable swaging equipment or other special tools are not
available,
- there must be an immediate repair (this repair procedure is
faster than other repair procedures).
There are four different types of repair procedures
R (Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 20-23-38-991-037)
Use the applicable fitting (refer to the H-fitting Dimension and
Part Number Table).
R (Ref. Fig. 228/TASK 20-23-38-991-038)
Each fitting is supplied in a plastic bag which also contains a
positioning template and tape.
(1) Installation procedure for SIERRACIN/HARRISON H-fittings.

R (Ref. Fig. 229/TASK 20-23-38-991-039)
NOTE : You can repair defects or chafing areas that are less than or
____
equal to 9.52 mm (0.37 in.). across. You must splice defects
that are larger. The minimum dimension that you can splice is
114.3 mm (4.50 in.).
(a) Carefully clean the ends of the tube with CLEANING AGENTS
Make sure that the tube I.D. and O.D. are clean.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 260
Feb 01/06

CES
Part Numbers and Dimensions of a Fitting
R Figure 228/TASK 20-23-38-991-038

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 261
Feb 01/06

CES
R Figure 229/TASK 20-23-38-991-039

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 262
Feb 01/06

CES
(b) Use the template to find the position of the tape (2) on the tube
at from 14.22 +0.5 -0 mm (0.56 +0.02 -0.00 in.) the end of the
tube.
(c) Find the tube insertion mark at 36.6 +0 -0mm (1.44 +0.00 0.00
in.) from the other end of the tube.
(d) Put the nut (1), the union (2), the coupling (3) and the slide
(4) in the correct sequence in position on the tube.
(e) Move on only one layer of tape (5). Cut off the unwanted tape.
(f) Put the union (2) in position against the tape (5).
(g) Engage the slide (4) on the tube. The rounded end of the slide
must be against the union (2).
(h) Engage the nut (1) on the slide (4) side.
(i) Engage the coupling (3) on the union (2) side.
(j) Engage the nut (1) in the coupling (3) and tighten it with the
union (2) against the tape (5).
(k) Hold the coupling end (3).
NOTE : Do not turn the coupling (3).

____
(l) Tighten the nut (1) until you feel resistance. This occurs when
the slide (4) and the coupling (3) close tightly against the
union (2).
(m) Make sure that you can see the insertion mark on the tube.
(n) Remove the nut (1). Make sure that the slide (4) and the coupling
(3) are between 3.8 mm (0.15 in.) and 0 mm (0.00 in.) from the
shoulder of the union. If not, tighten the nut (1) until the
slide (4) and the coupling (3) are in the correct position.
(o) The union (2) must touch the tape (5).
(p) The edge of the coupling (3) must be across the mark on the tube.
(q) Tighten the assembly to complete the swaging procedure.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 263
Feb 01/06
R
CES
R Subtask 20-23-38-790-054
R D. Do the Leak Check of the Repaired Tube.
R 001).
R (c) Pressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-001).

R the leak.
R (Ref. Fig. 218/TASK 20-23-38-991-026)

____

R 400-001).
R 002).
R 332DW) (Ref. TASK 30-73-53-400-003).
R (Ref. TASK 30-73-53-400-005).
R 332DW) (Ref. TASK 30-73-53-400-006).
R 007).
R (3) Do a leak check of the air supply items.
R (a) Examine the repaired air tubing for leaks (Ref. TASK 38-41-00-
R 790-001).

R stop the leak.
R (Ref. Fig. 218/TASK 20-23-38-991-026)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 264
Feb 01/06

CES
____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-23-38-410-054
A. Close Access
(1) Close all the access doors/panels opened for repair.
Subtask 20-23-38-670-053
B. Do the Sterilisation of the Potable Water Tank and Distribution System

(Ref. TASK 38-10-00-670-002) (Potable Water System).
Subtask 20-23-38-862-050
C. De-energize the Ground Service Network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 265
Feb 01/06

CES
TASK 20-23-38-300-049
Temporary Repair of the Tube Assemblies with MS21922 Sleeves to be carried out
in the Workshop
____
system.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 04-003 USA SAE AMS 2518

GRAPHITED PETROLATUM THREAD COMPOUND (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 20-23-38-000-001 Removal of the Tubes of the Potable Water and the

R associated Air Supply System
20-23-38-400-003 Installation of the Tubes Assembly of the Potable
R Water and the associated Air Supply System
20-23-38-991-004 Fig. 203
20-23-38-991-005 Fig. 207
20-23-38-991-027 Fig. 219
20-23-38-991-040 Fig. 230
20-23-38-991-041 Fig. 231
20-23-38-991-042 Fig. 232
20-23-38-991-043 Fig. 233
20-23-38-991-044 Fig. 234
20-23-38-991-045 Fig. 235

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 266
Feb 01/08

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-38-010-055
A. Remove the Tube Assembly for Repair (Ref. TASK 20-23-38-000-001)
Subtask 20-23-38-941-059
B. General
(1) Temporary repair with MS21922 sleeve.

R (Ref. Fig. 230/TASK 20-23-38-991-040)
(a) This temporary repair is applicable only for corrosion-resistant

steel tubes.
(b) Do not use MS21922 sleeves for permanent repairs. These sleeves
are for temporary repairs (no more than 2500 flight hours).
Complete this procedure with the applicable permanent repair
procedure:
- repair of the tubes with PERMASWAGE fittings,
- repair of the tubes with HARRISON unions and sleeves,
- repair of the tubes with SIERRACIN/HARRISON H-fittings.
(c) You can use MS sleeves to do repairs on tubes that have MS33514
or MS33515 fittings. No special tools are necessary. The
subsequent separation of joints with MS sleeves is possible.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-38-320-059
A. Repair with a MS21922 Sleeve
(1) Determine the length of tube to be cut as a function of the location

of the damaged area.
R 233/TASK 20-23-38-991-043, 234/TASK 20-23-38-991-044)
NOTE : If you must use another tube to repair the damaged area, use a
____
rigid tube of the same type as the tube to be repaired, if
possible.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 267
Feb 01/06

CES
Repair Procedure with a MS Sleeve
R Figure 230/TASK 20-23-38-991-040

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 268
Feb 01/06

CES
Repair of a Straight Tube Section
R Figure 231/TASK 20-23-38-991-041

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 269
Feb 01/06

CES
Repair of a Union
R Figure 232/TASK 20-23-38-991-042

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 270
Feb 01/06

CES
Repair of a Tube End
R Figure 233/TASK 20-23-38-991-043

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 271
Feb 01/06

CES
Repair of an Elbow
R Figure 234/TASK 20-23-38-991-044

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 272
Feb 01/06

CES
(2) Cut the tube.
_______
CLEAN AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT
CAN CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
Cut and deburr the inner and outer diameters of the ends of the
tubes.
(3) Clean the Tube

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

_______

_______
YOUR SKIN.
(a) Clean the end of the tube with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
003).
(b) Blow air through the tube to remove all swarf and other foreign
material.
(4) Install the fitting.
(a) Put the nut and the sleeve on the tube.
NOTE : Make sure that the cutting edge of the sleeve points to
____
(b) Lubricate with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-003):
NOTE : No grease permitted in the tube.

____
- the threads and the contact face of the nut,

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 273
Feb 01/06

CES
- the threads of the union.
(c) Put the end of the tube into the fitting.
(5) Do the Swaging

R (Ref. Fig. 235/TASK 20-23-38-991-045)
(a) Hold the tube against the shoulder of the union and tighten the
nut fully with your hand.
(b) From this position, tighten the nut to swage the sleeve (obey the
number of turns for the nut).
(6) Do a check of the tube joint.
(a) Loosen the nut and examine the swaging of the sleeve:
- there must be a small bulge between the cutting edge and the
contact shoulder of the nut,
- the surface of the sleeve must be smooth (there must be no
cracks or surface defects),
- the end of the sleeve must not be flat (the nut must move
freely along the sleeve).
(b) Install the lines. Use the specified torque values (refer to the
table).
R (Ref. Fig. 235/TASK 20-23-38-991-045)
NOTE : You must use these torque values each time that you
____
assemble the tubes.
(7) Clean the Tube

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(8) Clean the end of the tube with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 274
Feb 01/06

CES
Initial Torque Values/Torque Values for the Nuts MS21921
R Figure 235/TASK 20-23-38-991-045

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 275
Feb 01/06

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-23-38-780-053
A. Do the Pressure Test of the Tube
(1) Connect the HARRISON sleeve and union of the tube and TORQUE it to
the normal value.
R (Ref. Fig. 219/TASK 20-23-38-991-027)
(2) Pressurize the tube to an operational pressure.
(3) If there is leakage, slowly and continuously increase the torque

value to maximum authorized (maximum test value) until you stop the
leak.
(4) Make sure that there is no leakage.
NOTE : Leakage is not permitted.

____
Subtask 20-23-38-410-055
B. Install the Repaired/New Tube (Ref. TASK 20-23-38-400-003)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 276
Feb 01/06

CES
TASK 20-23-38-400-003
R Installation of the Tubes Assembly of the Potable Water and the associated Air
R Supply System
____
system.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific Tape NSA 0141-16A

R No specific Tape NSA 0141-25A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-15-38-613-001 Fill the Potable Water Tank System (Aircraft

Electrical Power Available)
Power)
R 20-21-12-911-001 Tightening Torques for Pipe Unions (not for OXYGEN
unions)
20-28-00-912-003 Electrical Bonding of Electrical Connectors
the External Power
332DW)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 277
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

331DW, 332DW)
Ground Air Supply
38-41-00-790-001 Leak Check of the Components in the Air Supply System
20-23-38-991-015 Fig. 201
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-38-860-058
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the water system is depressurized before maintenance
action (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-002).
(2) Make sure that the potable water system is empty before maintenance
action (Ref. TASK 12-24-38-680-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-38-410-059
A. Installation of the Tubing with HARRISON Sleeves and Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-23-38-991-015)
_______

_______
WORK ON IT.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 278
Feb 01/08

CES
(1) Make sure that all the equipment items to be connected are in the
correct position so that it will not be necessary to remove the
tubing subsequently.
(2) Make sure that you flush the lines before installation, and that the
threads of the fittings are clean and in the correct condition.
(3) Remove the blanking caps.
(4) Make sure that the tubing ends, the sleeves and the unions are clean
and in the correct condition.
(5) Make sure that the tubes are in the correct condition
R (6) Make sure that the tubes for potable water are correctly identified
R Tape NSA 0141-25A.
R (7) Make sure that the tubes for the air supply system are correctly
R identified Tape NSA 0141-16A.
NOTE : Discard tubes that have indentations with a depth of more than
____
0.05 mm (0.0019 in.). Two causes are possible for these
indentations:
- a torque value that was too high during installation,
- installation and removal too many times.
R (8) Put the tubing in position.
R (9) Make sure that the electrical bonds are correct (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
912-003).
R (10) Torque the connections to the applicable values (Ref. TASK 20-21-12-
911-001).
R (11) Install the potable-water de-icing heater elements:

- For heater elements (4DW, 5DW, 6DW, 9DW) (Ref. TASK 30-73-53-400-
001).
- For heater elements (4DW, 9DW, 16DW) (Ref. TASK 30-73-53-400-002).
- For heater elements (4DW, 311DW, 321DW, 322DW, 323DW, 331DW, 332DW)
(Ref. TASK 30-73-53-400-003).
- For heater elements (351DW, 352DW, 353DW, 361DW ,362DW, 363DW)
(Ref. TASK 30-73-53-400-005).
- For heater elements (4DW, 311DW, 322DW, 323DW, 324DW, 331DW, 332DW)
(Ref. TASK 30-73-53-400-006).
- For heater elements (4DW, 16DW, 335DW) (Ref. TASK 30-73-53-400-
007).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 279
Feb 01/08

CES
5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 20-23-38-790-051
R A. Do the Leak Check of the Installed Tube Assembly
R 001)
R (c) Pressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-001)

R the leak.

____

R 400-001).
R 002).
R 332DW) (Ref. TASK 30-73-53-400-003).
R (Ref. TASK 30-73-53-400-005).
R 332DW) (Ref. TASK 30-73-53-400-006).
R 007).
R (3) Do the Leak Check of the Air Supply Lines
R (a) Examine the repaired air tubing for leaks . (Ref. TASK 38-41-00-
R 790-001)

R stop the leak.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 280
Feb 01/06

CES
____
Subtask 20-23-38-410-060
R B. Close Access
items.
Subtask 20-23-38-670-056
R C. Do the Sterilization of the Potable Water System (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-670-

002).
Subtask 20-23-38-862-051
R D. De-energize the Ground Service Network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 281
Feb 01/06

CES
CONTROL CABLES AND PULLEYS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________________
1. _______
General
This section gives the data related to the different procedures for the
installation and maintenance of cables.

EFF :

ALL 20-24-00

Page 1
Feb 01/98

CES
CONTROL CABLE INSTALLATION AND CLEANING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_______________________________________________________________
TASK 20-24-11-911-001
Installation of the Control Cables
WARNING : WEAR GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH THE CABLES.

_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This subject gives the general instructions for the installation of cables.
The instructions for a special installation are given in the chapter related
to the function.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific brush
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-005 USA MIL-C-16173 GRADE II

CORROSION PREVENTIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-002 USA MIL-PRF-680
R DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHITE SPIRIT)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-24-12-200-001 Check of the Control Cables

20-24-12-200-003 Inspection of the Pulleys

EFF :

ALL 20-24-11

Page 201
Feb 01/04

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-24-11-941-050
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-24-11-110-050
A. Cleaning of the Control Cables
CAUTION : DO NOT SOAK THE CABLES WITH THE SOLVENT WHEN THE SOLVENT
_______
TOUCHES THE CABLE CORE IT REMOVES THE LUBRICANT. THIS CAUSES
CORROSION AND THE CABLES WEAR FAST.
(1) Clean the cables with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) or a brush
R with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002).
Let the cables dry and apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-005).
(2) Carefully clean the pulleys, the fairleads, the holes etc...
Obey the usual instructions.
Subtask 20-24-11-210-052
B. Inspection of the Supports, Pulleys and Fairleads
(1) Inspect the supports.
(a) Make sure that there are no signs of corrosion, cracks or

distortion.
(b) Make sure that the supports are attached to the aircraft
structure correctly. Make sure that the screws, the bolts, the
nuts and the rivets are in the correct condition.
(2) Inspect the pulleys (Ref. TASK 20-24-12-200-003).
(3) Inspect the fairleads.
(a) Make sure that there is no damage caused by friction.
(b) Make sure that the fairleads are installed correctly.

EFF :

ALL 20-24-11

Page 202
Feb 01/04

CES
Subtask 20-24-11-410-051
C. Installation of the Cable
(1) When you install the cable, make sure that:

- the cable is in the correct condition (Ref. TASK 20-24-12-200-001),
- the alignment is correct. Make sure that there are no loops and
that the cables are not worn too much,
- the tension is correct. Slowly adjust the tension of the cable.
Make sure that one cable does not go across another cable. Make
sure that the cables are not twisted,
- apply the protective finish.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-24-11-942-052
items.

EFF :

ALL 20-24-11

Page 203
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 20-24-11-100-001
Cleaning and Protection of the Cables

_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This subject gives the procedure to apply corrosion-resistant finishes that

give protection to the carbon-steel cables.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific an air compressor

No specific brush
No specific spray gun
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-005 USA MIL-C-16173 GRADE II
CORROSION PREVENTIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHITE SPIRIT)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-24-11-941-051
A. Not Applicable

EFF :

ALL 20-24-11

Page 204
May 01/03

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-24-11-110-051
A. Cleaning of the Cables
(1) Soak a cloth with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002) and remove
the unwanted material. Clean the surface of the cable.
NOTE : Remove the unwanted material from the cloth to make sure that
____
it does not go into the cable core. This removes the lubricant
around each strand.
(2) Fully dry the cables.
Subtask 20-24-11-916-050
B. Protection of the Cables
(1) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-005) with :

R - a spray gun and an air compressor, or with a brush.
R
NOTE : These conditions are applicable for each procedure:

____
- the ambient temperature must be between 5 deg.C (41.00
deg.F) and 35 deg.C (95.00 deg.F),
- if you use a spray gun, the air pressure must be at least 4
bar (58.0150 psi),
- the protective coat that gives protection must be 0.05 mm
(0.0019 in.) thick,
- the protective film must be even along the length of the
cable. There must be no unwanted thickness caused by drops
or runs,
R
R (2) Let the cable dry between 1h30 and 2h00 (this time is related to the
R ambient temperature).
R (3) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the rear THS control
R cables (between FR71 and the THS actuator) to prevent corrosion in
R this area.

EFF :

ALL 20-24-11

Page 205
Aug 01/01

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-24-11-942-051
items.

EFF :

ALL 20-24-11

Page 206
Aug 01/01

CES
CONTROL CABLE AND PULLEY CHECK - INSPECTION/CHECK
_________________________________________________
TASK 20-24-12-200-001
Check of the Control Cables

_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-24-11-100-001 Cleaning and Protection of the Cables

20-24-12-991-002 Fig. 601
20-24-12-991-003 Fig. 602
R 20-24-12-991-004 Fig. 603
R 20-24-12-991-005 Fig. 604
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-24-12-869-051
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-24-12-210-050
A. Inspection of the Control Cables

R 20-24-12-991-004, 604/TASK 20-24-12-991-005)
(1) Check for broken wires:
(a) The very important areas where the wires can break are the
lengths of the cable that go through fairleads and around
pulleys.

EFF :

ALL 20-24-12

Page 601
May 01/00

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

20-24-12

Page 602
Nov 01/99

CES
Cable Inspection
Figure 601/TASK 20-24-12-991-002

EFF :

ALL 20-24-12

Page 603
Feb 01/98

CES
Cable Wear Patterns
Figure 602/TASK 20-24-12-991-003

EFF :

ALL 20-24-12

Page 604
Feb 01/98

CES
Internal Cable Wear
R Figure 603/TASK 20-24-12-991-004

EFF :

ALL 20-24-12

Page 605
May 01/00

CES
Cable Wear
R Figure 604/TASK 20-24-12-991-005

EFF :

ALL 20-24-12

Page 606
May 01/00

CES
(b) Examine the cables. Make sure that there are no broken wires, to
do this:
- move a cloth along the cable, in the two directions.
(c) If the cloth catches on the cable:

- make a visual inspection to find the broken wires.
(d) The permitted limits for the cables with broken wires are:
- for class 7 x 19 cable, 6 broken wires in a same one-inch (25.4
mm) length of cable with not more than 3 broken wires for each
strand.
- for class 7 x 7 cable, 3 broken wires in a same one-inch (25.4
mm) length of cable with not more than 2 broken wires for each
strand.
NOTE : There must be no broken wires in two consecutive one-inch

____
(25.4 mm) lengths of cable.
For the lengths of cables which go around pulleys or
through fairleads and pressure seals:
- not more than 3 broken wires is permitted
(2) Check of the external wear of the cable

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 20-24-12-991-003)
(a) Make a visual inspection of the cables, specially the lengths

that can touch pulleys, fairleads or pressure seals. Make sure
that they are not worn.
R (Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 20-24-12-991-005)
(b) The permitted wear limits in a same one-inch (25.4 mm) length of
cable are:
- for class 7 x 19 cable, a maximum of 6 wires worn to 50 % or
more of their diameter,
- for class 7 x 7 cable, a maximum of 3 wires worn to 50 % or
more of their diameter,
if there are no broken wires.
NOTE : The number of permissible worn wires in a same one-inch

____
(25.4 mm) length of cable is decreased by one wire for
every broken wire.
A maximum of two one-inch (25.4 mm) lengths of cable with
wear (within the limits specified above) is permissible on
the total length of the cable (between the two cable
terminals) on the condition that the wear is not on two
consecutive one-inch (25.4 mm) lengths of cable.
If a wire is worn to more than 60 % of its diameter, you
must call it a broken wire.

EFF :

ALL 20-24-12

Page 607
May 01/00

CES
(3) Internal Cable Wear
R (Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 20-24-12-991-004)
(a) In some areas (for example around pulleys and quadrants) the
cable can wear internally more than it wears externally.
To find such wear, move the strands apart to examine the cable
internally.
(4) Corrosion
NOTE : Corrosion of cables specially occurs in these areas:

____
- battery compartments,
- toilets,
- landing gear wells.
- other areas where fumes, vapors and liquids that can cause
corrosion can collect.
(a) If a cable has a broken wire in a length that does not touch
airframe components which can make it wear, pulleys, fairleads
etc...
- carefully examine the cable. Make sure that it has no
corrosion.
(b) If necessary remove the cable. Bend the cable to make sure that
the internal strands do not have corrosion.
(c) If you find surface corrosion:

- loosen the cable,
- make a full inspection of the inner strands.
(d) Discard the cable if you find corrosion on the inner strands.
(e) If you find light surface corrosion, remove it and protect the
cable again (Ref. TASK 20-24-11-100-001)

EFF :

ALL 20-24-12

Page 608
May 01/00

CES
TASK 20-24-12-200-003
Inspection of the Pulleys
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-24-12-991-006 Fig. 605
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-24-12-869-052
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-24-12-210-052
A. Inspection of the Pulleys

(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 20-24-12-991-006)
(1) Do a check of the pulley condition for:
(a) Cracked edges.
(b) Signs of unusual wear in the bottom of the groove.
(c) Cracked hub.
(d) Blisters.
(e) Too much play in the bearings or loose bearings.

EFF :

ALL 20-24-12

Page 609
Feb 01/98

CES
Pulley Wear Patterns
Figure 605/TASK 20-24-12-991-006

EFF :

ALL 20-24-12

Page 610
Feb 01/98

CES
(2) Make an inspection of the pulleys during the operation cycle.
(a) Make sure that there are no hard points when the pulleys turn.
(b) Make sure that the cable does not skid on the pulleys.
(c) Check of the eccentricity.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PULLEY MINOR MAX. ECCENTRICITY MAX. ECCENTRICITY |
| DIAMETER AT TOP OF GROOVE AT BOTTOM OF GROOVE|
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|- Less than or equal to 0.011 in. (0.30 mm) 0.005 in. (0.15 mm) |
| 1.181 in. (30 mm) |
|- from 30 mm to less than 0.015 in. (0.40 mm) 0.007 in. (0.20 mm) |
| 3.149 in. (80mm) |
|- more than or equal to |
| 3.149 in. (80 mm) 0.019 in. (0.50 mm) 0.007 in. (0.20 mm) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) Make an inspection of the pulleys after run-out.
(a) For each turn of the pulley, make sure that the sideways run-out
is not more than:
- 0.25 mm (0.0098 in.) for pulleys with a diameter less than 80
mm (3.1496 in.),
- 0.30 mm (0.0118 in.) for pulleys with a diameter of 80 mm
(3.1496 in.) or more.

EFF :

ALL 20-24-12

Page 611
Feb 01/98

CES
INSTALLATION OF EXPANSION JOINTS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
________________________________________________________
TASK 20-26-00-910-002
Installation of Expansion Joints
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This topic shows a typical installation of the expansion joints. This

typical installation prevents damage to the bleed duct seals and subsequent
leakage.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 04-007

R X (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 06-012
LUBRICANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-26-00-991-001 Fig. 201

20-26-00-991-003 Fig. 202
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-26-00-210-050
A. Not Applicable

EFF :

ALL 20-26-00

Page 201
Nov 01/05

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-26-00-420-050
A. Installation of Expansion Joints

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-26-00-991-001)
(1) Visual inspection
(a) Make sure that the seal housings on the female duct and the
contact surface on the male duct are clean and that there are no
deposits or lubricant. If you find dirt, deposits or lubricant,
you must clean, flush and dry the surface(s) before you install a
new duct seal.
(b) Visually examine the seal contact surfaces on the male and female
duct for deformation or too much wear.
(2) Seal installation
NOTE : Remove the seal(s) from the packaging immediately before you
____
install it (them). Make sure that you do not cause
contamination of the seal with chemicals or dust particles
during its installation.
(a) For ABS0737-XXX seals and Pre ABS1040-XXX
1
_ Carefully install the seal ABS0737-XXX in the housing grooves.
Make sure that you install the seal in the correct direction
and in the correct position.
NOTE : ABS0737-XXX seal type is the recommended replacement

____
P/N. Other seal types found in service are:
- NSA8054-XXX-08 with NSA8054-XXX-09,
- ABS0605-XXX,
- ABS0632-XXX.
(b) For ABS1040-XXX

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-26-00-991-001, 202/TASK 20-26-00-991-003)
1
_ Install the outer ring (1) into the duct groove.

EFF :

ALL 20-26-00

Page 202
Nov 01/05
R
CES
R Installation of Expansion Joints
Figure 201/TASK 20-26-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 20-26-00

Page 203
Aug 01/02

CES
R Installation of the ABS1040-XXX Expension Joints
R Figure 202/TASK 20-26-00-991-003

EFF :

ALL 20-26-00

Page 204
Aug 01/02

CES
R 2
_ Carefully install the inner ring (2) with the spring on the
R pressure side.
R (3) Lubricant
R (a) For ABS0737-XXX seals and Pre ABS1040-XXX

R
R NOTE : The seals are supplied pre-lubricated and normally require

____
R no additional lubrication. In areas where installation is
difficult (ducting angulation), you can apply a thin film
of lubricant on the inner surface of the seal or on the
sliding surface.
Recommended lubricants:
- For ABS0737-XXX seal type , use only COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-007)
- For other type of seals, use COMMON GREASE (Material No.
04-007) or LUBRICANTS (Material No. 06-012).
R (b) For ABS1040-XXX

R Do not use lubricant for installation of ABS1040-XXX seals.
R (4) Duct connection
R (a) For ABS0737-XXX seals and Pre ABS1040-XXX

R
R 1
_ Engage the male sleeve in the seal and connect the ducts. Make
R sure that you do not cause damage to the seal during the
R operation.
R
R 2
_ Align the two ducts on the same axis. Misalignment must not be
R more than 3 degrees in all directions.
R
R - Measure the distance X between the duct flanges A and
R B:
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-26-00-991-001)
R
R This distance must be the same (+/- 2 mm (0.078 in.)) around
R the full circumference of the duct to make sure that the two
flanges are parallel.
R 3
_ Make sure that there are no side loads in the assembly.

EFF :

ALL 20-26-00

Page 205
Aug 01/02

CES
R (b) For ABS1040-XXX
R 1
_ Carefully install the male duct in the female sleeve and move
R the duct around slightly to make the seal agree whith the
R shape of the duct
R 2
_ Align the two ducts on the same axis. Misalignment must not be
R more than 3 degrees in all directions
R - Measure the distance X between the duct flanges A and
R B:
R (Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-26-00-991-001)
R
R This distance must be the same (+/- 2 mm (0.078 in.)) around
R the full circumference of the duct to make sure that the two
R flanges are parallel.
R 3
_ Make sure that there are no side loads in the assembly.

EFF :

ALL 20-26-00

Page 206
Aug 01/02

CES
TASK 20-26-00-910-003
Installation of the Static Seals
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This topic shows a typical installation of the static seals NSA8206 and
ABS5800.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 05-003B USA MIL-PRF-27617

OXYGEN SYSTEM LUBRICANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-26-00-210-052
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-26-00-420-053
A. Installation of the Static Seals
(1) Visual inspection
(a) Visually examine the seal contact surface of the groove for
deformations or scratches.

EFF :

ALL 20-26-00

Page 207
Feb 01/08

CES
R (b) Make sure that there are no particles or lubricant on the groove
R surface before you install the seal.
R WARNING : BEFORE THE USE OF SOLVENT, PROTECTIVE FILM OR SEALANT,

_______
R CAREFULLY READ THE APPLICABLE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA
R SHEET AND FOLLOW ALL LISTED SAFETY AND HEALTH
R PRECAUTIONS. USE THESE PRODUCTS IN AN AREA OPENED TO
R THE AIR AND WEAR PROTECTIVE GLOVES. THESE PRODUCTS ARE
R FLAMMABLE AND VAPOR IS DANGEROUS. THEY MAY CAUSE
R IRRITATION OF EYES, NOSE, THROAT AND SKIN. HIGH
R CONCENTRATIONS MAY CAUSE WEAKNESS, HEADACHE, NAUSEA,
R DIZZINESS AND IMPAIRED JUDGEMENT.
R 1
_ If you find dirt, particles or lubricant, you must clean the
R surface(s) with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made
R moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).
R 2
_ Remove all the solvent on the surface(s) before you install
R the new seal.
R (2) Seal installation
R CAUTION : DO NOT USE SHARP TOOLS WHEN YOU INSTALL A SEAL IN THE
_______
R GROOVE. A DAMAGED SEAL CAN CAUSE UNSATISFACTORY SEALING AND
R IS NOT REPAIRABLE. IF YOU CAUSE DAMAGE TO A SEAL, YOU MUST
R REMOVE AND REPLACE IT.
R NOTE : Remove the seal(s) from the packaging immediately before you
____
R install it (them). Make sure that you do not cause
R contamination of the seal with chemicals or dust particles
R during its installation.
R (a) Lubricant
R 1
_ For ABS5800 seals:
R NOTE : No added lubrication is usually necessary for the

____
R seals. In areas where installation is not easy (ducting
R angulation), you can apply a thin layer of lubricant to
R hold the seal in its groove when the equipment is
R installed.
R - Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-003B) only on

R the outer diameter surface on the full circumference.

EFF :

ALL 20-26-00

Page 208
May 01/07

CES
R 2
_ For NSA8206 seals:
R - Apply a thin layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
R 003B) on the inner surface of the seal or on the sliding
R surface.
R (b) To install the seal,engage it in the hardware groove. The seal is

R held in the groove on the outer diameter.
R NOTE : A seal that is slightly too large at ambient temperature

____
R can be pulled in to get a correct fit in the groove.

EFF :

ALL 20-26-00

Page 209
May 01/07

CES
ELECTRICAL CABLES AND BUNDLES - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_____________________________________________________
TASK 20-27-00-910-001
Installation of Grommets
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure is applicable for the installation and bonding of the

FLEXIFORM grommet.
This installation prevents damage when the bundles go through holes in the
structure.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 08-078 D DAN 1196

R TWO PART PASTE ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-27-00-991-001 Fig. 201

EFF :

ALL 20-27-00

Page 201
Nov 01/07

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-27-00-869-050
A. Preparation before Installation

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-27-00-991-001)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Mating surfaces must be clean and degreased.
(2) If not, clean the mating surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-003).
(3) Use a grommet (NSA 939510) of the correct dimensions for the
structure hole.
(4) Cut the grommet to the correct length. Make sure that the tension of
the section is correct and that it is in a position opposite the
wire.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-27-00-911-050
A. Installation of the Grommet
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.
R (1) Apply a thin, smooth layer of EPOXY RESIN BONDING AND ADHESIVE
R COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-078) on the two surfaces.
(2) Let it dry for 4 or 5 minutes.
(3) Push the two surfaces together to bond them.

EFF :

ALL 20-27-00

Page 202
Nov 01/07

CES
Grommet - Installation and Dimensions
Figure 201/TASK 20-27-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 20-27-00

Page 203
Aug 01/04

CES
(4) Make sure that you apply sufficient force to keep the two surfaces
together.
(5) After 24 hours, you can release the pressure.
(6) Make sure that the grommet is correctly bonded on all the surfaces.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-27-00-942-050
items.
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

EFF :

ALL 20-27-00

Page 204
Aug 01/04

CES
ELECTRICAL BONDING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
__________________________________________
TASK 20-28-00-912-001
Electrical Bonding of Components with Rivets
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS

_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific abrasive paper glass type 1

No specific grade 200 emery paper
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 07-001
NO LONGER AVAILABLE RPLD BY 07001B/D/F
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-001 USA MIL-S-8802 TYPE I CLASS A
R FUEL TANK SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-014 GB AFS 1344
R CORROSION INHIBITIVE SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 201
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 09-020 GB DTD-900/4549

R SINGLE PART CHROMATE D JOINTED COMPOUND
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-869-002 Table of the Maximum Permitted Resistance Values

20-28-00-991-003 Fig. 201
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-110-089
A. Removal of the Grease or Oil from the Contact Areas
(1) Remove all the oil and grease contamination with MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003) moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
004).
Subtask 20-28-00-120-085
B. Removal of the Surface Protection from the Bonding Areas.
(1) Protect the area around the area to be treated to keep to a limit the
effects of the abrasive.
(2) Remove the surface protection from the contact (rivet head, structure
contact, structure angle, etc.) with abrasive paper glass type 1
grade 200 emery paper. The cleaned areas must be such that after
assembly they give a zone between 1 mm (0.0393 in.) and 4 mm (0.1574
in.) around the contact faces.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 202
Aug 01/09

CES
NOTE : All the cadmium plated, steel or conductive parts can be
____
bonded without removing the surface protection and without
seal, this does not include the fuel tanks.
Subtask 20-28-00-916-089
C. Temporary Protection of the Contact Areas
R (1) If you cannot make the connection in less than 4 hours, apply COMMON
R GREASE (Material No. 04-012) on the surface without protection.
R Before the connection, clean with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
R made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
R NOTE : The protection of the surface with COMMON GREASE (Material No.
____
R 04-012) is only necessary if the connection is not made in
R less than 4 hours.
Subtask 20-28-00-110-090
D. Cleaning of the Contact Areas
(1) Remove any contamination from the contact areas with MISCELLANEOUS
004).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-912-065
A. Bonding
(1) Assemble the sacrificial angles to the structure with the rivets (1)
or the rivets (2) and the captive nuts (3).
NOTE : You must assemble the captive nuts on the fuselage only (this
____
does not include the tanks or the wings).
Subtask 20-28-00-914-050
B. Protection of the Bonding

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-28-00-991-003)
(1) Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-
001) if the rivets are on the fuselage (this does not include the
wings).

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 203
Aug 01/08

CES
Bonding of the Rivets
Figure 201/TASK 20-28-00-991-003

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 204
Feb 01/98

CES
(2) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-020) if the rivets are in the wing
(this does not include the tanks).
(3) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-001) or SEALANTS (Material No. 09-
014) if the rivets are in the wing.
(4) Make sure that the surfaces without protection are fully sealed.
(5) Install the component.
Subtask 20-28-00-720-086
C. Make sure that the ohmic resistance is correct (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-869-
002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-942-102
items.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 205
Aug 01/08
R
CES
TASK 20-28-00-912-002
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws in the Tanks

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 97F92003500000 1 METER, MILLIOHM - EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 09-007 USA SAE-AMS-S-4383
BRUSHABLE FUEL RESISTANT COATING (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 206
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 20-28-00-720-006 Check of the Electrical Bonding of the Fluid Systems

20-28-00-991-010 Fig. 202
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-110-091
(1) Remove the oil and grease contamination with MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-003) moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
Subtask 20-28-00-120-086
B. Removal of the Surface Protection from the Bonding Areas
(1) Protect the surrounding area to be treated to keep to a limit the

(2) Remove the surface protection (Alodine, paint etc) from the contact
zone with abrasive paper glass type 1 or grade 200 emery cloth.
The cleaned areas must be such that after assembly they give a zone
between 1 mm (0.0393 in.) and 4 mm (0.1574 in.) around the contact
faces.
NOTE : You can bond all the cadmium plated, steel or conductive parts
____
without removal of the surface protection and without
application of sealant.
Subtask 20-28-00-916-090
(1) If you cannot make the connection in less than 4 hours, apply COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-012) on the surface without protection.
Before the connection, clean with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
NOTE : The protection of the surface with COMMON GREASE (Material No.
____
04-012) is only necessary if the connection is not made in
less than 4 hours.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 207
May 01/09

CES
Subtask 20-28-00-110-092
(1) Remove any contamination from the contact areas with a MISCELLANEOUS
004).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-912-066
A. Bonding
(1) Assemble the equipment and the attachments on the structure.
NOTE : You can use the procedure of installation of a part with a

____
contact with a conductive bolt for a blind hole in the
structure.
NOTE : You must install a washer below the terminal only when it is
____
shown on the drawing.
Subtask 20-28-00-914-051
(1) Protection of the bonding installed with screws, bolts, and

conductive (or non conductive) nuts.
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 20-28-00-991-010)
(a) Installation of a removable part.
1
_ Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-007)
(b) Installation of a part not frequently removed or not removable.
1
_ Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-001)
Subtask 20-28-00-720-087
C. Measurement of the Electrical Resistance
(1) Measure the resistance value (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-006).

R - Use a METER, MILLIOHM - EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE.
(2) Make sure that the measured value is not higher than the maximum
permitted value (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-869-002).

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 208
Aug 01/09

CES
Bonding with Conductive Nuts and Screws
Figure 202/TASK 20-28-00-991-010

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 209
Feb 01/98

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-942-103
items.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 210
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 20-28-00-912-003
Electrical Bonding of Electrical Connectors

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint-free cloth
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 07-001
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-014 GB AFS 1344
R CORROSION INHIBITIVE SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 211
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-991-022 Fig. 203
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-110-093
(1) Remove the oil and grease contamination with a MISCELLANEOUS

004).
Subtask 20-28-00-120-087
(2) Remove the surface protection (alodine paint, etc) from the contact
zone with abrasive paper glass type 1 or grade 200 emery cloth. The
cleaned areas must be such that after assembly they give a zone
between 1 mm (0.0393 in.) to 4 mm (0.1574 in.) around the contact
faces.
____
application of sealant (this does not include the tank).

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 212
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 20-28-00-916-091
R (1) If you cannot make the connection in less than 4 hours apply COMMON
____
Subtask 20-28-00-110-094
R (1) Remove any contamination from the contact areas with a lint-free
R cloth made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-912-067
A. Bonding
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-28-00-991-022)
(1) Install the electrical connectors to the structure with the equipment
and the attachments.
Subtask 20-28-00-914-052
(1) For the removable connectors in the wing:
(a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-014).
(2) For the non-removable or not frequently removed connectors in the

wing (not in the tanks):
(a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-020).
(3) For the connectors in the fuselage:
(a) Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No.
07-001).

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 213
Aug 01/08

CES
Bonding of Electrical Connectors
Figure 203/TASK 20-28-00-991-022

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 214
Feb 01/98

CES
NOTE : For the flanged connectors, seal the back face on the
____
fasteners on the two sides and around the connector on the
face opposite the flange. This includes the surface without
protection.
NOTE : For the jam nut connectors seal the surface without
____
protection, the jam nut and the back face.
Subtask 20-28-00-720-088
C. Make sure that the ohmic resistance is correct (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-869-
002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-942-104
items.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 215
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 20-28-00-912-004
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and Bonding
Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the tanks)-

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint-free cloth
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 07-001
(Ref. 20-31-00)
SEALANT-BRUSH CONSIS TENCY (OBSOLETE) (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 216
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-991-004 Fig. 204
20-28-00-991-005 Fig. 205
20-28-00-991-013 Fig. 206
20-28-00-991-023 Fig. 207
20-28-00-991-029 Fig. 208
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-110-095
(1) Remove the oil and grease contamination with a MISCELLANEOUS

004).
Subtask 20-28-00-120-088
(2) Remove the surface protection (Alodine, paint, etc.) from the contact
between 1 mm (0.0393 in.) to 4 mm (0.1574 in.) around the contact
faces
____
application of sealant (this does not include the tanks).

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 217
Aug 01/09

CES
Subtask 20-28-00-916-092
(1) If you cannot make the connection in less than 4 hours, apply COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-012) on the surface without protection.
Before the connection, clean with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
NOTE : The protection of the surface with COMMON GREASE (Material No.
____
04-012) is only necessary if the connection is not made in
less than 4 hours.
Subtask 20-28-00-110-096
(1) Remove any contamination from the contact areas with a lint-free
cloth moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-912-053
A. Bonding in the Fuselage (this does not include the wings and the tanks).
(1) Assemble the attachments (the nuts, the conductive bolts and screws,
the bonding strap) and the equipment.
NOTE : The bonding strap must be as short as possible but without

____
strain. Do not twist the bonding strap.
NOTE : You can use the procedure of installation of a part with a

____
conductive bolt for a blind hole in the structure.
Subtask 20-28-00-914-057
(1) If you do not remove frequently, apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013)
or PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-001)
on the bolt head, the nut and the washer.
(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-28-00-991-004)

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 218
Aug 01/09
R
CES
Bonding of the Parts not Removed Frequently or not Removable
Figure 204/TASK 20-28-00-991-004

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 219
Nov 01/08
R
CES
(2) If you remove the assembly frequently, assemble only.
(Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 20-28-00-991-005)
Subtask 20-28-00-912-054
C. Bonding of Assembly Not Removed Frequently or Not Removable (this does

not include the fuselage and the tanks).
(Ref. Fig. 206/TASK 20-28-00-991-013, 207/TASK 20-28-00-991-023)
(1) Assemble the equipment, the bolt, the nut, the screw, the bonding
straps.
NOTE : The bonding strap must be as rigid and as short as possible.

____
Do not twist the bonding strap.
NOTE : You can use the procedure of installation with a conductive

____
bolt for a blind hole in the structure.
(2) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-020) or SEALANTS (Material No. 09-
001) on the attachments.
Subtask 20-28-00-912-055
D. Bonding in the Wing of Removable Parts (this does not include the
fuselage and the tanks).
(Ref. Fig. 208/TASK 20-28-00-991-029)
surface without protection.
(2) Assemble the equipment and the attachments.
(a) For static parts:

- make sure that the bonding leads are as short and straight as
possible without twists.
(b) For movable parts:

- make sure that the bonding leads have the correct length and
cause no strain when the parts move.
You must install them without twists.
Install the two ends loosely before you tighten the clamp.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 220
Nov 01/08
R
CES
Bonding of Removable Parts in the Fuselage
Figure 205/TASK 20-28-00-991-005

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 221
Feb 01/98

CES
Bonding of the Parts not Removed Frequently or not Removable
Figure 206/TASK 20-28-00-991-013

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 222
Feb 01/98

CES
Bonding with Bonding Leads
Figure 207/TASK 20-28-00-991-023

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 223
Feb 01/98

CES
R Bonding of Removable Parts in the Wings (This Does not Include the Tanks)
Figure 208/TASK 20-28-00-991-029

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 224
Aug 01/05

CES
Subtask 20-28-00-720-089
E. Make sure that the ohmic resistance is correct (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-869-
002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-942-105
items.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 225
Nov 01/08
R
CES
TASK 20-28-00-912-005
Electrical Bonding of Antennas With Conductive Bolts.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the bonding principles applicable to antennas.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific milliohmmeter
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R INTERFAY SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 226
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-991-018 Fig. 209
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-110-097
(1) Remove any sign of grease or oil contamination with a MISCELLANEOUS

004).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-420-092
A. Installation of the Antennas

(Ref. Fig. 209/TASK 20-28-00-991-018)
NOTE : The antennas are supplied with special seals which cover the whole
____
flange that will replace sealant. The seals are used as a shim to
match the fuselage profile.
(1) Make sure that there is continuity between the captive nut and the
adjacent structure.
(2) Put the antenna in position.
(3) Install 3 countersunk screws (1) and tighten them equally until the
antenna is against the fuselage .
(4) Measure the bonding resistance between the antenna in the contersunk
hole and the aircraft fuselage with a milliohmmeter. Make sure that
the resistance value is less than 5 milliohms (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
869-002).
(5) Install the last countersunk screw (1).
(6) TORQUE the 4 countersunk screws (1) diagonally to the same value.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 227
Feb 01/98

CES
Direct Contact Bonding of External Antennas and Antenna Components
Figure 209/TASK 20-28-00-991-018

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 228
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 20-28-00-914-053
B. Protection of the Assembly
(1) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to fill the cavity between the
screw heads and the top of the flange.
(2) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) on the screw heads to improve
the protection of screws.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-942-106
items.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 229
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 20-28-00-912-006
Electrical Bonding of Pipes

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint free cloth
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 09-007 USA SAE-AMS-S-4383
BRUSHABLE FUEL RESISTANT COATING (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 230
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-991-006 Fig. 210
20-28-00-991-016 Fig. 211
20-28-00-991-014 Fig. 212
20-28-00-991-024 Fig. 213
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-110-099
(1) Remove all the oil and grease contamination with a MISCELLANEOUS
004).
Subtask 20-28-00-120-090
(2) Remove the protective coating (Alodine paint etc.) from the contact
faces.
NOTE : You can bond all the cadmium plated steel or conductive parts
____
without removal ofthe surface protection and without
Subtask 20-28-00-916-094
R (1) If you cannot make the connection in less than 4 hours apply COMMON

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 231
Aug 01/08

CES
____
Subtask 20-28-00-110-100
(1) Clean the surfaces without a surface protection and the attachments
with a lint free cloth moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
004).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-912-056
A. Bonding of Fuel Pipes (Light Alloy and Stainless Steel) dia. more than to
3/4
(Ref. Fig. 210/TASK 20-28-00-991-006)
(1) Connect the bonding strap (1) to the clamp (2). Connect the other end
of the strap (1) with a nut and bolt assembly to a connection clamp
(4) on the structure.
NOTE : The clamps are in the same material as the pipe.

____
Subtask 20-28-00-912-057
B. Bonding of Fuel Pipes (Light Alloy and Stainless Stell) Dia less than or
equal to 3/4
(1) Attach the pipes to the structure with the bonding clamps.
Subtask 20-28-00-912-060
C. Bonding of Pipes to Pipes with Clamps or with Bonding Lugs (in the tanks
and in the wings)
(Ref. Fig. 211/TASK 20-28-00-991-016)
(1) Assemble the clamps (3) and the bonding straps (1), the attachments
(5), the lugs (4) on the pipes (2).
NOTE : The clamps are in the same material as the pipes.

____

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 232
Aug 01/08

CES
Bonding of Fuel Lines (Dia. more than 3/4)
Figure 210/TASK 20-28-00-991-006

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 233
Feb 01/98

CES
Pipe-to-Pipe Bonding With Clamps or Bonding Lugs (In the Tanks and in the
Wings)
Figure 211/TASK 20-28-00-991-016

EFF :

ALL

20-28-00 Page 234
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(2) Seal the attachments (5)
(a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-001) in the tanks if you do not
remove the attachment frequently.
(b) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-007) on the wing if you remove
the attachment frequently.
NOTE : Do not seal the attachments on the stainless steel clamps

____
unless they are in the tanks.
Subtask 20-28-00-912-061
D. Bonding of Pipes to Pipes with Fixed or Movable Clamp Blocks (in the
tanks and in the wings).
(Ref. Fig. 212/TASK 20-28-00-991-014)
(1) Install a bonding strip (1) (thickness: 0,1 mm, width: 12,7 mm)
between the fixed (2) and the mobile (3) clamp.
(2) Connect the strip (1) to a bonding strap (4) with an attachment (6)
or a clamp (3) (the bonding strap will be attached to the structure)
or to an attachment (5) or a fixed clamp (5).
(3) Assemble the pipes (7) in the clamps (1) or (2).
NOTE : Do not twist the bonding strap.

____
Subtask 20-28-00-912-062
E. Bonding with a Stainless Steel Clamp of a Removable Pipe Assembly in the

Tanks.
(Ref. Fig. 213/TASK 20-28-00-991-024)
(1) Assemble the pipes (3) on the stainless steel clamp block (1) with
the attachment (2) on the light alloy structure (4).
(2) Seal the attachment(2) with SEALANTS (Material No. 09-007).
(3) Make sure that the surface is fully sealed.
Subtask 20-28-00-720-091
F. Make sure that the ohmic resistance is correct. (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-869-
002)

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 235
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Pipe to Pipe Bonding in the Tanks and in the Wings with Fixed or Movable Clamp
Blocks
Figure 212/TASK 20-28-00-991-014

EFF :

ALL

20-28-00 Page 236
Feb 01/98

CES
Bonding with a Clamp of a Removable Assembly of a Pipe in the Tanks
Figure 213/TASK 20-28-00-991-024

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 237
Aug 01/08
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-942-107
items.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 238
Aug 01/08
R
CES
TASK 20-28-00-912-007
Electrical Bonding of Composites

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
The purpose of the bonding of composites is to make a path for electrostatic

charges to metal surfaces.
This procedure gives bonding principles and examples.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-991-001 Fig. 214
20-28-00-991-034 Fig. 215
20-28-00-991-035 Fig. 216
20-28-00-991-036 Fig. 217
20-28-00-991-002 Fig. 218

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 239
Feb 01/98

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-110-101
(1) Remove any sign of grease or oil contamination with a MISCELLANEOUS

004).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-912-063
A. Antistatic Protection of the Surface of Non-Conductive Components (Kevlar

or Glass Cloth).
20-28-00-991-035, 217/TASK 20-28-00-991-036)
(1) Non-conductive components protected with antistatic paint.
(a) Get the electrical continuity of the external surface :

- directly with the antistatic paint below the fastener when this
fastener is installed at the edge of the panel.
- with a bonding lead connected to the structure when the
fastener is not installed at the edge of the panel.
In all cases, put a conductive insert or washer between the
antistatic paint and the fastener.
(2) Do a check of the electrical resistance (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-869-002).
Subtask 20-28-00-912-064
B. Antistatic Protection of the Surface of Conductive Components.

(Ref. Fig. 218/TASK 20-28-00-991-002)
(1) The fastener makes a path for the electrical continuity directly from
the external surface to the structure.
(2) Do a check of the electrical resistance (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-869-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-942-108
items.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 240
Feb 01/98

CES
Bonding Principle of Non-Conductive Composite Components
Figure 214/TASK 20-28-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 241
Feb 01/98

CES
Bonding of Removable Non-Conductive Composite Components
Figure 215/TASK 20-28-00-991-034

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 242
Feb 01/98

CES
Edge Bonding of Non-Conductive Composite Panels
Figure 216/TASK 20-28-00-991-035

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 243
Feb 01/98

CES
Bonding of Non-Conductive Composite Components
Figure 217/TASK 20-28-00-991-036

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 244
Feb 01/98

CES
Bonding Principle of Conductive Composite Components
Figure 218/TASK 20-28-00-991-002

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 245
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 20-28-00-912-043
Electrical Bonding by Direct Contact

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R To bond a component directly on a bracket, without the use of a bonding lead

R or a bonding screw.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint free cloth
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 09-002B F ASNA 0163
R FUEL TANK SEALANTPOLYSULFIDE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 246
Aug 01/06

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-110-103
(1) Remove all the oil and grease marks with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-003) moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
Subtask 20-28-00-120-092
(1) Protect the areas around the area to be treated to keep to a limit
the effects of the abrasive.
(2) Remove the surface protection (Alodine paint, etc.) from the contact
zone with a abrasive paper glass type 1 or grade 200 emery cloth.
The cleaned areas must be such that after assembly they give a zone
faces.
NOTE : You can bond all the cadmium plated steel or conductive parts
____
Subtask 20-28-00-916-095
R (1) If you cannot make the connection in less than 4 hours, apply COMMON
____

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 247
Aug 01/08

CES
Subtask 20-28-00-110-104
(1) Clean the surface without a surface protection and the attachment
with a lint free cloth moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
004).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-914-055
A. Component installation
(1) Apply a thin layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-002B) on the surface
without protection.
(3) Install and tighten the component. Follow the instruction of the
applicable component task.
NOTE : You must tighten the component on the bracket before the
____
SEALANTS (Material No. 09-002B) is cured.
(4) Make sure that the ohmic resistance is correct (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
869-002).
(5) Cover the tightened bolt heads and nuts with SEALANTS (Material No.
09-002B)
(6) Apply a fillet of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-002B) around the

component attachement foot.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-942-109
items.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 248
Aug 01/08
R
CES
ELECTRICAL BONDING - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________________
TASK 20-28-00-869-002
Table of the Maximum Permitted Resistance Values
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-720-005 Check of the Electrical Bonding of the Different

Components (But not the Fluid Systems and the
Components Installed on Composite materials)
20-28-00-720-006 Check of the Electrical Bonding of the Fluid Systems
20-28-00-720-008 Check of the Electrical Bonding of the Different
Components Installed on Composite Materials
20-28-00-720-010 Check of the Electrical Bonding of External Composite
Panels with a CORAS Resistivity-Continuity Test Set
Panels (without Non-Conductive Finish paint) with a
Megohmeter
20-28-00-720-011 Measurement of the Surface Electrical Resistance of
External Composite Panels with a CORAS
20-28-00-720-011 Measurement of the surface Electrical Resistance of
External Composite Panels (without Non-Conductive
Finish Paint) with Electrical Conductive Tape
Finish Paint) with Probes
20-28-00-720-012 Check of the Aircraft Electrical Grounding
R 20-28-00-720-014 Loop Impedance Test
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-941-062
A. Not Applicable

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 501
May 01/05

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-869-075
A. Table of Maximum Resistance Values
(1) Primary structure

(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005)
(a) The values given are for measurement between the primary metal
structure of Frame 1 and a metal part of the points that follow:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| POINT LOCATION | TASK | MAX. PERMITTED |
| | REFERENCE | RESISTANCE VALUE|
--------------------------------------|----------------------------------------
| - end of the wing | 20-28-00-720-005 | 2 milliohms |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - end of the rear fuselage | 20-28-00-720-005 | 2 milliohms |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - end of the THS (measurement on | 20-28-00-720-005 | 6 milliohms |
| one head of the two rivets) | | |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - lower part of the vertical | 20-28-00-720-005 | 5 milliohms |
| stabilizer | | |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - engine structure | 20-28-00-720-005 | 2 milliohms |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - APU generator (on connector screw)| 20-28-00-720-005 | 12 milliohms |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - APU (on metallic part) | 20-28-00-720-005 | 2 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 502
Nov 01/08

CES
(2) External metal surfaces/parts (hinged or fixed)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005), (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-008)
(a) The values given are for measurement between the adjacent primary
metal structure and a metal part of the points that follow:
R * 100 milliohms for stainless steel or titanium material
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------|----------------------------------------
| - cabin doors and | 20-28-00-720-005 | 10 milliohms * |
| access doors/panels | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - tank access doors | 20-28-00-720-005 | 10 milliohms * |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | - cargo doors | 20-28-00-720-005 | 50 milliohms |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | - nacelle doors and panels | 20-28-00-720-005 | 10 milliohms * |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | - potable water panels and cargo | 20-28-00-720-005 | 200 milliohms |
R | service panels | | |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | - engine air intakes | 20-28-00-720-005 | 10 milliohms * |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | - engine and APU drains | 20-28-00-720-005 | 10 milliohms * |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | - metal plate on wing and engine | 20-28-00-720-005 | 50 milliohms |
R | scan lights | | |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | - lightning arrestor strips at the | 20-28-00-720-005 | 50 milliohms |
R | periphery of the landing gear | | |
R | doors | | |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | - landing gear legs | 20-28-00-720-005 | 100 milliohms |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | - MLG leg doors (metal) | 20-28-00-720-005 | 50 milliohms |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | - NLG leg doors (metal) | 20-28-00-720-005 | 500 milliohms |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | - landing gear uplock | 20-28-00-720-005 | 500 milliohms |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | - landing-gear door actuators | 20-28-00-720-005 | 50 milliohms |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | - landing-gear bonding strips of the| 20-28-00-720-005 | 50 milliohms |
R | landing gear doors | | |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 503
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------|----------------------------------------
R | - Communication and navigation | 20-28-00-720-005 | 5 milliohms |
R | antennas | | |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | - HF antenna (HF couplers not | 20-28-00-720-005 | |
R | installed) | | |
R | Test 1: Between the rack cone | | 10 milliohms |
R | ring and the central contact ball | | |
R | of HF coupler | | |
R | Test 2: Between the rack cone | | 2 milliohms |
R | ring and the bonding lead of rear | | |
R | passenger door | | |
R | Test 3: Between the antenna feed- | | 5 milliohms |
R | line contact-screw and the | | |
R | fin/fuselage bonding lead | | |
R | Test 4: Between the feed-line | | 1 milliohm |
R | connector support and the bonding | | |
R | lead of rear passenger door | | |
R | Test 5: Between the feed-line | | 1 milliohm |
R | upper circular plate and the | | |
R | fin/fuselage bonding lead | | |
R | Test 6: (If dual HF installation) | | 7 milliohms |
R | between the two central contact | | |
R | balls of racks HF couplers 1 | | |
R | and 2 | | |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | - pitot probes, angle of attack | 20-28-00-720-005 | 5 milliohms |
R | sensors and temperature probes | | |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | - ice detector probes | 20-28-00-720-005 | 5 milliohms |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - retractable lights and wing tip | 20-28-00-720-005 | 10 milliohms * |
| lights | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - vent holes and drain masts | 20-28-00-720-005 | 10 milliohms * |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - external linkages | 20-28-00-720-005 | 10 milliohms * |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
| - miscellaneous fixed metal parts | 20-28-00-720-005 | 10 milliohms * |
R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
| - trailing edge of control surfaces | 20-28-00-720-005 | 10 milliohms |

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 504
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------|----------------------------------------
| (elevators, rudder, flaps and | | |
| ailerons) | | |
R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - spoiler, flap, aileron and slat | 20-28-00-720-005 | 10 milliohms |
| mobile hinges | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - entrance stair (if installed) | 20-28-00-720-005 | 50 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - flaps and slats (on tracks) from | 20-28-00-720-005 | 50 milliohms |
| attachment point | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - end (fuselage side) of each radome| 20-28-00-720-005 | 2 milliohms |
| lightning arrestor strip | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - vertical stabilizer tip lightning | 20-28-00-720-005 | 10 milliohms |
| conductor along the top of the tip| | |
| (between the lightning conductor | | |
| and the THS bonding leads) | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
| - servocontrols | 20-28-00-720-005 | 50 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - pylon rear structure | 20-28-00-720-005 | 50 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - fixed part of fan cowl attachment | 20-28-00-720-005 | 500 milliohms |
| (cowl closed) | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - fan cowl hinges | 20-28-00-720-005 | 100 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - carbon struts: | | |
| . strut/clamp junction | 20-28-00-720-008 | 20 Kohms |
| . clamp/structure junction | 20-28-00-720-005 | 10 milliohms |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | - dummy windows | 20-28-00-720-005 | 5 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 505
Feb 01/10

CES
(3) Fluid systems
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-006)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------|----------------------------------------
| Fuel system and systems in fuel | | |
| vapor zones | | |
| | | |
| - electrical components (in or out | 20-28-00-720-006 | 10 milliohms |
| of fuel tanks) | | |
| | | |
| - non-electrical components out of | 20-28-00-720-006 | 50 milliohms |
| fuel tanks | | |
| | | |
| - non-electrical components in fuel | 20-28-00-720-006 | 10 milliohms |
| tanks | | |
| | | |
| - stainless steel pipes | 20-28-00-720-006 | 100 milliohms |
| | | |
| - light alloy pipes | 20-28-00-720-006 | 10 milliohms |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Hydraulic system | | |
| | | |
| - electrical components | 20-28-00-720-006 | 50 milliohms |
| | | |
| - non-electrical components | 20-28-00-720-006 | 500 milliohms |
| | | |
| | | |
| - pipes (all materials), but not | 20-28-00-720-006 | 500 milliohms |
| pipes below external composite | | |
| panels in THS and fin area | | |
| | | |
| - pipes below external composite | 20-28-00-720-006 | 10 milliohms |
| panels in THS and fin area | | |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Air system | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| - pipes (all materials) | 20-28-00-720-006 | 500 milliohms |

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 506
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------|----------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Oxygen system | | |
| | | |
| - stainless steel components | 20-28-00-720-006 | 100 milliohms |
| | | |
| - light alloy components | 20-28-00-720-006 | 10 milliohms |
| | | |
| - pressure regulator/transmitter | 20-28-00-720-006 | 50 milliohms |
| on cylinder | | |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Other fluid systems | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| - pipes (all materials) | 20-28-00-720-006 | 500 milliohms |
| | | |
| - engine fire-extinguisher bottles | 20-28-00-720-006 | 10 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(4) Mechanical controls

(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005)
(a) The value given is for measurement between the adjacent primary
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------|----------------------------------------
| - frames and supports, except | 20-28-00-720-005 | 500 milliohms |
| transmission components | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 507
Nov 01/08

CES
(5) Electrical components
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------|----------------------------------------
| - electrical components not | 20-28-00-720-005 | 10 milliohms |
| installed on rack and with bonding| | |
| through the fasteners | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - electrical components with bonding| | |
| through pin and cable: | | |
| . static inverters | 20-28-00-720-005 | 5 milliohms |
| . transformer/rectifiers | 20-28-00-720-005 | 5 milliohms |
| . transformers 115/26V | 20-28-00-720-005 | 5 milliohms |
| . accelerometer | 20-28-00-720-005 | 100 milliohms |
| . brake pedal transmitter | 20-28-00-720-005 | 100 milliohms |
| . all others | 20-28-00-720-005 | 50 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(6) Electrical Bonding of the High Lift System Components
(a) Check of the Electrical Bonding of the High Lift System

R Electrical and Hydraulic Components (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005).
- Make sure that the maximum permetted resistance value is less
than 20 milliohms.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 508
Feb 01/10

CES
R (7) Racks and electrical equipment supports
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------|----------------------------------------
| - primary structure of racks | 20-28-00-720-005 | 1 milliohm |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - secondary structure of racks | 20-28-00-720-005 | 10 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - aluminum grounding modules | 20-28-00-720-005 | 1 milliohm |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - stainless steel or titanium | 20-28-00-720-005 | 3 milliohms |
| grounding modules | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - metal shelves (except 105VU and | 20-28-00-720-005 | 10 milliohms |
| 106VU) | | |
| . 105VU metal shelves | 20-28-00-720-005 | 20 milliohms |
| . 106VU metal shelves | 20-28-00-720-005 | 50 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - carbon shelves | | |
| . metal support | 20-28-00-720-005 | 10 milliohms |
| . center of the shelves | 20-28-00-720-005 | 500 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R (8) Shielding conduits

(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005), (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-014)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------|----------------------------------------
| - end of shielding conduits: | | |
| | | |
| DIA. between 6 and 14 mm (0.24 and| | |
| 0.55 in.): | | |
| . length less than or equal to | 20-28-00-720-005 | 3.5 milliohms |
| 0.3 m (0.98 ft.) | | |
| . length more than 0.3 m | 20-28-00-720-005 | 5 milliohms |
| (0.98 ft.) and less than or | | |

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 509
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------|----------------------------------------
| equal to 2 m (6.56 ft.) | | |
| . length more than 2 m (6.56 ft.) | 20-28-00-720-005 | 10 milliohms |
| | | |
| DIA. between 16 and 20 mm (0.63 | | |
| and 0.79 in.): | | |
| 0.5 m (1.64 ft.) | | |
| equal to 2.5 m (8.20 ft.) | | |
| (8.20 ft.) | | |
| | | |
| DIA. between 24 and 32 mm | | |
| (0.94 in. and 1.26 in.): | | |
| 1 m (3.28 ft.) | | |
| . length more than 1 m | 20-28-00-720-005 | 5 milliohms |
| equal to 4.5 m (14.76 ft.) | | |
| (14.76 ft.) | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - boxes and support plates | 20-28-00-720-005 | 5 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - metal raceways | 20-28-00-720-005 | 2.5 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - overwing panel conduits | 20-28-00-720-014 | 50 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - Vertical stabilizer: | | |
| . braided long conduits | 20-28-00-720-014 | 100 milliohms |
| . braided short conduits | 20-28-00-720-014 | 25 milliohms |
| | | |
| - Main landing gear: | | |
| . braided conduits | 20-28-00-720-014 | 400 milliohms |
| . solid conduits | 20-28-00-720-014 | 200 milliohms |
| | | |
| - All others | 20-28-00-720-014 | 200 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 510
Aug 01/09
R
CES
R (9) Cabin components and equipment
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------|----------------------------------------
| - main instrument panel, consoles, | 20-28-00-720-005 | 50 milliohms |
| glareshield, center pedestal, | | |
| overhead panel | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - VU panels | 20-28-00-720-005 | 50 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - seat tracks | 20-28-00-720-005 | 10 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - electrical equipment casing | 20-28-00-720-005 | 50 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - protective covers and metal | 20-28-00-720-005 | 500 milliohms |
| components (non-electrical) | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - metal control components (pedals, | 20-28-00-720-005 | 500 milliohms |
| handles, etc.) | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - side sticks | 20-28-00-720-005 | 150 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - CAPT and F/O seats | 20-28-00-720-005 | 150 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - Third Occupant seat tracks that | 20-28-00-720-005 | 150 milliohms |
| include a minimum of one | | |
| electrical circuit | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - seat pick-up vertical leg (4th | 20-28-00-720-005 | 500 milliohms |
| Occupant) | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - Passenger seat tracks (junction) | 20-28-00-720-005 | 10 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - Fluorescent lighting: ballast | 20-28-00-720-005 | 50 milliohms |
| supports | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - Hatracks | 20-28-00-720-005 | 50 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - Metal baseboards | 20-28-00-720-005 | 50 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - Lavatories: | | |

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 511
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------|----------------------------------------
| - washbasin | 20-28-00-720-005 | 500 milliohms |
| - toilet bowl | 20-28-00-720-005 | 500 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - Passenger seats with in-seat | | |
| power-supply system not fitted | | |
| with GFI (Ground Fault | | |
| Interrupter) protection device | 20-28-00-720-005 | 500 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - Galleys and miscellaneous racks: | | |
| - Galley structure, racks (two | | |
| structural points on front) | 20-28-00-720-005 | 50 milliohms |
| - Electrical equipment | 20-28-00-720-005 | 50 milliohms |
| - Electrical equipment supports | 20-28-00-720-005 | 50 milliohms |
| - Tap | 20-28-00-720-005 | 500 milliohms |
| - Washbasin | 20-28-00-720-005 | 500 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - Electrical equipment not | | |
| installed on rack and | | |
| electrically bonded with | | |
| fasteners | 20-28-00-720-005 | 10 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R (10) Aircraft grounding

(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-012)
(a) The value given is for measurement between the metal plate below
the wheel tires and the metal part that follows:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - landing gear leg | 20-28-00-720-012 | 10 Megohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 512
Aug 01/09

CES
R (11) External composite panels
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-010) or (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-010)
metal structure and the parts that follow:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - fairings (carbon composite or with| 20-28-00-720-010 | 100 Kohms |
| antistatic coating) but not | | |
| antenna fairings and radome | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - antenna fairings and radome | 20-28-00-720-010 | 200 Megohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R (12) Surface resistance of antistatic paint on external composite panels

(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-011) or (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-011) or
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-011)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - fairings (but not antenna fairings| 20-28-00-720-011 | 50 Kohms |
| and radome) | |square resistance|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - antenna fairings and radome | 20-28-00-720-011 | between |
| | |5 and 100 Megohms|
| | |square resistance|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R (13) Primary grounding points and current return

(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005)
(a) Primary grounding points
1
_ The values given are for measurement between the adjacent
metal structure of the grounding point and the upper end of
the grounding lead of the equipment items that follow:

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 513
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - main batteries | 20-28-00-720-005 | 0.05 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - transformer/rectifiers | 20-28-00-720-005 | 0.05 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - AC generators | 20-28-00-720-005 | 0.05 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - ground power receptacle | 20-28-00-720-005 | 0.05 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - APU generator | 20-28-00-720-005 | 0.05 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - static inverter | 20-28-00-720-005 | 0.05 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| - emergency generator | 20-28-00-720-005 | 0.05 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(b) Secondary grounding points

(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005)
1
_ The values given are for measurement between the adjacent
metal structure of the grounding point and the upper end of
the grounding lead:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| For cables with a gauge of not more | | |
| than 22: | | |
| | | |
| - with a test current of 10 amperes:| | |
| . steel, stainless steel and | 20-28-00-720-005 | 1 milliohm |
| titanium material | | |
| . other materials | 20-28-00-720-005 | 0.1 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| For cables with a gauge of more | | |
| than 22: | | |
| | | |
| - with a test current of 1 ampere: | | |
| . steel, stainless steel and | 20-28-00-720-005 | 1 milliohm |
| titanium material | | |
| . other materials | 20-28-00-720-005 | 0.1 milliohms |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 514
Aug 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 20-28-00-869-083-A
B. Static dischargers
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005), (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-008)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CATEGORY | LOCATION | PROCEDURE | RESISTANCE |
| | | | (MAX. VALUE) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Static | - between the grounding | Ref. TASK | 50 milliohms * |
| dischargers | point on the main | 202800720005 | |
| installed on | landing gear and all | | |
| the wing | the static dischargers | | |
| | (metal part) but not | | |
| | zones 470 and 480 (aft | | |
| | movable fairing of the | | |
| | pylon) | | |
| | | | |
| * If the resistance is more than 50 milliohms, do a check of the resistance |
| between the static discharger retainer and the grounding point on the wing |
| upper surface. |
| | | | |
| | - between the grounding | Ref. TASK | 50 Kohms |
| | point on the main | 202800720008 | |
| | landing gear and the | | |
| | static dischargers | | |
| | (metal part) installed | | |
| | on the aft movable | | |
| | fairing of the pylon | | |
| | (zones 470 and 480) | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Static | - between the THS bonding| Ref. TASK | 50 milliohms |
| dischargers | leads and all the | 202800720005 | |
| installed on | static dischargers | | |
| the THS, fin | (metal part) | | |
| and rudder and | | | |
| elevators | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 515
Aug 01/09
R
CES
TASK 20-28-00-720-001
Low-Current Test Method
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-869-053
A. Equipment
(1) Variable Power Supply Unit (PSU), continuous output test current of
10 amperes (24 volts nominal).
NOTE : The ratings of the wires that connect the PSU to the
____
components on which you do the test must be :
- at least 25% higher than the maximum current used in the
test
- for the low-current test, the wire rating = 13 amperes.
(2) Ammeter - FSD 10 amperes.
(3) Millivoltmeter - multirange
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| RANGE | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FSD | 2mV | 20mV | 200mV | 2V | 20V |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 516
Nov 01/08

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-420-078
A. Measurement of the Electrical Resistance
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT OR THE
_______
STRUCTURE WHEN YOU USE SHARP-POINT PRODS.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE TEST EQUIPMENT IS CORRECTLY INSTALLED BEFORE
_______
YOU MEASURE THE BONDING VALUES.
(1) Connect the PSU.
NOTE : Make all the connections as near as possible to the bonding or

____
grounding point.
NOTE : Make sure that the connections are clean and have no grease.
____
(2) Adjust the PSU to get a test current of 10 amperes on the ammeter.
NOTE : Start with the PSU at its low setting.

____
(3) Put one prod of the millivoltmeter on the structure adjacent to the
bonding point and the other prod on the component (put them adjacent
to the bonding points and make sure that there is a good contact).
NOTE : Start the test with the millivoltmeter in the 20V range. Go
____
down in sequence through the ranges to get the highest
movement of the needle on the scale.
(4) Measure and write the values.
(5) Remove the prods, de-energize the power supply and disconnect the
test circuit.
(6) Calculate the resistance in milliohms:

- divide the voltage in millivolts by the current in amperes.
(7) Make sure that the measured values are not higher than the maximum
permitted values. (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-869-002)

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 517
Feb 01/08
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-942-090
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 518
Feb 01/08
R
CES
TASK 20-28-00-720-005
Check of the Electrical Bonding of the Different Components (But not the Fluid
Systems and the Components Installed on Composite materials)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific Milliohmmeter
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-720-001 Low-Current Test Method

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-869-060
A. General
(1) This is the recommended procedure for the check of the electrical
bonding of the different components (but not the fluid systems and
the components installed on composite materials).
(2) As an alternative method, for test with an ouput test current of 10

amperes, you can use the low-current test method (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
720-001).

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 519
Feb 01/08
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-869-061
_______
_______
(1) Equipment
(a) Milliohmmeter, multirange, with the related leads and prods:
1
_ Range and output test current:
- 500 milliohms with an output test current of 1 ampere (for a
max. resistance value of more than 200 milliohms),
- 200 milliohms with an output test current of 10 amperes (for
a max. resistance value of not more than 200 milliohms).
2
_ Accuracy:
- better than plus or minus 10 % of the measured value.
3
_ For example: Milliohmmeter GUERPILLON type DIGITHOM 1998
(2) Connect the test equipment at the applicable locations (Ref. TASK 20-
28-00-869-002).
(3) Measure the electrical resistance.
permitted values (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-869-002).
(5) Remove the test equipment.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-942-094
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 520
Feb 01/08
R
CES
TASK 20-28-00-720-006
Check of the Electrical Bonding of the Fluid Systems
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific Milliohmmeter (not for test in the fuel tanks or vent

surge tanks)
R 97F92003500000 1 METER, MILLIOHM - EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

28-00-00-910-001 Fuel Safety Procedures
28-10-00-910-001 Safety Procedures When You Do Work in a Fuel Tank
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-869-062
A. Preparation
(1) For test of fluid system components (not in the fuel or vent surge
tanks)
(a) Equipment
1
_ Milliohmmeter (not for test in the fuel tanks or vent surge
tanks) with the related leads and prods:
- output test current: 10 amperes maximum
- range: 500 milliohms minimum
- precision: better than plus or minus 10 % of the measured
value.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 521
Aug 01/09

CES
(2) For test of fluid system components in the fuel tanks or vent surge
tanks
WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK IN OR NEAR A FUEL TANK, MAKE SURE THAT
_______
YOU OBEY ALL THE SAFETY PROCEDURES. THIS WILL PREVENT
INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : FOR TESTS IN AN EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE, MAKE SURE THAT YOU

_______
USE ONLY THE SAFETY MILLIOHMMETER SPECIFIED IN THIS
PROCEDURE.
TEST CURRENTS HIGHER THAN 0.1 AMPERE CAN BE DANGEROUS.
(a) Safety precautions
1
_ Obey the safety procedures (Ref. TASK 28-10-00-910-001) and
(Ref. TASK 28-00-00-910-001) when you do work in a fuel tank.
(b) Equipment
R 1
_ Use a METER, MILLIOHM - EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-869-063
_______
_______
28-00-869-002).
(2) Measure the resistance value.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 522
Aug 01/09

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-942-095
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 523
Feb 01/08
R
CES
TASK 20-28-00-720-008
Check of the Electrical Bonding of the Different Components Installed on

Composite Materials
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific Megohmeter - 10 Megohms - 500 Volts - 1 mA (max.)

No specific Ohmmeter - 500 Kohms - 500 Volts - 1 mA (max.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-869-066
A. Equipment
(1) Ohmmeter - 500 Kohms - 500 Volts - 1 mA (max.), with the related
leads and prods.
(2) Megohmeter - 10 Megohms - 500 Volts - 1 mA (max.) with the related

leads and prods.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 524
Feb 01/08
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-420-086
A. Measurement of the Electrical Resistance.
_______
_______
28-00-869-002).
(2) Measure the resistance value.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-942-097
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 525
Feb 01/08
R
CES
TASK 20-28-00-720-010
Check of the Electrical Bonding of External Composite Panels with a CORAS

1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
QB31B 1 TEST SET-RESISTIVITY CONTINUITY

QB31B1 1 TEST SET-RESISTIVITY CONTINUITY
5301-79-99ZZZ 1 TEST SET,RESISTIVITYT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Panels (without Non-Conductive Finish paint) with a
Megohmeter
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-869-070
A. General
bonding of an external composite panel with or without non-conductive
finish paint on the antistatic paint.
R (2) As an alternative method, and only if there is no finish paint, you

R can do the check with a megohmmeter (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-010).

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 526
May 01/08

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-420-089
A. Check of the Electrical Continuity
(1) Equipment
R (a) The TEST SET-RESISTIVITY CONTINUITY (QB31B), TEST SET-RESISTIVITY

R CONTINUITY (QB31B1) or TEST SET,RESISTIVITYT (5301-79-99ZZZ)
directly does a check of the electrical continuity between the
antistatic paint on composite panels and the aircraft metal
structure.
NOTE : You can do this check on panels with or without

____
non-conductive finish paint on the antistatic paint.
NOTE : Make sure that you obey the equipment manufacturer

____
R instructions when you use the TEST SET-RESISTIVITY
R CONTINUITY.
R (2) Set the TEST SET-RESISTIVITY CONTINUITY to mode C1.
R (3) Connect the ground lead between the TEST SET-RESISTIVITY CONTINUITY
and the adjacent primary metal structure.
R (4) Connect the lead of probe C1 to the TEST SET-RESISTIVITY CONTINUITY.
(5) Put probe C1 on the panel.
(6) Do the check:
(a) If the green indicator light comes on:

- there is electrical continuity with the structure and the
resistance value is not more than 100 Kohms.
(b) If the orange indicator light comes on:

- there is electrical continuity with the structure and the
resistance value is more than 100 Kohms and less than or equal
to 200 Megohms.
(c) If the red indicator light comes on:

- there is no electrical continuity (or it is not sufficient) and
the resistance value is more than 200 Megohms.
(7) Remove the test set.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 527
Feb 01/08

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-942-099
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 528
Feb 01/08
R
CES
TASK 20-28-00-720-010- 01
Check of the Electrical Bonding of External Composite Panels (without

Non-Conductive Finish paint) with a Megohmeter
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific Megohmmeter 200 Megohms - 500 Volts - 1 mA (max.)

No specific Ohmmeter 100 Kohms - 500 Volts - 1 mA (max.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Panels with a CORAS Resistivity-Continuity Test Set
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-869-084
A. General
(1) The recommended method for the check of the electrical bonding of the
external composite panels with or without non-conductive finish paint
on the antistatic paint, uses a resistivity-continuity test set
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-010).
(2) This procedure gives an alternative method for the check of the
electrical bonding of an external composite panel, only if there is
no non-conductive finish paint on the antistatic paint.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 529
Feb 01/08
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-869-085
(1) Equipment
(a) For fairings (but not the antenna fairings and the radome):
- Ohmmeter 100 Kohms - 500 Volts - 1 mA (max.), with 2
rounded-point prods, diameter 4 mm (0.1574 in.).
(b) For antenna fairings and radome:

- Megohmmeter 200 Megohms - 500 Volts - 1 mA (max.), with 2
(2) Apply one prod on the composite panel:

- a minimum of 50 mm (1.9685 in.) (Typical 100 mm (3.9370 in.)) from
the edge of the panel and from the bonding point.
(3) Apply the other prod to the adjacent primary metal structure near the
panel.
(4) Measure the resistance value:

- make sure that the measured values are not higher than the maximum
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-942-112
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 530
Feb 01/08
R
CES
TASK 20-28-00-720-011
Measurement of the Surface Electrical Resistance of External Composite Panels

with a CORAS Resistivity-Continuity Test Set
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R QB31B 1 TEST SET-RESISTIVITY CONTINUITY

R QB31B1 1 TEST SET-RESISTIVITY CONTINUITY
R 5301-79-99ZZZ 1 TEST SET,RESISTIVITYT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-720-011 Measurement of the surface Electrical Resistance of

Finish Paint) with Electrical Conductive Tape
Finish Paint) with Probes
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-869-072
A. General
(1) This is the recommended procedure for the measurement of the surface
electrical resistance of an external composite panel with or without

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 531
Feb 01/08

CES
(2) As an alternative procedure, and only if there is no non-conductive
finish painton the antistatic paint, you can measure the resistance
with an ohmmeter/megohmmeter (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-011) or with
conductive electrical tape (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-011).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-420-090
A. Measurement of the Surface Electrical Resistance
(1) Equipment
R (a) The TEST SET-RESISTIVITY CONTINUITY (QB31B), TEST SET-RESISTIVITY

R CONTINUITY (QB31B1) or TEST SET,RESISTIVITYT (5301-79-99ZZZ)
directly measures the surface electrical resistance of the
antistatic paint on composite panels.
NOTE : You can do the measurement on panels with or without

____
NOTE : Make sure that you obey the equipment manufacturer

____
R instructions when you use the TEST SET-RESISTIVITY
R CONTINUITY.
R (2) Set the TEST SET-RESISTIVITY CONTINUITY to mode R1.
R (3) Connect the lead of probe R1 to the TEST SET-RESISTIVITY CONTINUITY.
(4) Put probe R1 on the panel.
(5) Measure the resistance:

- make sure that the measured values are not higher than the maximum
NOTE : If the red dielectric indicator light comes on:

____
- the surface electrical resistance is more than 200 Megohms.
(6) Do these steps again several times at different areas of the surface.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 532
Feb 01/08

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-942-100
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 533
Feb 01/08
R
CES
TASK 20-28-00-720-011- 01
Measurement of the surface Electrical Resistance of External Composite Panels

(without Non-Conductive Finish Paint) with Electrical Conductive Tape
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Ohmmeter 50 Kohms - 500 volts - 1 mA (max.)
No specific 3M Conductive Electrical Tape (X-1181-Copper or
X-1170-Aluminum)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-991-038 Fig. 501
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-869-086
A. General
(1) The recommended method for the measurement of the surface electrical
resistance of an external composite panel with or without
non-conductive finish paint on the antistatic paint, uses a
resistivity-continuity test set (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-011).

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 534
Feb 01/08
R
CES
(2) This procedure gives an alternative method for the measurement of the
surface electrical resistance of an external composite panel, only if
there is no non-conductive finish paint on the antistatic paint.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-869-087
(1) Equipment
(a) For fairings (but not antenna fairings and radome):

- Ohmmeter 50 Kohms - 500 volts - 1 mA (max.), with 2

(c) 3M Conductive Electrical Tape (X-1181-Copper or X-1170-Aluminum)
(2) On the surface, apply two parallel strips (100 mm (3.9370 in.)
length) of 3M conductive electrical tape, 100 mm (3.9370 in.) apart,
to make a square.
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 20-28-00-991-038)
(3) Apply a prod of the ohmmeter/megohmmeter on each strip, and read the
Square Resistance value.
NOTE : Do the steps (2) to (4) again several times at different areas
____
of the surface.
(6) Remove the electrical conductive tape strips.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 535
Feb 01/08
R
CES
Conductive Electrical Tape Installation
Figure 501/TASK 20-28-00-991-038

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 536
Feb 01/08
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-942-113
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 537
Feb 01/08
R
CES
TASK 20-28-00-720-011- 02
Measurement of the Surface Electrical Resistance of External Composite Panels

(without Non-Conductive Finish Paint) with Probes
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Ohmmeter 50 Kohms - 500 Volts - 1 mA (max.)
No specific Probe per DIN65181
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-991-037 Fig. 502
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-869-088
A. General
(1) The recommended method, for the measurement of the surface electrical
resistance of an external composite panels with or without
non-conductive finish paint on the antistatic paint, uses a
resistivity-continuity test set (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-011).

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 538
Feb 01/08
R
CES
(2) This procedure gives an alternative method, for the measurement of
the surface electrical resistance of an external composite panel,
only if there is no non-conductive finish paint on the antistatic
paint.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-869-089
(1) Equipment
(a) For fairings (but not antenna fairings and radome):

- Ohmmeter 50 Kohms - 500 Volts - 1 mA (max.), with 2

(c) Probe per DIN65181
NOTE : You can use 2 rounded-point prods, diameter 4 mm (0.1574

____
in.) as an alternative to the DIN 65181 probe.
(2) Connect the probe to the ohmmeter/megohmmeter.
(3) Apply the prod on the surface covered with the antistatic paint.
- the distance between the edge of the surface and the probe must be
at least 50 mm (1.9685 in.) (Typical 100 mm (3.9370 in.)).
NOTE : The pressure applied on the probe must be sufficient to

____
prevent the oscillations of the ohmmeter/megohmmeter display.
(4) Measure the square resistance value.
NOTE : For probes that have electrodes 100 mm (3.9370 in.) apart, you
____
must multiply the measured value by 0.5 to get the Square
Resistance value.
NOTE : Do the steps (2) to (5) again several times at different areas
____
of the surface.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 539
Feb 01/08
R
CES
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 20-28-00-991-037)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-942-114
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 540
Feb 01/08
R
CES
Measurement Points on Different Panels
Figure 502/TASK 20-28-00-991-037

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 541
Feb 01/08
R
CES
TASK 20-28-00-720-012
Check of the Aircraft Electrical Grounding
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific metal plate

No specific Megohmmeter - 10 Megohms - 500 Volts - 1 mA (max.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-420-091
A. Equipment
(1) Megohmmeter - 10 Megohms - 500 Volts - 1 mA (max.), with the related

leads and prods.
(2) A metal plate.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 542
Feb 01/08
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-210-064
A. Measurement of the Resistance Value
(1) Put the metal plate between the tires of the nose landing gear and
the ground.
(2) Measure the resistance between the plate and the nose gear leg with
the megohmmeter.
NOTE : This procedure is easier if you make the tire/plate contact

____
moist.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-942-101
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 543
Feb 01/08
R
CES
TASK 20-28-00-720-014
Loop Impedance Test
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific 1 TEST UNIT - LOOP RESISTANCE (INDUCING CURRENT 1A

R 1KHZ)
R TS11194 1 ELECTRICAL TESTER - LOOP RESISTANCE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-991-039 Fig. 503
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-869-081
A. Equipement
R (1) Equipment ELECTRICAL TESTER - LOOP RESISTANCE or equivalent TEST UNIT

R - LOOP RESISTANCE (INDUCING CURRENT 1A 1KHZ)
Each loop resistance tester contains:
- current injection source
- battery charging unit
- clip-on transformer (current monitoring)
- clip-on transformer (current induction)
- multimeter (with test leads).

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 544
Nov 01/08

CES
Subtask 20-28-00-420-096
B. Installation of the Test Equipment

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 20-28-00-991-039)
WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE SOCKET 1 AND 2 OF THE CURRENT INJECTION SOURCE
_______
WHEN IT IS CONNECTED. THE OUTPUT VOLTAGE CAN BE MORE THAN 200
VOLTS AC. THERE IS A RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK.
_______
(1) Connect the test equipment (refer to the instructions of the

supplier) at the applicable locations.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-869-082
A. Measurement of the Loop Impedance
(1) Measure the applicable values.
Subtask 20-28-00-210-065
B. Check of the Loop Impedance
R permitted values (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-869-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-020-064
A. Removal of the Test Equipment
(1) Disconnect the test equipment (refer to the instructions of the

supplier).
Subtask 20-28-00-942-111
B. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 545
Feb 01/08

CES
Loop Resistance Test
Figure 503/TASK 20-28-00-991-039

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 546
Feb 01/08

CES
ELECTRICAL BONDING - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________
TASK 20-28-00-200-001
Detailed Inspection of Bonding Leads on these Movable Surfaces: Flaps, Flap

Track Fairings, Slats, Spoilers, Ailerons, Nose Landing-Gear Doors, Main...
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 20-28-00-869-002 Table of the Maximum Permitted Resistance Values

20-28-00-912-004 Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive
Bolts and Screws and Bonding Straps in the Fuselage
and in the Wings (this does not include the tanks)-
20-28-00-991-040 Fig. 601
20-28-00-991-041 Fig. 602
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-010-050
A. Get Access
bonding of different components (but not the fluid systems and the
components installed on composite materials).

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 601
Aug 01/09

CES
Subtask 20-28-00-110-105
B. Cleaning of the Structure

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Clean the inspection areas with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004)
and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), if
necessary.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-220-054
A. General Inspection Recommendations
(1) Do a detailed inspection of the bonding leads installed on the

movable surfaces.
R (2) During the inspection, it is recommended to replace all bonding leads

R that are broken or if more than 25 % of their strands are damaged
R (less than 75% not damaged) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
R NOTE : Because it is not possible to get an accurate value of the

____
R number of strands that are not damaged on a braid when a
R bonding lead is damaged: 75% is 3/4 of a section. For example,
R 75% is 9.75 mm2 for a section of 13 mm2 or 5.25 mm2 for a
section of 7 mm2.
R (3) If the operator cannot replace all bonding leads before scheduled
R aircraft release:
R (a) For bonding leads installed on cargo doors, measure the maximum
R permitted resistance value between the attachments of the damaged
R bonding lead. Refer to the table to find the correct value.
R (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-869-002)

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 602
Aug 01/09

CES
R 1
_ If the measured resistance value is less than the table
R resistance value, you can replace this bonding lead at the
R subsequent maintenance opportunity.
R 2
_ If the measured resistance value is more than the table
R resistance value and if there are no other parallel bonding
R leads, replace the damaged bonding lead.
R (b) For bonding leads installed on Flaps, Flap Track Fairings, Slats,
R Spoilers, Ailerons, Nose Landing-Gear Doors, Main Landing-Gear
R Doors, Passenger Doors, Elevator and Rudder, obey the repair
R recommendations given in the paragraph below.
Subtask 20-28-00-220-053
B. Inspection of the Bonding Leads installed on Flaps, Flap Track Fairings,

Slats, Spoilers, Ailerons, Nose Landing-Gear Doors, Main Landing-Gear
Doors and Passenger Doors
(1) If you cannot replace all broken or damaged bonding leads during the
inspection, the installation is satisfactory if:
- In a typical example of a movable surface bonded with two leads:
One lead is broken and a minimum of 75% of the strands of the
remaining bonding lead are not damaged.
- In a typical example of a movable surface bonded with three leads:
Two leads are broken and a minimum of 75% of the strands of the
remaining bonding lead are not damaged.
(2) You must replace all the remaining broken or damaged bonding leads at
the subsequent convenient maintenance opportunity but not after the
subsequent 20 months (or 6000 flight hours or 4500 flight cycles).
Subtask 20-28-00-220-051
C. Inspection of the Elevator Bonding Leads

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 20-28-00-991-040)
(1) If you cannot replace all broken or damaged bonding leads during the
inspection, the installation is satisfactory if:
- The bonding lead A installed near the elevator tip is in the
correct condition (with a minimum of 75 % of its strands not
damaged)
and
- Only one bonding lead B is broken or with more than 25% of its
strands damaged and a minimum of 75% of the strands of the
remaining bonding leads B are not damaged.
(2) You must replace all the remaining broken or damaged bonding leads at
the subsequent convenient maintenance opportunity but not after the
subsequent 20 months (or 6000 flight hours or 4500 flight cycles).

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 603
Aug 01/09

CES
R Bonding Lead Locations on THS elevator
R Figure 601/TASK 20-28-00-991-040

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 604
Nov 01/07

CES
Subtask 20-28-00-220-052
D. Inspection of the Rudder Bonding Leads

R
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 20-28-00-991-041)
R
R (1) If you cannot replace all broken or damaged bonding leads during the
R inspection, the installation is satisfactory if:
R - The bonding leads A installed on hinge arms No. 1 and 7 are in
R the correct condition (with a minimum of 75 % of their strands not
R damaged)
R and
R - Only one bonding lead B installed on hinge arms No. 2, 3, 4, 5 or
R 6 is broken or with more than 25% of its strands damaged and a
R minimum of 75% of the strands of the remaining bonding leads B
R are not damaged.
R (2) You must replace all the remaining broken or damaged bonding leads at
R the subsequent convenient maintenance opportunity but not after the
R subsequent 100 days (or 600 flight hours or 750 flight cycles).
R
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 605
Aug 01/08

CES
R Bonding Lead Locations on VTP Rudder
R Figure 602/TASK 20-28-00-991-041

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 606
Nov 01/07

CES
O-RING INSTALLATION - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________
TASK 20-29-00-911-002
Removal/Installation of an O-ring (Hydraulic Systems)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure is applicable only for the installation of an O-ring on a

plug-in union or a manifold plug of hydraulic systems.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
98A29103000000 1 ASSEMBLY TOOL-HYDRAULIC SEALS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

unions)
20-29-00-991-001 Fig. 201
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-29-00-869-050
A. Not Applicable

EFF :

ALL 20-29-00

Page 201
Nov 01/08

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-29-00-911-052
A. Equipment
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-29-00-991-001)
ASSEMBLY TOOL-HYDRAULIC SEALS (98A29103000000)
Subtask 20-29-00-911-053
B. Removal of the O-ring.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE POINTED, SHARP OR METAL TOOLS TO REMOVE THE O-RING.
_______
SHARP EDGES CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE UNION/PLUG (GROOVES OR SEAL
CONTACT SURFACES).
(1) Use spoon-type removal tools or a wedge-type removal tool with a hook
to remove the O-ring.
(2) Discard the O-ring.
Subtask 20-29-00-911-054
C. Installation of the O-ring.
CAUTION : DO NOT INSTALL THE REMOVED O-RING AGAIN. YOU MUST ALWAYS
_______
INSTALL A NEW O-RING BEFORE YOU INSTALL A REMOVED UNION/ PLUG
AGAIN.
A COMPRESSED SEAL WILL NOT GO BACK TO ITS INITIAL CONDITION.
(a) Before the installation, make sure that the P/N of the O-ring is
correct:
R - O-ring: NAS1602-XX or NAS1611-XX or NAS1612-XX,
R or
R - O-ring: EN6075 or EN6076.
(b) Make sure that the parts you install are clean and not damaged.
(c) Before you install the O-ring, make sure that the union/plug is
not damaged:
- discard the union/plug when it has scratches or when the groove
of the O-ring is damaged.

EFF :

ALL 20-29-00

Page 202
Nov 01/09

CES
R Installation of the O-ring Seal
Figure 201/TASK 20-29-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 20-29-00

Page 203
Feb 01/08

CES
(2) Installation on unions/plugs
(a) Get the O-ring installation tool applicable to the diameter of

the union/plug
(b) Install the union/plug on the tool

- move the union/plug on the sleeve (1).
(c) Lubrication
CAUTION : ONLY USE HYDRAULIC FLUID MATERIAL N 02-003 TO

_______
LUBRICATE THE O-RING AND THE THREAD (O-RING SIDE) ON
PLUG-IN FITTINGS. OTHER LUBRICANTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE O-RING.
R 1
_ Put the O-ring fully into HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-
R 003) before you install it on the union/plug.
R
2
_ Lightly apply HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) to the
conical end of the sleeve (1).
(d) move the O-ring on the sleeve (1) until it touches the conical
end of the sleeve.
(e) Move the pusher (2) on the sleeve (1) until it touches the
O-ring.
(f) Push the pusher until the O-ring is in the correct position in
the groove of the union/plug.
(g) Make sure that the O-ring is in the correct position without any
torsion or damage.
Subtask 20-29-00-911-055
D. Installation of the Union/Plug on the Equipment
(1) Lightly apply HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) on the threaded
part of the union/plug.
(2) Install the union/plug on the equipment and tighten manually.
NOTE : The union/plug must turn freely in the equipment or manifold

____
port.

EFF :

ALL 20-29-00

Page 204
Nov 01/09

CES
(3) TORQUE the union/plug to the applicable value (Ref. TASK 20-21-12-
911-001).

EFF :

ALL 20-29-00

Page 205
Nov 01/09

CES
_______________________________________________________________
LIST OF MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR AIRCRAFT SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________
1. General
_______
WARNING: BEFORE YOU USE A MATERIAL REFERRED TO IN THIS PUBLICATION, YOU MUST
KNOW ALL OF THE APPLICABLE PRECAUTIONS.
THESE PRECAUTIONS TELL YOU HOW TO:
- USE THE MATERIAL SAFELY
- KEEP THE MATERIAL SAFELY
- DISCARD THE MATERIAL SAFELY.
READ THE SAFETY DATA SHEETS FROM THE MANUFACTURER OR THE SUPPLIER OF
THE MATERIAL TO LEARN THE RECOMMENDED PRECAUTIONS.
R
R WARNING: WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES A GREASE GUN, OBEY THE
R MANUFACTURERS SAFETY AND HEALTH RECOMMENDATIONS.
R GREASE GUNS USE HIGH PRESSURE IN OPERATION. THIS CAN CAUSE INJURIES TO
R PERSONNEL OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
WARNING: CONSUMABLE MATERIALS ARE USED IN ALL AREAS OF THE AIRCRAFT.

SOME OF THESE MATERIALS ARE HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.
BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO WORK WITH HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.
OBEY THE APPLICABLE PROCEDURES, PRECAUTIONS, RECOMMENDATIONS, WARNINGS
AND CAUTIONS:
- WHEN YOU USE OR DO WORK WITH THESE MATERIALS,
- FOR THE STORAGE OF THESE MATERIALS,
- WHEN YOU DISCARD THESE MATERIALS.
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS CAN CAUSE INJURY OR ILLNESS IF YOU DO NOT USE THEM
CORRECTLY.
CAUTION: WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, OBEY THESE
PRECAUTIONS:
- IF POSSIBLE, USE ONLY GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION TYPE (IT IS
PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT BRANDS IF THE SPECIFICATION TYPE IS THE
SAME). WE SPECIALLY RECOMMEND THAT YOU DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT HAVE
CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. SUCH A
MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE.
- IF YOU CANNOT OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS AND YOU USE GREASES OF
DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS AND LITHIUM
THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICING INTERVALS (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE)
SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR
APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA
TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO YOUR AIRCRAFT).
This topic groups all materials used for aircraft operation, servicing,
maintenance, repair and overhaul. They are classified according to their
type: fuels, hydraulic fluids, oils, etc... Each category is covered by a

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 1
May 01/06

CES
specific paragraph: 1, 2, 3, etc. The following information is given for
each material:
- Item Number
- Designation
- F, D, GB, USA Specifications are included, when applicable
- Specific or standard usage
- Nato or USA code or suppliers (COD. SPLR), Name and address of the
suppliers can be found in the Consumable Materials List (CML).
The materials are called out in the following paragraphs :
R - Fuels Item No. Starting from 01-001
R - Hydraulic Fluids Item No. Starting from 02-001
R - Oils Item No. Starting from 03-001
R - Common Greases Item No. Starting from 04-001
R - Special Materials Item No. Starting from 05-001
R - Lubricants Item No. Starting from 06-001
R - Lacquers Item No. Starting from 07-001
R - Bonding and Adhesive Item No. Starting from 08-001
Compounds
R - Sealants Item No. Starting from 09-001
R - Anti-icing and De-icing Item No. Starting from 10-001
Materials
R - Cleaning Agents Item No. Starting from 11-001
R - Strippers Item No. Starting from 12-001
R - Pretreatment for Item No. Starting from 13-001
Painting
R - Disinfectants Item No. Starting from 14-001
R - Storage Preservation Item No. Starting from 15-001
R - Structure Paints Item No. Starting from 16-001
R - Microbiological Item No. Starting from 17-001
Contamination Protection
Materials
R - Extinguishing Agents Item No. Starting from 18-001
R - Miscellaneous Item No. Starting from 19-001
NOTE : Approved oil brand names for APU.

____
The list of approved oil brand names for APU servicing and
maintenance is given in AMM 20-33-00.
NOTE : Approved oil brand names for IDG.

____
The list of approved oil brand names for IDG servicing and
maintenance is given in AMM 20-34-00.
NOTE : Materials specific to the engines are listed in topic 70-00-00

____

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 2
Aug 01/07

CES
NOTE : If there are several manufacturer references corresponding to a same
____
specification, they will be replaced by the specification number
followed by the term OPEN
Example: Greases (Elf aviation 22, Esso aviation 322, Mobil 28, Nyco
22,
Aeroshell 22, ....etc) are covered by the specification MIL-G-81322
The manufacturer references will be replaced by MIL-G-81322 OPEN
NOTE : The item number assigned to the material is given in the item
____
column.
Equivalent materials will be quoted, when avalaible, under the same
item number as the original material but identified by a suffix A, B,
C, etc.
Any of the equivalent suffixed item number may be used in lieu of the
basic item.
But when a maintenance procedure calls up a material by item number
with suffix, then only that material may be used.
NOTE : This list is extracted from the Airbus CML. The CML lists all
____
possible alternative materials.
2. ____________________
Alphanumerical Index
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MANUFACTURERS REFERENCE ITEM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A-A-3097 TYPE I CLASS 3 08-033A
A-A-59173 04-017
A-A-59318 05-025C
R ABS5662 OPEN 08-073
AERFILM LHR-HA211 OR AERFILM LHR-PS-LHR 05-074
AERODUR ARC +HARD-S-66/22R +THIN-C-25/90 07-003C
AERODUR CLEARCOAT U.V.R 07-018
AERODUR FINISH C21/100+HARD S66/22R+THIN C25/90S 16-016
AERODUR HS37092 +HARDENER 92217 16-006D
AERODUR PRIMER S-15/90+HARD S66/22R + THIN C25/90S 16-001B
R AEROPLEX GP33 04-037B
AEROSHELL GREASE 33 04-037
AEROSHELL LGF 02-006
AEROSHELL SSF 02-004A
AEROSPEC 200 04-037A
AF444 SPEED FILL 08-115B
AIR-3660 OPEN 11-010
AIR-4206 OPEN 04-002
AIRDEC-F30FF WITH HOT MELT ADHESIVE HA3931 05-084
AIRVOLT LAMINATE 1C-120B OR 1C-180B 05-109
AKRO FIREGUARD 300-P 08-075

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 3
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALEXIT -FST 495 -14 + HARDENER ALEXIT 491-14 08-115C
ALEXIT FST FILLER 414-12, HARDENER 402, THINNER 62 16-046
ALEXIT FST 343-55+HARDENER ALEXIT HARTER 345-15 16-046A
ALEXIT FST 346-55+HARDENER ALEXIT-HARTER 345-55 16-047A
ALEXIT FST 404-12 16-047
ALEXIT FST 495-14 + HARD 491-14 16-053
R ALEXIT HS CLEAR COAT 411-14 +A LEXIT-HARDENER 405-86+ACTIVAT07-018C
R R ALEXIT 901-72 07-018C
R ALEXIT HS 411-7 7+ALEXIT-HARD 4 05-77+ALEXIT- ACTIV THIN.90216-059B
R 27+902-37+902-4 7+902-57+902-6 16-059B
ALEXIT 406-22 ALEXIT 400 07-020A
ALEXIT 472-41 + HARD 400 + THIN 901-45 07-006B
ALEXIT 5018 +HARD-402 +THIN-62 07-012
ALGLAS VISIAL 11-020
ALODINE 1200 OR ALOCROM 1200 13-002
ALODINE 1200 2K (ALODINE 1200A PLUS ALODINE 1200 B) 13-002B
ALODINE 1200S OR ALOCROM 1200 S 13-002A
ALTUGLAS POLISH N1 11-015
R AMS C 9084 TYPE V CLASS 2 05-050
AMS 1424 OPEN 10-001
AMS 1428 OPEN 10-003
AMS 1428 OPEN 10-004
AMS 1450 OPEN 14-010B
AMS 1452 OPEN 14-006B
AMS 1476 OPEN 14-001A
AMS 1526, 1527 OPEN 11-001Q
AMS 1533 OPEN 11-011
AMS 1535 OPEN 11-019
AMS 1550 OPEN 11-017
AMS 1630 OPEN 11-018
AMS 3002 OPEN 11-006A
R AMS-C-9084 TYPE III CL2 05-033A
ARALDITE AV138M +HV998 08-010
ARALDITE AW106 + HARD HV953U OR ARALDITE 2011 08-001
ARALDITE AW134 +HY994 OR HV997 08-010A
ARALDITE LY5082 + HARD. HY5083 OR HY5084 08-001D
ARALDITE 252 AB 08-022C
ARDROX AV 30 15-008
ARDROX AV 8 15-006
ARDROX AV100D 15-008A
ARDROX AV15 15-009A
ARDROX AV25 15-005C

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 4
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ARDROX AV30 15-009B
ARDROX AV980 11-032
ARDROX LEEDER 140-B 11-001L
ARDROX 1077 13-001A
ARDROX 1218 05-042A
ARDROX 2104 12-005K
ARDROX 2526 12-010
ARDROX 3209 15-007A
ARDROX 3210 15-005B
ARDROX 3302 05-005D
ARDROX 3313 15-008C
ARDROX 3402 15-006C
ARDROX 3403 15-008F
ARDROX 396/1 05-027A
ARDROX 3966 15-004A
ARDROX 6412 11-001K
ARDROX 6412 11-001M
ARDROX 9D-1 05-038B
ARMNA G4789 04-024
ASEPTIC SPRAY OPEN 14-002
ASTM-D-5363 GP04 CL1 GRD1 08-029B
AUTOMATE YELLOW 8 05-046B
AVIOX FINISH 77702/HARDENER 90150/ACTIVATOR 99330 OR 99322 16-018G
OR 99321 OR 99341 OR 98127 16-018G
AVIOX FINISH 77702/HARDENER 90150/ACTIVATOR 99330 OR 99322 16-059A
OR 99321 OR 99341 OR 98127 16-059A
BALTANE 11-004A
BASE 463-12-8, HARDENER CA116, THINNER C25/90S 16-055
BASE:AVIOX CLEARCOAT UVR; HARDENER:90150; ACTIVATOR:99321 07-018B
OR 99330 OR 99341 07-018B
BASE:F566-4200 HARD:N39/1327 16-024A
THINNER N39/ 3460 16-024A
BF-1005(A) WHITE 08-005D
BIOBOR JF 17-003
BJO-0930 05-057
BLATTANEX 6741 OR BAYGON 14-004
BLATTANEX 6764 SPRAY OR BAYGON SPRAY 14-004A
BOESHIELD T-9 05-027D
BOLIT 707 11-023
BONDMASTER F246 + INITIATOR 1 OR 5 08-087A
BOSTICK AXIOM SA 100 08-087
BOSTIK 1787 08-006C
BOSTIK 2402 + PRIMER 9252 08-018B
BRAYCOTE 248 05-077

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 5
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BSB DUROFIX (FIXATIV UW +FIXATIV UW SPECIAL) 05-029
C-13 08-043
C-15 08-043A
CA 1000 05-002D
CAF4 + PRIMER PM820 08-004
CALCIUM- HYPOCHLORITE 14-003E
CAPRAN 512 H 05-068
CARECLEAN AS1 OR TECHNICLEAN AS58 11-026A
CASTROLAERO 35 02-004
CASTROLAERO 40 02-006B
CA7045 + CA7045B HARDENE R 16-001E
CA8351 + HARDEN ER CA8310 16-002D
CELOFLEX 5478/XXXX +HARD 0778/9000 +THIN 0470/9000 16-031A
CELOGLISS BASE:5456/0001 HARDENER:0730/ 07-003E
9000,THINNER: 0491/9000 07-003E
CELOMER 5014 TYPE II (5420/2620 + HARD-0707/9000+ 07-006A
THIN-0491/9000) 07-006A
CETYL ALCOHOL 06-005
CHLOROTHENE NU 11-004B
CITRA SAFE VERSION WITHOUT ODOR 11-016
CLAY POWDER 05-038C
COHRLASTIC SNS 512 AF-WITE 08-005A
COMORCAP B1/1 12-005
COMORCAP B10 12-005G
COMORCAP B10 12-010A
COMORCAP B2 12-005F
COMORCAP B7 NC 12-005B
COMPOUND CZ OR CZ-G 04-021
COR-BAN 35 15-009C
CORMASTER C1 3.2-48 20-003A
COSMOLINE 1060 15-010
CV116 AND ACTIVATOR ACT 34 16-021B
CV117 07-001F
C02 GAS 14-009
C21/100 +HARDENER S66/22R +THINNER 16-002C
C25/90S 16-002C
C21/100 RED S66/22R HARDENER C25/90S THINNER 07-020
C21/100 UVR HARDENER S66/22R THINNE C25/90S 16-018F
OR 96184 16-018F
D-PHENOTHRIN 14-010
D-70 05-038
DAPCO 2100 09-023A
DAPCO 2200 TYPE 1 09-023B
DAPCO 72 AND DA PCO 1-200 PRIME R 09-053

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 6
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DC-200 06-012
DC-730 + PRIMER DC-1200 09-026
DC4 05-001
R DEPARTURE 05-064A
DESOTHANE HS CA 8000 BASE / HARDENER CA 8000B / ACCE 16-018E
LERATOR C OR C1 OR C2 OR C3 16-018E
DESOTHANE HS CA 8000 BASE / HARDENER CA 8000B / ACCE 16-059
LERATOR C OR C1 OR C2 OR C3 16-059
DESOTHANE HS CL EAR BASE:CA8001 B0900C HARDENER:CA8000 07-018A
B THINNER: CA8000C 07-018A
DILUENT DIESTONE DLS 11-026D
DINITROL AV5 05-027F
DIVINYCELL H60 05-035
DOD-L-25681 OPEN 06-006
DOW CORNING HIGH VACUUM GREASE 04-032
DP 110 08-017D
EC-1236 08-006
EC-1252 07-020C
EC-1675-G-B 09-016A
EC-1675-GA 09-013A
EC-2141 (EX : EC-711) 08-018A
R
EC-3524 B/A 08-022
EC-3533-B/A 08-017B
EC-3536 08-025A
ECA 3.2-48 20-003
ELASTOSIL E 43 OR SWS 951 08-026
ELDORADO AC-182 05-042B
ELSIL 3% H2020 14-003K
EPOCAST 1633 A/B 08-115
EPOCAST 54 A/B 08-116
EPOLAM 2500/ 2501 08-116A
EVO-STIK 5007/3 08-006D
F-407-616 NO LONGER 07-003D
AVAILABLE 07-003D
F-580-2010 +HARD-273/5076 +THIN-850/805 NO LONGER 16-006
AVAILABLE 16-006
F-580-2080 +HARD-F275-160 (PR215) 16-006B
FAKOPOL N 9303 05-008
FEL-PRO C5-A 04-014
FINALIN NO 2 16-045
FINALIN 943 +HARD. 5 08-008
FINITION NC-4+ THIN CL11-1591 NO LONGER 16-007A
AVAILABLE 16-007A

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 7
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FL-7XXX +HARD-FL-4206 +THIN-FL-7162 07-010
FL-7XXX +THIN-FL-7163 07-009
FLOORSIL 1217 08-057A
FLOORSIL 2 09-054
FLOORSIL 87 09-036
FLUGENE 113 FORANE 113 11-005A
FLUORESCENT YELLOW 131 SC 05-045B
FLUOROGLIDE 05-043A
FL4300 +HARD-FL-4206 +THIN-FL-4207 16-001A
FL4307 OR FL7420:OPTIONAL +HARD FL4206 +THIN FL4207 16-002B
FOAMEGA HT-606 08-005C
FR 1/55, (BASE+HARDENER) 16-046B
FR 2/55, (BASE+HARDENER) 16-047B
FREON T-F 11-005
FRS 30 (BASE+ HARDENER+ THINNER FRSL) 16-046C
FRS 40 (BASE+ HARDENER+ THINNER FRSL) 16-047C
F407-0729 +HARD F210-0731 +THIN F851-808 16-002
F69 BASE + HARD ENER 16-021C
F69 BLUE BASE + HARDENER 07-001G
G-366 OPEN 04-013
G-392 OPEN 04-011
GENKLENE 11-004
GILLFAB 1367E, CLASS 2,GRADE A ,TYPE 50 OR TYPE 70 05-110
GILLPATCH III 08-114A
GILLPATCH 1367 P 08-113A
GRAPHITE POWDER 06-007
GTL COMPRESSOR CLEAN (GTE CC) 11-013
GUPOFLEX 301 05-071
H BIO T50 50% H202 14-003J
HELMITIN 35050 08-102
HERLISIL 50% H202 14-003H
HF-407 +HARD-S-66/8RE +THIN C-25/90S NO LONGER 16-018A
AVAILABLE 16-018A
HF-77264 16-018D
HONEY BEE 60 11-028
HRH 10-1/8-3.0 20-003B
HS-8171 05-068A
HT 606 A 08-005B
HYDRAUNYCOIL FH 6 AW 02-004C
HYJET III NO LONGER AVAILABLE 02-002A
HYJET IV 02-003
HYJET IV-A 02-003C
HYJET IV-A PLUS 02-003D
HYJET V 02-003E

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 8
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HYSOL EA9309. 3NA 08-017
HYSOL EA9321 08-010D
HYSOL EA9330/1 08-017C
HYSOL EA934 NA 08-051
HYSOL EA9394 PART A AND B 08-078
INTERFLEX 5470/0000 16-031
INTERPLAN 100 SP FINE TYPE B 08-036A
ISOFLEX PDL 300 A 04-033
ISOPAR H 11-026B
JC11 CELLOSEEL QH 09-020
JENOLITE RRN-1 05-006
JENOLITE RRPL 05-006A
JET A 01-001A
JET A-1 01-001
JET B OR JP4 01-002
R JET FUEL N3 EX GRADE RP-3 01-009
JET POLISH K0601 05-025A
JFM 1675 GB 09-016C
JP5 01-003
JP8 01-006
KATHON FP1.5 17-003A
KB 29 08-104
KB 33 08-107
KB42 08-073A
KB49 08-104A
KI-OSE NO 320 11-007C
KILBLAT N0 250 14-004D
KLINGERFLON 05-043
KRYTOX 240AC 05-003B
KR1 11-021
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH 19-003
LOCKWIRE 0.6MM (0.025IN) DIA 19-018
LOCKWIRE 0.8MM (0.032IN) 19-010
LOCQUIC T 08-009
LOCTITE 221 08-013
LOCTITE 221 08-048A
LOCTITE 222 08-013B
LOCTITE 241 08-007
LOCTITE 242 08-007B
LOCTITE 259 08-013A
LOCTITE 270 08-002
LOCTITE 271 08-002B
LOCTITE 273 08-002A
LOCTITE 274 08-007A

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 9
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LOCTITE 290 08-003
LOCTITE 307 08-024
LOCTITE 326 08-058
LOCTITE 415 (EX : IS 150) 08-033
LOCTITE 542 08-049
LOCTITE 601 08-029A
LOCTITE 641 08-034A
LOCTITE 672 08-034
LOCTITE 675 08-029
LOCTITE 7471 08-009C
R LOCTITE 7649 08-009A
LOCTITE 7649 08-009D
LOCTITE 932 08-048
LOCWIRE 05MM (0 .020IN)DIA 19-009
LOTOXANE 11-026
LPS B-1007 15-008D
LPS PRESOLVE 11-026C
LPS 3 15-005A
LUBRIBOND 220 06-001B
LYSOL LIQUID OR LYSOL SPRAY 14-501
LYSOL PLUS (NO LONGER AVALAIBLE) 14-008
MAGNUS 149X AERO 11-001P
MASKING TAPE 08-074
MASTINOX D40 05-047
MASTINOX 3998 05-002A
MASTINOX 6856H 05-115
MASTINOX 6856K 05-002
MC 238 A2 09-001E
MC 238 B2 09-002E
MC 238A 09-013G
MC 238B 09-016H
MC 780 C 09-005G
MC-216 A-2 09-018D
MC-216 B-2 09-019D
MCS-352 04-015
MCS-352 B 04-015A
MC238C 09-005F
MEK 11-003
MELINEX FOIL 05-023
METAFLEX FCR 16-020A
METALIX NPS 08-008B
MIL PRF 680 OPEN 11-002
R
MIL-G-25013 OPEN 04-010

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 10
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MIL-G-3545 OPEN 04-001
MIL-H-6083D OPEN 02-001A
MIL-I-19166 OPEN 08-032A
MIL-I-631 OPEN 05-023A
MIL-L-23398 OPEN 06-001C
MIL-L-25567 OPEN 05-004B
MIL-L-6081 OPEN 03-008
MIL-PRF-23699 OPEN 03-002
MIL-PRF-23827 OPEN (FORMERLY MIL-G-23827) 04-004
MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE II 04-004B
MIL-PRF-27617 TYPE III 04-023
MIL-PRF-32033 03-001A
MIL-PRF-5606 02-001
MIL-PRF-7870 03-001
MIL-S-8660 OPEN 05-001B
MIL-T-27730 OPEN 08-063B
MIL-T-60394 TYPE I CLASS I OPEN 08-065A
MIL-T-713 OPEN 19-002
MIL-W-5044 TYPE I OPEN 08-064A
MIRROR GLAZE MGH 10 05-055
MOBIL AVIATION GREASE SHC 100 04-035
MOBILGREACE 33 04-037C
MOLYCOTE 33 M 04-017A
MOLYKOTE G 06-002
MOLYKOTE G RAPID PLUS PASTE 06-008
MOLYKOTE G-RAPID PLUS SPRAY 06-014
MOLYKOTE Z 06-016
MOLYKOTE 106 06-011
MOLYKOTE 3402 06-001
MOLYKOTE 3402 C 06-001A
MS-122 05-020A
N 53624 +HARD-N39/1327 +THIN-N39/3259 OR N39/3460 16-018
N-53631/5/062 +HARD-N39/1327 +THIN-N39/3460 16-001
N-53651 07-010A
N-58479/T508 +HARD-N59029 08-036
N-59300 +HARD-N-59567 +THIN-N-39400 08-008A
N-59502 +HARD-N39/1327 +THIN-N39/3460 NO LONGER 07-006
AVAILABLE 07-006
NEODOL 91-6E OR NEODOL 91-6 11-009
NETAL A202 11-001G
NETAL SL-8 11-001H
NETBIOKEM DSAM 14-006C

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 11
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NEVER SEEZ REGULAR GRADE ANTI SEIZE COMPOUND 04-014A
NEVERSEEZ NSB- 16 04-034
NEXTEL 3101-B- 2,6018-8061 NO LONGER 16-007
AVAILABLE 16-007
NIMBUS K75 GREASE 04-024C
NITRIC ACID 05-111
NITRIC ACID 12-508
NITROGEN 19-014
NOVASIL 1217 08-057
NSA 3811-0 19-027
NSN-165, NSBT-16N, NSN-16A 05-063
NYCO GREASE GN 144 04-024B
NYCO GREASE GN 148 04-037D
NYCOTE 7-11 07-001B
NYCOTE 7-11 16-003
NYCOTE 88 (BASE AND HARDENER) 07-023
OM-232-GR-A OPEN 11-006
OPEN-NON DRYING OILY CPC 15-004C
OPTIMOL AEROPLEX ZF1 04-025A
OPTIMOLY PASTE WHITE T 04-018
ORAPI FREINAGE FAIBLE 15 08-013C
ORAPI FREINAGE MOYEN 15 08-007C
ORAPI 3140 08-009B
ORCOTAPE OT-40 08-079
OTTO PRIMER 1217 08-057B
OYLTITE 09-008C
P-621 08-053A
P-99 (7641/3600) +HARD-0841/9000 +THIN-0434/9000 16-020
P/S 870B 09-016F
PAC 33 NV 16-001D
PAC-33 (4355/3600) +HARD-0701/9000 +THIN-0433/9000 16-001C
PAINTEX 2000 12-005H
PERMACEL P 55 08-112
PERMACEL P-11 OR PERMACEL P-11L 08-052A
PERMACEL P12L 08-061
PERMACEL 621 08-060
PERMAGLASS 400 08-113
PERMETHRIN ,216 ,217,236 14-010A
PERMETHRIN EC10 14-004E
PP-560 OPEN 05-009
PR 1782 C 09-005H
PR 5401K 09-008
PR-1005-CH 09-014
PR-1005-L 09-007

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 12
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PR-1221-A OBSOLETE CONTAINS LEAD 09-008A
PR-1301 09-024
PR-1321-A 09-003
PR-1321-B LOW ADHESION CONTAINS LEAD 09-015
PR-1403-GB OR PR-1403-GB(NA) 09-019
PR-1403GA-NA OR PR-1403GA 09-018
PR-1422-A 09-001
PR-1422-A(NA) 09-001B
PR-1422-B 09-002
PR-1422-B(NA) 09-002B
PR-1425B OR PR- 1425B(NA) (2PARTS) 09-045
PR-143/C4334+ ACT.143/C4334+ THIN.T17 OR T187 16-006C
PR-1431-G 09-005
PR-1436-G SPRAY 09-025
PR-1436-GA 09-013
PR-1436-GB 09-016
PR-1436GA(NA) 09-013B
PR-1436GB-NA 09-016B
PR-1440-A 09-001C
PR-1440-B 09-002C
PR-148 09-028B
PR-1770-C 09-005D
PR-1773-A 09-018A
PR-1773-A2 09-018B
PR-1773-B 09-019A
PR-1773-B2 09-019B
PR-1776-B 09-002D
PR-1776A AS 09-001D
PR-1826-B + PRIMER PR 1826 09-008E
PR-1828B + PRIMER PR 186 09-008F
PR-2001 B 09-002F
PR-2001 B 09-008G
PR-2001B 09-016I
PR-340 09-004
PR-7422 09-017
PR-812 09-023
PRF 91 05-024
PRIMER-7-E-747 +HARD-7-E-749 +THIN-7-E-750 07-001
PROCYON AB 15-008G
PROPHOT 11-020A
PROTEX GM-2 05-005E
PROTEX PE 641 15-004B
PROTEX PE 645 15-006B
PROTEX PE 647 15-007C

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 13
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROTEX PE 649 15-008E
PROTEX R-09 05-027E
PR1422A (NA) 09-013C
PR1422A (NA) 09-017B
PR1422B-NA 09-016E
PR1428A 09-018C
PR1428B 09-019C
PR1440A 09-013D
PR1440B 09-016D
PR1784B1/2 09-045A
PR1827R1/6 09-005B
PR1828B 09-005C
PR205 BASE/HARDENER 16-006E
PS-706-B NO LONGER AVAILABLE 09-015A
PS-707-BT 09-008B
PS-860B 1/6 09-008D
PS-870-C 09-005E
PS-890-A 09-001A
PS-890/B 09-002A
PS870 A 09-013F
PS890 B 09-016G
PS890A 09-013E
PS892C 09-005A
PU-66 5440/XXXX OR PU-66 5447/X XXX+HARD-0730/ 9000+THIN-04916-018C
9000 16-018C
PU-66 5441/XXXX +HARD-0730/9000 +THIN-0491/9000 16-016B
PURE CLEANER DISINFECTANT 14-008A
R QUARTASEPT 14-006A
QZ-11B 05-013
QZ-5111 05-013A
REDUX 408 08-001B
REDUX 408 B/A 08-010B
RELINK2318; VERSION B 08-118
RENLAM LY560 +HARD HY 560 OR RENLAM LY560 + HARD ARADUR 08-001C
560 08-001C
REPAIR COMPOUND ADHESIVE A HARDENER B 08-103
RHODORSIL B431 05-001A
ROCOL AEROSPEC 100 04-025B
ROHACELL 71WF 05-075
ROYCO C-201 04-563
ROYCO LGF 02-006A
ROYCO SSF 02-004B
ROYCO 825 (EX HF-825) 04-008
RT 01-004A

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 14
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RTU CLEANER DISINFECTANT 14-008B
RTV-732 OR 731 OR 738 + PRIMER 1200 OR 4040 08-004A
RTV108 + PRIMER SS4179 08-004B
RUST BAN 395 05-005A
SAE AMS G 6032 04-006
SAE AMS 2518 04-003
SAE AMS1428 OPEN 10-005
SAFETY WALK, BLACK,REF 610 08-117
R SAGROMED 2007 SPRAY (NO LONGER 14-006
R AVAILABLE) 14-006
SAN 10-1 11-007
SAN 10-2 (OBSOLETE) 11-007A
SAN 40 19-024
SAN 50 11-007B
SANOSIL 14-003L
SCALPEX G5 12-005J
SCOTCH BRITE 19-011
SCOTCH CHROM FOIL-530 NO LONGER AVAILABLE 08-019
SCOTCH MOUNT 4016 08-065
SCOTCH 361 08-060A
R SCOTCH 48 08-063A
SCOTCH 69 08-032
R
SCOTCH 8681-HS COLOR 36320 05-096
SCOTCH-WELD 3549 B/A 08-051A
SECURING LACQUER 07-560
SEE 11-017 OR 11-018 OR 11-019 OR 11-020 05-010
SHERLOCK 5 05-004A
SIKKENS 82522 12-005D
SKYDROL L-D 02-002
SKYDROL LD4 02-003B
SKYDROL 500B-4 02-003A
SM 5144 (SERIES 5100) 05-069
SOCOPAC 25 H 15-006A
SOCOPAC 25S 15-005
SOCOPAC 50H 15-008B
SOCOPAC 50S 15-007
SOCOPAC 65H 15-009
SOCOSOLV A3582 11-032A
SODIUM ALGINATE + ETHYL GLYCOL + WATER (HOT) 05-064
SODIUM DICHROMATE 05-112
SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE OPEN 14-003F
SOLUTION GC1/2 05-004
SPCA 7098A 12-005C

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 15
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPEEDPATCH AF 800 SERIES 08-114
SPRAY TEFLON TYPE 2000 OR TYPE 6044/6040 05-043B
R SPSA-20S 08-085A
STEELGARD OR PARCOFILM 303 05-027G
SUPERFLEXIT S-707 (+ HARD.R) 08-011
SYNCLAIR 11-001C
S1125 (RK6619) 08-092
TC-100 11-013A
TECTYL 502-C 05-005
R TEDLAR TGY20BE 3 19-015
TEDLAR,PF-GLASS LAMINATE, HOT MELT ADHESIVE 08-083
TEEPOL 610 11-001
TEROSTAT 81 09-030
TESA MOLL 4700 OR 4702 08-005
TESABAND 4541 08-038
TESAMETAL 4500 08-061A
THERMOWELDABLE C-303 15-002
TITANINE FE 50/6 HV +HARD. NO. 34 +THIN. TH-188 16-021
OR T127 16-021
TITANINE JC5A 05-002C
TL-1120 L 08-085
TORQUE SEAL F925 07-020B
TS1 01-004
TURCO AIR TEC 23 11-001A
TURCO PRE-PAINT 13-001
TURCO 1495 05-025
TURCO 4377B 12-005L
TURCO 4377B 12-010B
TURCO 5351 12-005I
TURCO 5873NC 12-005E
TURCOAT 3286 05-042
TURMOGREASE LI AZR 04-025C
T100/OS-31 05-045
T100/OS-80 05-045A
UNIVIS P-12 03-007
VERMICULITE 05-038D
VHB 9473 PC 08-066
VILEDON P15-150 S 19-028A
VILEDON P15/350 S 19-028
VV-P-236 OPEN 04-012
WADIS 24 15-004
WAX CRAYON 19-005
WD-40 05-027
WELDING CORD CR40 05-128

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 16
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WHITE TALCUM POWDER 19-004
XYLENE FLUID 11-022
Y436 08-061B
ZFB-831 04-025
ZINC POWDER PURE GRADE GRAIN 100-200 05-054
ZOK 27 11-014
12001 (OBSOLETE ) 11-008
121 08-063
16/2/38 SWG 19-001
181 05-007
211 05-020
23-T3 SERIES + ACTI. PC-216 + THIN TR-55 07-003G
24-T3 SERIES + ACTI. PC-216 + THIN TR-55 07-003F
R 3M EC-2216 B/A GRAY OR 3M SCOTCH-WELD 08-017A
R 2219 B/A GRAY 08-017A
3M EC-776 OR 3M SCOTCH-WELD 776 09-007A
R 3M POLYURE.PROT EC. TAPE 8671 05-065
3M SAFETY WALK 310 08-064
3M SCOTCH-WELD 1099 08-006B
3M SCOTCH-WELD 1099 + SCOTCH G RIP 1099 08-011A
3M SCOTCH-WELD 1300L 08-018
R 3M SCOTCH-WELD 1838 B/A GREEN OR 3M EC-1838 B/A 08-001A
R GREEN 08-001A
3M SCOTCH-WELD 3532 B/A 08-025
3M SCOTCH-WELD 3549 B/A 08-025B
3M SCOTCH-WELD 847 OR 3M EC-84 7 08-006A
3M 361 08-053
3M 425 OR 3M 427 08-052
3M 850 08-084
3M 8673 05-132
3M 950 08-082
3NX1R20 SUPERFLEXIT 05-061A
3V1R20 NO LONGER 05-061
AVAILABLE 05-061
3524 A/B FST 08-115A
37035A BASE HARDENER 92140 THINNER 98064 OR C25/90S 16-006F
4080 SEMI GLOSS 16-007B
4125/2047 + HARDENER 0613/ 9000 + THINNER 0580/ 16-021A
9000 16-021A
4125/6407BLUE 07-001D
R
527B/15 05-137
5440 GS (GREY) OR 5440 BC (WHI TE) OR A11110138205 05-052
5600R 05-025B

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 17
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7-X-74-FC + HARD 10-C-81 + THIN 66-C-28 OR 66-C-20 07-003
7D1586 07-001C
7D1586-2080 +HARD 7D1586 +THIN 3108 NO LONGER 16-002A
AVAILABLE 16-002A
8500/5200 11-008A
R 8663DL 08-104B
9050 +HARD-9051 NO LONGER 16-016A
AVAILABLE 16-016A
91111 05-033
9123 +HARD-007867 +THIN-9124 16-018B
92110 05-056
3. ______________
Materials List

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 18
Feb 01/10

CES
A. FUELS
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ITEM | DESIGNATION | SPECIFICATIONS | USAGE |COD.SPLR|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|01-001 |FUEL, TURBO |REF|JET A-1 |KEROZENE TYPE |LOCAL |
| | |F |AIR-3405 |JET FUEL |PURCHASE|
| | |USA|ASTM-D-1655-93 |FREEZING POINT: | |
| | | |(JET A-1) |-47 DEG C | |
| | |GB |DEF-STAN | | |
| | | |91-91 | | |
| | |NAT|F35 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
|01-001A|FUEL,TURBO |REF|JET A |KEROZINE TYPE | |
| | |USA|ASTM-D-1655-93 |JET FUEL | |
| | | |(JET A) |FREEZING POINT: | |
| | | | |-40 DEG C | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|01-002 |FUEL, TURBO |REF|JET B OR JP4 |WIDE CUT TYPE JET |LOCAL |
| | |F |AIR-3407 |FUEL |PURCHASE|
| | |USA|MIL-PRF-5624 | | |
| | | |GRADE JP4 | | |
| | |GB |DEF-STAN 91-88 | | |
| | |NAT|F40 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|01-003 |FUEL, TURBO |REF|JP5 |HIGH FLASHPOINT |LOCAL |
| | |F |AIR-3404 |JET FUEL |PURCHASE|
| | |USA|MIL-T-5624 | | |
| | | |GRADE JP5 | | |
| | |GB |DEF-STAN 91-86 | | |
| | |NAT|F44 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|01-004 |FUEL, TURBO |REF|TS1 |KEROSENE TYPE |RUSSIA |
| | |RUS|GOST 10227/86 |JET FUEL |PETROL |
| | | | |FREEZING POINT: |COMPANY |
| | | | |-60 DEG C | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------| |
|01-004A| |REF|RT |KEROSENE TYPE | |
| | |RUS|GOST 10227/86 |JET FUEL | |
| | | | |FREEZING POINT: | |
| | | | |- 60 DEG C | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 19
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|01-006 |FUEL TURBO |REF|JP8 |JET FUEL |LOCAL |
| | |USA|MIL-T-83133 | |PURCHASE|
| | |GB |DERD 2498 | | |
| | |F |AIR-3405 | | |
| | |NAT|F43 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |01-009 |N3 JET FUEL |REF|JET FUEL N3 EX|REFER TO ENGINE |F4885 |
R | | | |GRADE RP-3 |MANUFACTURER AND | |
R | | |CHN|GB 6537 |FLIGHT MANUAL FOR | |
R | | | | |APPLICABILITY | |
R |-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 20
Feb 01/10

CES
B. HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|02-001 |OIL, HYDRAULIC |REF|MIL-PRF-5606 |LANDING GEAR SHOCK |LOCAL |
| |PETROLEUM FLUID |USA|MIL-PRF-5606 |ABSORBERS FLAP |PURCHASE|
| | |GB |DF.ST-91-48 |& SLAT TRANSMISSION|F1858 |
| | | | |SYSTEMS |F3528 |
| | | | | |F4101 |
| | | | | |07950 |
| | | | | |59595 |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|02-001A| |REF|MIL-H-6083D |FLAP & SLAT |LOCAL |
| | | |OPEN |TRANSMISSION SYSTEM|PURCHASE|
| | |USA|MIL-H-6083D | | |
| | |C |Z-20.202 | | |
| | |GB |DTD-5540 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|02-002 |HYDRAULIC FLUID |REF|SKYDROL L-D |HYDRAULIC POWER |F4101 |
| |OBSOLETE,USE 02-003 |F |NSA 307-110 | |76541 |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------| |
|02-002A| |REF|HYJET III | | |
| | | |NO LONGER | | |
| | | |AVAILABLE | | |
| | |F |NSA 307-110 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|02-003 |NO LONGER AVAILABLE |REF|HYJET IV |HYDRAULIC POWER | |
| | |F |NSA 307110 | | |
| | | |TYPE 4 | | |
| | |C |Z-20.208 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|02-003A|HYDRAULIC FLUID |REF|SKYDROL 500B-4 | |MONSANTO|
| |(PHOSPHATE ESTER |F |NSA 307110 | |PARIS |
| |BASE) | |TYPE 4 | |DEFENSE |
| | |C |Z-20.209 | |FRANCE |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| | |
|02-003B|HYDRAULIC FLUID |REF|SKYDROL LD4 | | |
| |(PHOSPHATE ESTER |F |NSA 307-110 | | |
| |BASE) | |TYPE 4 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|02-003C| |REF|HYJET IV-A | | |
| | |F |NSA 307-110 | | |
| | | |TYPE IV | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 21
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|02-003D|HYDRAULIC FLUID |REF|HYJET IV-A PLUS| |F2429 |
| |(PHOSPHATE ESTER |F |NSA 307-110 | |F3528 |
| |BASE) | |TYPE IV | |29700 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|02-003E|HYDRAULIC FLUID |REF|HYJET V |LOWER DENSITY |F3528 |
| | |F |NSA 307-110 |HYDRAULIC FLUID |F3980 |
| | | | | |ZS996 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|02-004 |SHOCK ABSORBER FLUID|REF|CASTROLAERO 35 |SHOCK ABSORBER |LOCAL |
| | | | |DAMPER/LUBRICANT |PURCHASE|
| | | | |FLUID |0BHX9 |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|02-004A| |REF|AEROSHELL SSF | |LOCAL |
| | | | | |PURCHASE|
| | | | | |F1858 |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|02-004B| |REF|ROYCO SSF | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|02-004C| |REF|HYDRAUNYCOIL FH| |F4101 |
| | | | 6 AW | | |
| | |USA|BMS 3-32 TYPE 1| | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|02-006 |SHOCK ABSORBER FLUID|REF|AEROSHELL LGF |ALTERNATIVE TO CML |F1858 |
| | |USA|BMS 3-32 |02-001 FOR LANDING |07950 |
| | | |TYPE II |GEAR SHOCK ABSORBER| |
| | | | |FLUID | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|02-006A| |REF|ROYCO LGF | |LOCAL |
| | |USA|BMS 3-32 | |PURCHASE|
| | | |TYPE II | |0BHX9 |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|02-006B| |REF|CASTROLAERO 40 | | |
| | |USA|BMS 3-32 | | |
| | | |TYPE II | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 22
Feb 01/10
R
CES
C. OILS
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|03-001 |MINERAL OIL |REF|MIL-PRF-7870 |GENERAL PURPOSE, |LOCAL |
| |(LOW TEMP) |USA|MIL-PRF-7870 |LOW TEMPERATURES |PURCHASE|
| | |C |Z-21.118 | |F4101 |
| | |GB |DEF-STAN 91-47 | |92895 |
| | |NAT|0-142 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|03-001A| |REF|MIL-PRF-32033 |GENERAL PURPOSE, |LOCAL |
| | |USA|MIL-PRF-32033 |LOW TEMPERATURE |PURCHASE|
| | |C |Z-21.119 | | |
| | |GB |CS 3118 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|03-002 |LUBRICATING OIL |REF|MIL-PRF-23699 |AC GENERATION LIST |LOCAL |
| |TURBINE ENGINE | |OPEN |OF IDG APPROVED OIL|PURCHASE|
| |SYNT BASE |GB |DEF-STAN 91-101| IS IN AMM 20-34-00|F3528 |
| | |C |Z-21.101 |AND APU APPROVED |F3980 |
| | |NAT|0-156 |OIL,IN AMM 20-33-00|F4101 |
| | | | | |19135 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|03-003 |LUBRICATING OIL |REF|MIL-PRF-7808 |FLAPS & SLATS. |F3528 |
| |TURBINE SYNTHETIC | |OPEN |CONTROL UNIT GRBXS |F4101 |
| |BASE |USA|MIL-PRF-7808 |& TRIMMABLE HORIZON|29700 |
| | |C |Z-21.102 |STABILIZER (THS) | |
| | |NAT|0-148 |SCREW JACK GEARBOX | |
| | | | |APU | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|03-007 |LUBRICATING OIL |REF|UNIVIS P-12 |FLIGHT CONTROL |F3528 |
| | |USA|MIL-L-6085 |LUBRICATING |K1274 |
| | |C |Z-21.103 | |29700 |
| | |GB |DEF-STAN 91-49 | | |
| | |F |AIR-3511 | | |
| | |NAT|0-147 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|03-008 |OIL (FUEL CONTROL |REF|MIL-L-6081 |PRESERVATION-FUEL |LOCAL |
| |PRESERVATION) | |OPEN |SYSTEM OF APU |PURCHASE|
| | |F |AIR-3516 | |F4101 |
| | |USA|MIL-L-6081 | |98308 |
| | | |GRADE 1010 | | |
| | | |OR GRADE 1005 | | |
| | |C |Z-21.113 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 23
Feb 01/10
R
CES
D. COMMON GREASE
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-001 |WHEEL BEARING |REF|MIL-G-3545 |HIGH TEMPERATURE |LOCAL |
| |MINERAL GREASE | |OPEN |GREASE FOR BUSHES, |PURCHASE|
| | |F |AIR-4205 |BALL BEARINGS | |
| | |F |DCSEA 359/A |& ROLLER BEARINGS | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-002 |GRAPHITED |REF|AIR-4206 |GENERAL PURPOSE. |LOCAL |
| |MINERAL GREASE | |OPEN |GREASE CONTAINING |PURCHASE|
| | |F |AIR-4206 |5% GRAPHITE | |
| | |GB |DEF-STAN 91-54 | | |
| | |NAT|G-355 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-002A|INFORMATION TRANSFERED TO ITEM N....... 04027 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-002B|INFORMATION TRANSFERED TO ITEM N....... 04028 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-003 |GRAPHITED PETROLATUM|REF|SAE AMS 2518 |ANTI-SEIZE GREASE |LOCAL |
| |THREAD COMPOUND |F |AIR-4247 |FOR THREADS,FTGS |PURCHASE|
| | |USA|SAE AMS 2518 |& NUTS 50% MINERAL |F4101 |
| | |GB |DEF-STAN 80-80 |JELLY + 50% |84180 |
| | |C |Z-21.216 |GRAPHITE | |
| | |NAT|S-720 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-004 |SYNTH.ESTER BASED |REF|MIL-PRF-23827 |ALTERNATIVE MATERI-|LOCAL |
| |GREASE HIGH PRESSURE| |OPEN |AL FOR USE BETWEEN |PURCHASE|
| | | |(FORMERLY |-54 TO 121 DEG C | |
| | | |MIL-G-23827) |(-65 TO 250 DEG F)-| |
| | |USA|MIL-PRF-23827 | | |
| | | |TYPE I | | |
| | |F |AIR-4210 | | |
| | |GB |DEF-STAN | | |
| | | |91-53/1 | | |
| | |C |Z-21.201 | | |
| | |NAT|G-354 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
|04-004A|INFORMATION | | | | |
| |TRANSFERRED TO | | | | |
| |04-022 | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|04-004B|SYNTHETIC ESTER |REF|MIL-PRF-23827 | |LOCAL |
| |BASED HIGH PRESSURE | |TYPE II | |PURCHASE|
| |GREASE | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 24
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-006 |GREASE, GASOLINE AND|REF|SAE AMS G 6032 |GREASE : FUEL & OIL|LOCAL |
| |OIL RESISTANT |USA|SAE AMS G 6032 |RESISTANT |PURCHASE|
| | |F |AIR-4214 | |F4101 |
| | |GB |DEF-STAN 91-6 | | |
| | |NAT|G-363 | | |
| | |C |Z-21.207 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-007 |INFORMATION TRANSFERED TO ITEM N....... 06016 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-008 |LUBRICANT, O-RING |REF|ROYCO 825 |O-RING LUBRICANT |07950 |
| | | |(EX HF-825) | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-008A|OBSOLETE TO BE REPLACED BY ITEM N...... 04008 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-008B|OBSOLETE TO BE REPLACED BY ITEM N...... 04008 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-008C|OBSOLETE TO BE REPLACED BY ITEM N...... 04008 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-010 |GREASE SYNTHETIC, |REF|MIL-G-25013 |HIGH TEMPERATURE |LOCAL |
| |BALL+ROLLER BEARING | |OPEN |GREASE |PURCHASE|
| | |USA|MIL-G-25013 | |F4101 |
| | |GB |DEF-STAN 91-55 | |07950 |
| | |NAT|G-372 | | |
| | |C |Z-21.203 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-011 |SILICONE GREASE |REF|G-392 OPEN |RUBBER TO METAL |LOCAL |
| |PNEUMATIC SYST |USA|SAE-AMS-G-4343 |LUBRICATION |PURCHASE|
| |AND SEALS |NAT|G-392 | |F3102 |
| | |C |Z-21.214 | |F4101 |
| | | | | |K7750 |
| | | | | |94499 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-012 |PURE MINERAL |REF|VV-P-236 |SYNTHETIC |LOCAL |
| |VASELINE OR PETRO- | |OPEN |RUBBER SEALS, |PURCHASE|
| |LATUM |USA|VV-P-236 |BONDING SURFACES |F4101 |
| | |F |AIR-3565 | | |
| | |GB |DEF-STAN 91-38 | | |
| | |NAT|S-743 | | |
| | |C |Z-21.901 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 25
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-013 |ANTI-FRETTING |REF|G-366 OPEN |ANTI-FRETTING |LOCAL |
| |GREASE |USA|MIL-G-25537 |GREASE |PURCHASE|
| | |GB |DEF-STAN 91-51 | |F1858 |
| | |NAT|G-366 | |F4101 |
| | |C |Z-21.218 | |K5591 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-014 |HIGH TEMPERATURE |REF|FEL-PRO C5-A |HIGH TEMPERATURE |LOCAL |
| |COMPOUND |USA|MIL-PRF-907 |COMPOUND |PURCHASE|
| | |C |Z-21.902 | |F0438 |
| | | | | |73165 |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|04-014A| |REF|NEVER SEEZ | |LOCAL |
| | | |REGULAR GRADE | |PURCHASE|
| | | |ANTI SEIZE | |F6712 |
| | | |COMPOUND | |15145 |
| | |USA|MIL-PRF-907 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-015 |GREASE |REF|MCS-352 |THS ACTUATOR |F4101 |
| | |USA|BAC 5001 |HYDRAULIC TUBE |76541 |
| | | |DACO-5073 |INSTALLATION. | |
| | |C |Z-21.117 |SEALS,BACK UP RINGS| |
| | | | |HYDRAULIC ASSEMBLY | |
| | | | |LUBE | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|04-015A| |REF|MCS-352 B | |F4101 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-017 |SILICONE GREASE |REF|A-A-59173 |LUBRICATION OF SLAT|LOCAL |
| | |USA|A-A-59173 |TRACK SHUTTER |PURCHASE|
| | | | |ROLLERS & SPRINGS |F3102 |
| | | | | |K7750 |
| | | | | |94499 |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|04-017A| |REF|MOLYCOTE 33 M | |LOCAL |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-018 |GENERAL PURPOSE |REF|OPTIMOLY PASTE |FLAP/SLAT TRANSMI- |OPTIMOL |
| |ASSEMBLY PASTE | |WHITE T |SSION SHAFT SPLINES|57607 |
| | | | |AND FLAP DOWN DRIVE|FORBACH |
| | | | |SHAFT PRIMARY AND |FRANCE |
| | | | |SECONDARY SPLINES |PETRO- |
| | | | | |LEUM EQU|
| | | | | |SURREY |
| | | | | |ENGLAND |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 26
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-022 |SYNTHE.HYDROCARBON |REF|MIL-PRF-81322 |WING LEADING EDGE |LOCAL |
| |GREASE HIGH PRESSURE| |OPEN |AREA LUBRICATION- |PURCHASE|
| | |F |AIR-4222 |LANDING GEAR |F4101 |
| | |GB |DEF-STAN 91-52 |LUBRICATION | |
| | |USA|MIL-PRF-81322 | | |
| | |NAT|G-395 | | |
| | |C |Z-21.202 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-023 |GREASE-FUEL AND |REF|MIL-PRF-27617 |APPLIED TO O-RINGS |LOCAL |
| |OXIDISER RESISTANT | |TYPE III |BETWEEN ACTUATOR |PURCHASE|
| | |USA|MIL-PRF-27617 |AND TRANSFER VALVE | |
| | | |TYPE III |DRIVE | |
| | |C |Z-21.204 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-024 |SYNTHETIC GREASE |REF|ARMNA G4789 |FLAP AND SLAT |ET342 |
| |FOR FLAP & SLAT | | |SYSTEM LUBRICATION |U1757 |
| |MECHANISM | | |IN CASE OF MIXING |06PS1 |
| | | | |WITH CLAY GREACE | |
| | | | |FOLLOW THE RULE OF | |
| | | | |SIL 12-008 | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-024B|SYNTHETIC GREASE FOR|REF|NYCO GREASE GN |IN CASE OF MIXING |F4101 |
| | FLAP AND SLAT | |144 | WITH CLAY GREACE | |
| |MECHANISM | | |FOLLOW THE RULE OF | |
| | | | |SIL 12-008 | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-024C|SYNTH.GREASE FOR FLA|REF|NIMBUS K75 |NO LONGER AVAILABLE|K8071 |
| |P & SLAT MECHANISM | |GREASE |REPLACED BY 04-024 | |
| | |AIB|AIMS 09-06-001 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-025 |LUBRICANT, SEMIFLUID|REF|ZFB-831 |LUBRICANT,SEMIFLUID|K0648 |
| | | | |FOR ROTARY ACTUATOR| |
| | | | |LUBRICATION | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-025A| |REF|OPTIMOL |NO LONGER AVAILABLE|D5740 |
| | | |AEROPLEX ZF1 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 27
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-025B| |REF|ROCOL AEROSPEC |LUBRICANT,SEMIFLUID|C5543 |
| | | |100 |FOR ROTARY ACTUATOR|K0567 |
| | |USA|AMS 3057 |LUBRICATION | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-025C|LUBRICANT,SEMIFLUID |REF|TURMOGREASE LI |LUBRICATION OF FLAP|C5543 |
| | | |AZR |ROTARY ACTUATOR |DD471 |
| | |USA|AMS 3057 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-032 |SILICONE LUBRICATING|REF|DOW CORNING | |K7750 |
| |MATERIAL,STIFF | |HIGH VACUUM | |05AJ8 |
| | | |GREASE | |71984 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-033 |LOW-TEMPERATURE |REF|ISOFLEX PDL 300| |D8375 |
| |GREASE,ESTER OIL | |A | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-034 |INFORMATION TRANSFERED TO ITEM N....... 04014A |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-035 |SYNTHETIC WHEEL |REF|MOBIL AVIATION | |KB333 |
| |BEARING GREASE | |GREASE SHC 100 | |ZS996 |
| | | | | |1PWD8 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-037 |GENERAL PURPOSE |REF|AEROSHELL |MULTIPURPOSE |F1858 |
| |LITHIUM GREASE | |GREASE 33 |AIRFRAME GREASE | |
| | |USA|AMS 3052 | | |
| | |AIB|AIMS 09-06-002 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-037A| |REF|AEROSPEC 200 |FOR EQUIPMENTS AND |K0567 |
| | |AIB|AIMS 09-06-002 |STRUCTURAL COMPONEN| |
| | | | |TS REGULARLY LUBRIC| |
| | | | |ATED WITH GENERAL | |
| | | | |PURPOSE GREASES:E.| |
| | | | |G. AILERON,RUDDER | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-037B|GENERALE PURPOSE LIT|REF|AEROPLEX GP33 | |2R128 |
| |HIUM GREACE |AIB|AIMS 09-06-002 | | |
| | |USA|SAE AMS 3052 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-037C|GENERAL PURPOSE LITH|REF|MOBILGREACE 33 |MULTIPURPOSE GREACE|F3528 |
| |IUM GREACE |AIB|AIMS 09-06-002 | |0TS34 |
| | |USA|AMS 3052 | | |
| | |USA|MIL PRF 23827 | | |
| | | |TYPE I | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 28
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-037D|GENERAL PURPOSE LITH|REF|NYCO GREASE GN |MULTIPURPOSE GREASE|F4101 |
| |IUM GREASE | |148 | | |
| | |USA|AMS 3052 | | |
| | |AIB|AIMS 09-06-002 | | |
| | |AIB|IPS 09-06-002-0| | |
| | | |4 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-563 |HIGH TEMPERATURE |REF|ROYCO C-201 | |07950 |
| |FLUOROSILICONE | | | | |
| |GREASE | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 29
Feb 01/10
R
CES
E. SPECIAL MATERIALS
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-001 |INSULATING AND |REF|DC4 |METAL/METAL |F3102 |
| |SEALING GREASE |USA|SAE-AS8660 |SEALING AGAINST |K7750 |
| |SILICONE |GB |DEF-STAN 59-10 |HUMIDITY |94499 |
| | |C |Z-16.315 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|05-001A| |REF|RHODORSIL B431 | |F0107 |
| | |USA|SAE-AS8660 | | |
| | |GB |DEF-STAN 50-10 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-001B| |REF|MIL-S-8660 | |LOCAL |
| | | |OPEN | |PURCHASE|
| | |USA|SAE-AS8660 | |01139 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-002 |PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE|REF|MASTINOX 6856K |ANTI-CORROSION |F1419 |
| |GENERAL PURPOSE |USA|MIL-PRF-8116 |COMPOUND |K2232 |
| | |C |Z-11.903 | |K5635 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|05-002A|PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE|REF|MASTINOX 3998 | |K5635 |
| |(OBSOLETE) |USA|MIL-P-8116 | |72556 |
| | | | | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|05-002C| |REF|TITANINE JC5A | |K5635 |
| | |GB |DTD-5604 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-002D|CHROMATE FREE GENERA|REF|CA 1000 |NON HARDENING COMPO|K5635 |
| |L PURPOSE |F |AIMS 04-05-005 |UND NON CHROMATED |85570 |
| | | |TYPE 1 |JOINTING COMPOUND | |
| | | | |NON CHROMATED | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-003B|OXYGEN SYSTEM |REF|KRYTOX 240AC |THREAD LUBRICATION |S3299 |
| |LUBRICANT |USA|MIL-PRF-27617 |ON OXYGEN SYSTEM | |
| | |C |Z-21.204 |COMPONENTS | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-004 |OXYGEN LEAK DETECTOR|REF|SOLUTION GC1/2 |DETECTION OF |F0553 |
| | |USA|MIL-PRF-25567 |OXYGEN LEAKS |23316 |
| | | |TYPE I | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|05-004A| |REF|SHERLOCK 5 | | |
| | |USA|MIL-L-25567 | | |
| | | |TYPE I | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 30
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-004B| |REF|MIL-L-25567 | |LOCAL |
| | |USA|MIL-L-25567 | | |
| | | |TYPE I | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-005 |CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|TECTYL 502-C |CORROSION |F5205 |
| | |F |AIR-8132 |PREVENTIVE LACQUER |K7812 |
| | |USA|MIL-C-16173 | |86024 |
| | | |GRADE II | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|05-005A|CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|RUST BAN 395 | |F3528 |
| |(OBSOLETE USE |USA|MIL-C-16173 | | |
| |15-007) | |GRADE II | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-005D|CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|ARDROX 3302 |CORROSION |C1308 |
| |(OBSOLETE USE |USA|MIL-C-16173 |PREVENTIVE LACQUER |F3082 |
| |15-007) | |GRADE II | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-005E|CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|PROTEX GM-2 |CORROSION |F2756 |
| |(OBSOLETE USE |USA|MIL-C-16173 |PREVENTIVE | |
| |15-007) | |GRADE II | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-006 |NO LONGER AVAILABLE |REF|JENOLITE RRN-1 |CORROSION |F6541 |
| | | | |PREVENTIVE |K4859 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-006A|CORROSION REMOVER |REF|JENOLITE RRPL |CORROSION REMOVER |C5543 |
| | | | |ON STEEL NOTE DO |K2F42 |
| | | | |NOT USE ON STEEL |SF188 |
| | | | |ABOVE 1450 MPA |09XN1 |
| | | | |EXCEPT BS-S162 | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-007 |OBSOLETE TO BE REPLACED BY ITEM N...... 20034 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-008 |PLASTIC POLISHING |REF|FAKOPOL N 9303|PASTE FOR POLISHING|C3910 |
| |COMPOUND (COARSE | | |PLEXIGLAS (COARSE | |
| |GRADE) | | |GRADE) | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-009 |PLASTIC POLISHING |REF|PP-560 |PASTE FOR POLISHING|LOCAL |
| |COMPOUND (FINE | |OPEN |PLEXIGLAS |PURCHASE|
| |GRADE) |USA|PP-560 TYPE 1 |(FINE GRADE) |C3910 |
| | |C |Z-24.195 | |71361 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 31
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-010 |PLASTIC CLEANER |REF|SEE 11-017 |GENERAL USE SEE |LOCAL |
| | | |OR 11-018 |11-017,CARPET SEE |PURCHASE|
| | | |OR 11-019 |11-018,CABIN | |
| | | |OR 11-020 |WINDOW SEE 11-019, | |
| | | | |SCREEN SEE 11-020 | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-013 |RELEASE AGENT |REF|QZ-11B |RELEASE AGENT |F4364 |
| |(OBSOLETE USE |D |TV-53-3507/73 |(FOR PANEL REMOVAL)|S3798 |
| |05-013A) |C |Z-24.223 | |02684 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| | |
|05-013A|RELEASE AGENT |REF|QZ-5111 | | |
| | |C |Z-24.223 | | |
| | | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-015C|INFORMATION TRANSFERED TO ITEM N....... 08061A |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-020 |FLUOROCARBON |REF|211 |RELEASE AGENT |18598 |
| |RELEASE AGENT |USA|MIL-L-60326 | | |
| | | |TYPE I | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|05-020A| |REF|MS-122 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
|05-020C|USE ITEM 05-064 | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-023 |POLYTEREPTHALATE |REF|MELINEX FOIL |DOOR-SEAL REPAIR |F0276 |
| | |USA|MIL-I-631 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-023A| |REF|MIL-I-631 |DOOR SEAL REPAIR |LOCAL |
| | |USA|MIL-I-631 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-024 |FABRIC |REF|PRF 91 |DOOR-SEAL REPAIR |F0276 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-025 |POLISH METAL |REF|TURCO 1495 |ABRASIVE POLISH FOR|D8908 |
| |ALUMINUM |USA|A-A-59318 |SCRATCHES IN |F3172 |
| | | | |ALUMINIUM |61102 |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|05-025A| |REF|JET POLISH | |F5380 |
| | | |K0601 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 32
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-025B|ALUMINIUM OXIDE |REF|5600R | |51686 |
| | |USA|A-A-59318 | | |
| | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-025C|ALUMINIUM OXIDE |REF|A-A-59318 | |LOCAL |
| | |USA|A-A-59318 | |PURCHASE|
| | | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-027 |RUST INHIBITOR |REF|WD-40 |CORROSION PREVENTI-|C8011 |
| |(FOR CORROSION USE | | |VE,MOISTURE REMOVER|U8600 |
| |15-004) | | |LUBRICANT |Z6T99 |
| | | | | |09137 |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|05-027A| |REF|ARDROX 396/1 | |C1308 |
| | |USA|MIL-L-81309 | |F3082 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-027B|INFORMATION TRANSFERED TO ITEM N....... 15005A |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-027C|INFORMATION TRANSFERED TO ITEM N....... 15004 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-027D|RUST INHIBITOR |REF|BOESHIELD T-9 |CORROSION PREVENTI-|SUREFILM|
| |(FOR CORROSION USE |USA|MIL-L-81309 |VE,MOISTURE REMOVER|LUBRIC. |
| |15-004) | | |LUBRICANT |SEOUL |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|05-027E|RUST INHIBITOR |REF|PROTEX R-09 | |F2756 |
| |(FOR CORROSION USE |USA|MIL-L-81309 | | |
| |15-005) | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|05-027F|RUST INHIBITOR |REF|DINITROL AV5 | |C7223 |
| |FOR CORROSION USE |D |80-T-35-9799 | |S5611 |
| |15-005) |USA|MIL-PRF-16173 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-027G|RUST INHIBITOR |REF|STEELGARD OR | |PER 4M |
| |(FOR CORROSION USE | |PARCOFILM 303 | |LTD |
| |15-005) |USA|MIL-C-81309 | |GOUDA |
| | |F |AIR-3634 | |HOLLAND |
| | | | | |F1705 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-029 |FIXATIVE FOR PLACARD|REF|BSB DUROFIX |IMMERSION OF BSB |F8808 |
| |INSTALLATION | |(FIXATIV UW |LABEL | |
| | | |+FIXATIV UW | | |
| | | |SPECIAL) | | |
| | |AIB|ASN-B 70830 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 33
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |05-033 |GLASSCLOTH |REF|91111 |TRANSFERT TO ITEM |D2436 |
R | | |FR |AMS-C-9084 CLAS|20-039 | |
R | | | |S 2 TYPE III |SPEC MIL-C-9084 CLA| |
R | | |C |Z-17.201 |SS2 TYPE III | |
R | | | | |INACTIVE | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R | | | | | | |
R |05-033A|GLASS CLOTH FOR LAMI|REF|AMS-C-9084 TYPE|TRANSFER TO ITEM 20|F2991 |
R | |NATES PRODUCT STYLE | | III CL2 |-039A |52331 |
R | |120 |USA|AMS-C-9084 TYPE|SPEC MIL-C-9084 CLA| |
R | | | |III CL2 |SS 2 TYPE III | |
R | | | | |INACTIVE | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-035 |RIGID FOAM SHEET |REF|DIVINYCELL H60 |HONEYCOMB REPAIRS |C3346 |
R | | |D |LN29898-5.1360.| | |
R | | | |2 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-038 |POWDER (REMOVAL OF |REF|D-70 |REMOVAL OF SKYDROL |C7058 |
| |HYDRAULIC FLUID | | |SPILLAGE | |
| |SPILLAGE) | | | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|05-038B| |REF|ARDROX 9D-1 | |C1308 |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-038C| |REF|CLAY POWDER |ABSORPTION OF |LOCAL |
| | | | |SPILLAGE |PURCHASE|
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|05-038D| |REF|VERMICULITE | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-042 |PHOSPHATIC LIQUID |REF|TURCOAT 3286 |NO LONGER AVAILABLE|D8908 |
| |NO LONGER AVAILABLE |USA|MIL-C-10578 |REPLACED BY 05-042B| |
| | | |TYPE II | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-042A| |REF|ARDROX 1218 | |C1308 |
| | |USA|MIL-C-10578 | |F1705 |
| | | |TYPE III | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-042B|ACID CLEANER / PHOSP|REF|ELDORADO AC-182|CLEANING AND CORROS|C7884 |
| |HORIC ACID BASE |USA|MIL-C-10578 |ION REMOVAL OF LOW |0G1Z3 |
| | | |TYPE II |ALLOYED,CARBON STEE| |
| | | | |L AND AL-ALLOYS ACC| |
| | | | |MIL-C-10578 | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 34
Feb 01/10

CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-043 |VARNISH P.T.F.E |REF|KLINGERFLON |TO SPRAY THREADS OF|K0076 |
| |SPRAY | | |BALLEND DURING | |
| | | | |ASSEMBLY | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|05-043A| |REF|FLUOROGLIDE | |FLUORO- |
| | | | | |PLAST |
| | | | | |95103 |
| | | | | |ARGEN- |
| | | | | |TEUIL |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-043B|DRY LUBRICANT |REF|SPRAY TEFLON |DRY FILM LUBRICANT |F6372 |
| | | |TYPE 2000 OR | | |
| | | |TYPE 6044/6040 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-045 |FLUORESCENT DYE |REF|T100/OS-31 |VACUUM/DYE |83328 |
| |PIGMENT :INTENSE | | |LEAK CHECKS | |
| |GREEN DYE | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| | |
|05-045A|FLUORESCENT DYE |REF|T100/OS-80 | | |
| |PIGMENT :BLUISH | | | | |
| |WHITE DYE | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-045B|FLUORESCENT DYE |REF|FLUORESCENT |FUEL LEAK DETECTION|ROHM & |
| |PIGMENT | |YELLOW 131 SC | |HAAS |
| | | | | |SINGA- |
| | | | | |PORE |
| | | | | |FA1C0 |
| | | | | |K0F88 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-046B|YELLOW DYE |REF|AUTOMATE YELLOW|VACUUM/DYE LEAK |ROHM & |
| | | |8 |CHECK PROCEDURE |HAAS |
| | | | | |SINGA- |
| | | | | |PORE |
| | | | | |FA1C0 |
| | | | | |K0F88 |
| | | | | |5D385 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-047 |ANTI COR. COMPOUND |REF|MASTINOX D40 |ANTI-CORROSION |F1419 |
| |(HIGH TEMP.SILICONE |C |Z-11.904 |COMPOUND |K2232 |
| |SEALANT) | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 35
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |05-050 |GLASSCLOTH |REF|AMS C 9084 TYPE|TRANSFERT TO CML-20|LOCAL |
R | | | | V CLASS 2 |044 |PURCHASE|
R | | | | | | |
R | | |USA|AMS C 9084 TYPE| |D8274 |
R | | | |V CLASS 2 | | |
R | | |D |WL 8.4546.60 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-052 |SELF-ADHES.PVC DISKS|REF|5440 GS (GREY) |BLANKING OF |F7828 |
| |FOR HOISTING POINT | |OR 5440 BC (WHI|HOISTING POINTS | |
| |BLANKING | |TE) | | |
| | | |OR A11110138205| | |
| | |F |ASNA 2879 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-054 |ZINC POWDER |REF|ZINC POWDER |ENSURING ELECTRICAL|C6604 |
| |(USE WITH 05-002) | |PURE GRADE |CONTINUITY BETWEEN |D9964 |
| | | |GRAIN 100-200 |PCU COMPONENTS(WHEN| |
| | | | |MIXED 42% ZINC | |
| | | | |POWDER/58% MASTINOX| |
| | | | |6856K) | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-055 |PLASTIC POLISH |REF|MIRROR GLAZE |POLISH NAVIGATION |U3230 |
| | | |MGH 10 |LIGHT LENS |12849 |
| | |USA|MIL-C-18767 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-056 |GLASSCLOTH |REF|92110 |STRUCTURAL REPAIR |D2436 |
| | |D |WLB-8-4548.60 |OF COMPOSITE | |
| | | | |COMPONENT | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-057 |MICROBALLOONS |REF|BJO-0930 |NON STRUCTURAL |2D097 |
| | |C |Z-18.903 |REPAIR OF COMPOSITE| |
| | | | |COMPONENTS | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-061 |GLASSCLOTH (VAPOR |REF|3V1R20 |COATED GLASSCLOTH |F0582 |
| |SEAL REPAIR) | |NO LONGER | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
|05-061A|GLASSCLOTH |REF|3NX1R20 | | |
| |(VAPOR SEAL REPAIR) | |SUPERFLEXIT | | |
| | | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 36
Feb 01/10

CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-063 |NEVERSEEZ NICKEL |REF|NSN-165, |LUBRICANT |U2215 |
| |SPECIAL GRADE | |NSBT-16N, | |5W425 |
| | | |NSN-16A | | |
| | |GB |AFS 1836 | | |
| | |USA|MIL-A-907 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-064 |RELEASE AGENT |REF|SODIUM ALGINATE|IN BORES FOR THE |ISP |
| | | |+ ETHYL GLYCOL |BEARING-HOUSINGS. |USA |
| | | |+ WATER (HOT) |PROPOR. BY WEIGHT: |96822 |
| | |GB |ABP1-4053 |PROPOR. BY WEIGHT: |96822 |
| | | | |SOD.ALGI.:4GR,ETHY | |
| | | | |GLY.:2GR,WATER:94GR| |
R |OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |05-064A|RELEASE AGENT/WATER |REF|DEPARTURE |RELEASE AGENT |1QXN9 |
R | |BASED | | | | |
R | | | | | | |
R |-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |05-065 |EROSION PROTECTIVE |REF|3M POLYURE.PROT|PREFERRED ANTI EROS|04963 |
R | |TAPE | |EC. TAPE 8671 |ION TAPE IS | |
R | | |C |Z-24.380 |CML-05132 | |
R | | | | |EROSION PROTECTIVE | |
R | | | | |TAPE | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-066 |INFORMATION TRANSFERED TO ITEM N....... 08005C |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-068 |VACUUM FOIL |REF|CAPRAN 512 H |VACUUM BAG.MAX USE |ALLIED |
| | |D |80-T-31-2910 |TEMP.200 DEG C |FIBERS |
| | | | |(392 DEG F). |MORRIS- |
| | | | |MIN TEMP USE |TOWN.N J|
| | | | |-61 DEG C | |
| | | | |(-78 DEG F) | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|05-068A| |REF|HS-8171 | |RICH- |
| | |D |80-T-31-2910 | |MOND |
| | | | | |REDLANDS|
| | | | | |CALIFOR.|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-069 |TACKY TAPE |REF|SM 5144 |VACUUM BAG SEALANT |2Y445 |
| | | |(SERIES 5100) | |53309 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 37
Feb 01/10

CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-071 |LEAK DETECTOR |REF|GUPOFLEX 301 |LEAK DETECTION |GUPO |
| | | | |(VAPOR SEAL,ETC...)|KEHL/ |
| | | | | |RHEIN |
| | | | | |GERMANY |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-074 |DECORFOIL |REF|AERFILM |INTERIOR TRIM |21213 |
| | | |LHR-HA211 | | |
| | | |OR AERFILM | | |
| | | |LHR-PS-LHR | | |
| | |D |DAN 1274 | | |
| | | |(PART 1) | | |
| | |C |Z-22.915 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-075 |POLYMETHACRYLIMID |REF|ROHACELL 71WF |FOAM-DRY BEFORE |C7210 |
| |RIGID FOAM |D |LN 29898 |BONDING |D2204 |
| | | |DAN1215 | | |
| | |C |Z-14.602 | | |
| | |AIB|ABS 5318A | | |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-11-002 | | |
| | |ES |Z-14.608 | | |
| | |F |ASNA 4335 | | |
| | | |ASNA 5072 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-077 |CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|BRAYCOTE 248 |O-RING LUBRICATION |0BHX9 |
| |COMPOUND |USA|MIL-C-11796 | | |
| | | |CLASS 3 | | |
| | |C |Z-11.114 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-084 |DECORATIVE FOIL |REF|AIRDEC-F30FF |APPLICATION OF |SE992 |
| | | |WITH HOT MELT |DECORATION SHEETS | |
| | | |ADHESIVE HA3931| | |
| | |D |DAN 1274 PART 1| | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-096 |POLYURETHANE |REF|SCOTCH 8681-HS |EROSION PROTECTION |52152 |
| |ADHESIVE TAPE | |COLOR 36320 |FOR HTP LEADING | |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-12-001 |EDGE | |
| | |C |Z-24.283 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-109 |LAMINATE, A/C |REF|AIRVOLT |REPLACEMENT CARGO |SE992 |
| |INTERIOR | |LAMINATE |LININGS |53370 |
| | | |1C-120B OR | | |
| | | |1C-180B | | |
| | |D |DAN 493 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 38
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-110 |LAMINATE,CARGO LINER|REF|GILLFAB 1367E, |REPLACEMENT CARGO |22457 |
| | | |CLASS 2,GRADE A|LININGS | |
| | | |,TYPE 50 OR | | |
| | | |TYPE 70 | | |
| | |USA|BMS 8-223 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-111 |NITRIC ACID |REF|NITRIC ACID |AS A CONSTITUENT IN|LOCAL |
| | | | | SOLUTION USED FOR |PURCHASE|
| | | | |PASSIVATION OF | |
| | | | |STAINLESS STEEL | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-112 |SODIUM DICHROMATE |REF|SODIUM |AS A CONSTITUENT IN|LOCAL |
| | | |DICHROMATE | SOLUTION USED FOR |PURCHASE|
| | |C |Z-23.546 |PASSIVATION OF | |
| | | | |STAINLESS STEEL | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-115 |JOINTING COMPOUND |REF|MASTINOX 6856H |ASSEMBLY |K5635 |
| |(CONDUCTIVE) |USA|MIL-P-8116B | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-128 |PVC |REF|WELDING CORD | |F5251 |
| | | |CR40 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-132 |ANTI EROSION TAPE |REF|3M 8673 |USE AS AN IMPROVED |F0229 |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-12-001 |ALTERNATIVE TO CML |K5635 |
| | | | |05-065 |76381 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-137 |FIXATIVE FOR DECAL |REF|527B/15 |TO BE USED WITH |F0027 |
| | | F |ASNB-70820-SP |DISA LABEL | |
| | | | |DUROFIX TRANSFER | |
| | | | |ACCORDING TO MANUFA| |
| | | | |CTURER INSTRUCTIONS| |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 39
Feb 01/10
R
CES
F. LUBRICANTS
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|06-001A|SOLID FILM LUBRICANT|REF|MOLYKOTE 3402 C|DRY LUBRICATION |D8367 |
| |AIR DRYING |USA|MIL-L-23398 | |F7286 |
| | |C |Z-21.305 | |K7750 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|06-001B|SOLID FILM LUBRICANT|REF|LUBRIBOND 220 | |85932 |
| |AIR DRYING |USA|MIL-L-23398 | | |
| | |C |Z-21.305 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|06-001C|SOLID FILM LUBRICANT|REF|MIL-L-23398 | |LOCAL |
| |AIR DRYING | |OPEN | |PURCHASE|
| | |USA|MIL-L-23398 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|06-002 |LUBRICANT (OBSOLETE |REF|MOLYKOTE G |FUEL TANK BOLT |F3102 |
| |USE 06-011) |USA|MIL-L-8937 |LUBRICANT (FOR |F6899 |
| | | | |STRUCTURE STEEL |K7750 |
| | | | |OR TITANIUM |94499 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|06-005 |LUBRICANT FOR |REF|CETYL ALCOHOL |LUBRICATION OF |LOCAL |
| |FASTENERS |USA|AS 87132 |FASTENER |PURCHASE|
| | | | TYPE III | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|06-006 |ANTI-SEIZE COMPOUND |REF|DOD-L-25681 |TO PREVENT LOCKING |LOCAL |
| | | |OPEN |OF SCREWS SECURING |PURCHASE|
| | |USA|DOD-L-25681 |THE IDG QUICK | |
| | |C |Z-21.116 |ATTACH/DETACH (QAD)| |
| | |NAT|S-1735 |RING | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|06-007 |GRAPHITE POWDER |REF|GRAPHITE POWDER|LUBRICATION |LOCAL |
| |DRY LUBRICANT |F |AIR-4224 | |PURCHASE|
| | |USA|SS-G-659 | |F5606 |
| | |NAT|S-732 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|06-008 |LUBRICANT |REF|MOLYKOTE G |SOLID LUBRICANT |DOW |
| | | |RAPID PLUS |WITH A VERY LOW |CORNING |
| | | |PASTE |FRICTION CONSTANT |GMBH |
| | |AI |TNA 007-10006 |USED AS AN ASSEMBLY|D8367 |
| | | | |LUBRICANT |F3102 |
| | | | | |K7750 |
| | | | | |94499 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 40
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|06-012 |LUBRICANT |REF|DC-200 | |F3102 |
| | | | | |05AJ8 |
| | | | | |71984 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|06-014 |DRY FILM LUBRICANT |REF|MOLYKOTE | |F3102 |
| | | |G-RAPID PLUS | |K7750 |
| | | |SPRAY | |94499 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|06-016 |MOLYBDENUM |REF|MOLYKOTE Z |APPLIED BY RUBBING |LOCAL |
| |DISULFIDE POWDER |USA|AMS-M-7866 | |PURCHASE|
| | |F |AIR-4223 | |F3102 |
| | |GB |DEF STAN 68-2 | |F4101 |
| | |C |Z-21.306 | |94499 |
| | |NAT|S-740 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 41
Feb 01/10
R
CES
G. PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL)
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|07-001 |NO LONGER AVAILABLE |REF|PRIMER-7-E-747 |ELECTRICAL BONDING |FA4T1 |
| |RPLD BY 07001B/D/F | |+HARD-7-E-749 |LACQUER |F0351 |
| | | |+THIN-7-E-750 | |H0951 |
| | | | | |Z0123 |
| | | | | |98502 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|07-001B|ELECTRICAL BOND |REF|NYCOTE 7-11 | |05803 |
| |VARNISH | | | | |
| | | | | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|07-001C| |REF|7D1586 | |FA4T1 |
| | | | | |F0351 |
| | | | | |H0951 |
| | | | | |Z0123 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|07-001D|ELECTRICAL BONDING |REF|4125/6407BLUE | |F1419 |
| |COATING (BLUE COLOR)|D |75-T-2-5721-3-1| | |
| | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|07-001F|FUEL RESISTANT |REF|CV117 | |PRC |
| |COATING (BLUE BASE | | | |DESOTO |
| |COAT) | | | |SINGA- |
| | | | | |PORE |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|07-001G|ELECTRICAL BOND VARN|REF|F69 BLUE BASE +| |FA3F2 |
| |ISH | | HARDENER | | |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-04-009 | | |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-04-018 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|07-003 |ABRASION RESISTANT |REF|7-X-74-FC |NO LONGER AVAILABLE|98795 |
| |COATING (TEFLON | |+ HARD 10-C-81 |REPLACED 07-003 | |
| |POLYURET) | |+ THIN 66-C-28 |WITH SUFFIX | |
| | | |OR 66-C-20 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|07-003C|ABRASION RESISTANT |REF|AERODUR ARC | |FAP52 |
| |COATING(TEFLON | |+HARD-S-66/22R | |F0351 |
| |POLYURET) | |+THIN-C-25/90 | |H0951 |
| | |C |Z-12.515 | |Z0123 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 42
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|07-003D|ABRASION RESISTANT |REF|F-407-616 | |K6413 |
| |COATING(TEFLON | |NO LONGER | | |
| |POLYURET) | |AVAILABLE | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|07-003E|ABRASION RESISTANT |REF|CELOGLISS | |F1419 |
| |COATING(TEFLON | |BASE:5456/0001 | |K5635 |
| |POLYURET) | |HARDENER:0730/ | |Z0853 |
| | | |9000,THINNER: | |83574 |
| | | |0491/9000 | | |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-04-007 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|07-003F|ABRASION RESISTANT |REF|24-T3 SERIES |ABRASION RESISTANT |FAP52 |
| |COATING(POLYURETHANE| |+ ACTI. PC-216 |POLYURETHANE |F0351 |
| |) | |+ THIN TR-55 |COATING |H0951 |
| | |USA|BMS 10-86 | |Z0123 |
| | | |TYPE II GRADE D| |98502 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|07-003G|ABRASION RESISTANT |REF|23-T3 SERIES |FLUOROPOLYMERS |98795 |
| |COATING(POLYURETHANE|USA|BMS 10-86 |FILLED, ABRASION | |
| |) | |TYPE I GRADE D |RESISTANT POLYURE- | |
| | | | |THANE COATING | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|07-006 |ANTISTATIC PAINT |REF|N-59502 |RADOME & ANTENNA |D8357 |
| |(HIGH RESISTIVITY) | |+HARD-N39/1327 |FAIRINGS | |
| | | |+THIN-N39/3460 | | |
| | | |NO LONGER | | |
| | |AIB|TN 10106 | | |
| | | |TYPE II | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|07-006A| |REF|CELOMER 5014 | |K5635 |
| | | |TYPE II | |Z0853 |
| | | |(5420/2620 + | |83574 |
| | | |HARD-0707/9000+| | |
| | | |THIN-0491/9000)| | |
| | |AIB|TN 10106 | | |
| | | |TYPE II | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|07-006B|ANTISTATIC PUR PAINT|REF|ALEXIT 472-41 |RADOME AND ANTENNA |D2603 |
| |(HIGH RESISTIVITY) | |+ HARD 400 |FAIRINGS | |
| | | |+ THIN 901-45 | | |
| | |AIB|TN 10106 | | |
| | | |TYPE II | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 43
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|07-009 |SEALING COAT |REF|FL-7XXX |MIC TOP COATING OF |D6309 |
| |(COLOR AS REQUIRED) | |+THIN-FL-7163 |FURNISHING | |
| | |D |DA-4-653-90 |COMPONENTS.FOR | |
| | | | |POLYCARBONAT VENEER| |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|07-010 |LACQUER |REF|FL-7XXX |MIC TOP COATING OF | |
| |OBSOLETE USE 16-047 | |+HARD-FL-4206 |FURNISHING | |
| | | |+THIN-FL-7162 |COMMON VENEER. | |
| | |D |DA-4-653-91 |COMMON VENEER. | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------| |
|07-010A| |REF|N-53651 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|07-012 |LACQUER |REF|ALEXIT 5018 |REPAIR OF MIC |D2603 |
| |OBSOLETE,REPLACE BY | |+HARD-402 |COATED COMPONENTS | |
| |16-047 | |+THIN-62 | | |
| | |D |DAN 1200 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|07-018 |VARNISH |REF|AERODUR | |F0351 |
| | | |CLEARCOAT U.V.R| |0S4B8 |
| | |USA|BMS 10-72 | | |
| | | |TYPE V | | |
| | |C |Z-12.412 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|07-018A|LOW VOC UVR VARNISH |REF|DESOTHANE HS CL|UV RESISTANT |F1419 |
| | | |EAR BASE:CA8001|VARNISH |1LFF4 |
| | | |B0900C | | |
| | | |HARDENER:CA8000| | |
| | | |B THINNER: | | |
| | | |CA8000C | | |
| | |F |AIMS 04-04-023 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|07-018B|LOW VOC UVR VARNISH |REF|BASE:AVIOX |LOW VOC UV |F0351 |
| | | |CLEARCOAT UVR; |RESISTANT,HIGH |H0951 |
| | | |HARDENER:90150;|GLOSS FOR |Z0123 |
| | | |ACTIVATOR:99321|APPLICATION ON |98502 |
| | | |OR 99330 OR |EXTERNAL DECORATION| |
| | | |99341 |PAINT | |
| | |F |AIMS 04-04-023 | | |
R |OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 44
Feb 01/10

CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |07-018C| |REF|ALEXIT HS CLEAR|EXTERNAL VARNISH |MANKIE- |
R | | | | COAT 411-14 +A| |WICZ |
R | | | |LEXIT-HARDENER | |USA |
R | | | |405-86+ACTIVATO| |D2603 |
R | | | |R ALEXIT 901-72| | |
R | | |AIB|AIMS 04-04-023 | | |
R |-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|07-020 |IDENTIFICATION PAINT|REF|C21/100 RED |USE FOR IDENTIFICAT|H0951 |
| | | |S66/22R |ION OF MOVEMENT | |
| | | |HARDENER |TAMPERING | |
| | | |C25/90S THINNER| | |
| | |AI |TNA 007-10012 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|07-020A| |REF|ALEXIT 406-22 | |D2603 |
| | | |ALEXIT 400 | | |
| | |AI |TNA 007-10012 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|07-020B| |REF|TORQUE SEAL |AN INSPECTION |01195 |
| | | |F925 |LACQUER USED IN |3BYE7 |
| | |F |PQ 10050-182-02|AREA WHERE AIRCRAFT| |
| | | | |HYDRAULIC FLUID | |
| | | | |MIGHT COME IN | |
| | | | |CONTACT WTH SEAL | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|07-020C| |REF|EC-1252 |IDENTIFICATION |F0347 |
| | |USA|BMS 8-45 |PAINT |26066 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|07-023 |TRANSPARENT |REF|NYCOTE 88 | |05803 |
| |PROTECTIVE COATING | |(BASE AND | | |
| | | |HARDENER) | | |
| | |D |DAN 1172-01 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|07-560 |SECURING LACQUER |REF|SECURING |SCREW/NUT SECURING |C1614 |
| | | |LACQUER | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 45
Feb 01/10

CES
H. BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |08-001 |EPOXY ADHESIVE |REF|ARALDITE AW106 |GENERAL PURPOSE ADH|F4364 |
R | | | |+ HARD HV953U |ESIVE & INSERT |S3798 |
R | | | | | | |
R | | | |OR ARALDITE |POTTING |02684 |
R | | | |2011 | | |
R | | |FR |ASNA4049 | | |
R | | |D |DAN 1284-01 | | |
R | | |C |Z-15.209 | | |
R | | |BG |ABR 2-0179 | | |
R |OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R | | | | | | |
R |08-001A|GENERAL PURPOSE |REF|3M SCOTCH-WELD |GENERAL PORPOSE ADH|D2607 |
R | |ADHESIVE HONEYCOMB | |1838 B/A GREEN |ESIVE & INSERT |26066 |
R | |FILLER | |OR |POTTING. BONDING OF| |
R | | | |3M EC-1838 B/A | INSERTS | |
R | | | |GREEN | | |
R | | |ES |Z-15.229 | | |
R | | |USA|MIL-A-52194 | | |
R | | |FR |ASNA4048 | | |
R | | |FR |ASNA73501 | | |
R |OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
R | | | | | | |
R |08-001B|ADHESIVE (OBSOLETE, |REF|REDUX 408 |ONLY HONEYCOMB | |
R | |USE 08-086) | | |FILLER & LAMINATING| |
R | | | | |OR FOR INSERT | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-001C|LAMINATION RESIN AND|REF|RENLAM LY560 |60 METALLIC |F4364 |
| |HARDENER | |+HARD HY 560 |HONEYCOMB REPAIRS |4D163 |
| | | |OR RENLAM LY560| | |
| | | |+ HARD ARADUR | | |
| | | |560 | | |
| | |C |Z-18.165 | | |
| | |D |DAN 1193-01 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
|08-001D|LAMINATION RESIN |REF|ARALDITE |LAMINATION RESIN | |
| |(OBSOLET,USE 08-001C| |LY5082 + HARD. | | |
| |) | |HY5083 OR | | |
| | | |HY5084 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 46
Feb 01/10

CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-002 |GENERAL PURPOSE |REF|LOCTITE 270 |PERMANENT THREAD |LOCAL |
| |DIMETHACRYLATE GREEN|USA|MIL-R-46082 |LOCKING COMPOUND |PURCHASE|
| | | |TYPE I | |D2617 |
| | |C |Z-15.503 | |F6033 |
| | | | | |K6405 |
| | | | | |05972 |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|08-002A| |REF|LOCTITE 273 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|08-002B|GENERAL PURPOSE |REF|LOCTITE 271 | |LOCAL |
| |DIMETHACRYLATE ADHES|USA|ASTM-D-5363 | |PURCHASE|
| |IVE | |GP02 CL2 GRD1 | |D2617 |
| | | | | |F6033 |
| | | | | |K6405 |
| | | | | |U0406 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-003 |THREADLOCKER/SEALANT|REF|LOCTITE 290 |THREAD LOCKING |LOCAL |
| |ANAEROBIC |USA|ASTM-D-5363 |COMPOUND |PURCHASE|
| | | |GP02 CL6 GRD1 | |D2617 |
| | |ES |Z-15.504 | |F6033 |
| | |USA|MIL-S-22473 GRD| |K6405 |
| | | |A | |05972 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-004 |ADHESIVE SEALANT |REF|CAF4 + PRIMER |SILICONE ELASTOMER |F0107 |
| | | |PM820 |CEMENT |94499 |
| | |AIB|AIMS-04-05-003 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-004A| |REF|RTV-732 OR 731 |SEALANT-LAVATORIES |LOCAL |
| | | |OR 738 |& GALLEY |PURCHASE|
| | | |+ PRIMER 1200 | |F3102 |
| | | |OR 4040 | |K7750 |
| | |USA|MIL-A-46106 | |01139 |
| | | |TYPE I | |71984 |
| | |C |Z-16.306 | | |
| | |D |DA4-653-3S2 | | |
| | |C |I+D-N-200 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 47
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R | | | | | | |
R |08-004B| |REF|RTV108 + PRIMER|PRIMER TO BE USED |01139 |
R | | | | SS4179 |FOR RTV108 : | |
R | | |USA|MIL-A-25457 |SS4004P,SS4044P AND| |
R | | | | | | |
R | | | |46106 GROUP I, | SS4179 | |
R | | | |TYPE I | | |
R | | |F |ASNA 4290 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-005 |SEALING TAPE |REF|TESA MOLL 4700 |ADHESIVE TAPE |F2209 |
| |OBSOLETE-USE 08-005A| |OR 4702 | |26066 |
| |,B,C, |USA|L-T-100 TYPE I | |99742 |
| | |D |TV53/3511/73 | | |
| | |F |ASNA3540 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-005A|SEALING TAPE |REF|COHRLASTIC SNS | |B1348 |
| | | |512 AF-WITE | | |
| | |F |ABS 5006 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|08-005B|SEALING TAPE |REF|HT 606 A | |K5416 |
| | |F |ABS 5006 | | |
| | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
|08-005C|SEALING TAPE |REF|FOAMEGA HT-606 |NO LONGER AVAILABLE| |
| | |F |ABS 5006 |REPLACED BY 08-005B| |
| | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-005D|SEALING TAPE |REF|BF-1005(A) | |096L9 |
| | | |WHITE | | |
| | |F |ABS 5006 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-006 |SOLVENT BASED NITRIL|REF|EC-1236 |NO LONGER AVAILABLE|F0347 |
| |E RUBBER ADHESIVE | | |USE 08-006 WITH SUF|K8767 |
| | | | |FIX |26066 |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------| |
|08-006A| |REF|3M SCOTCH-WELD |BUNA CONTACT | |
| | | |847 OR 3M EC-84|ADHESIVE | |
| | | |7 | | |
| | |ES |Z-15.104 | | |
| | |USA|MMM-A-1617 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 48
Feb 01/10

CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-006B| | |1099 | | |
| | |USA|MMM-A-189 | | |
| | | |CLASS 2 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-006C|ADHESIVE GENERAL |REF|BOSTIK 1787 |PRODUCT NO LONGER |D9518 |
| |PURPOSE |GB |S26-4013 |AVAILABLE REMPLACED|F2857 |
| | | | |BY 08-006 |U2215 |
| | | | |BUNA CONTACT | |
| | | | |ADHESIVE | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|08-006D|ADHESIVE GENERAL |REF|EVO-STIK 5007/3| |K2147 |
| |PURPOSE |GB |S26-4013 | | |
| | | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-007 |THREADLOCKER/SEALANT|REF|LOCTITE 241 |THREAD LOCKING |D2617 |
| | |USA|MIL-R-46082 |COMPOUND |F6033 |
| | | |TYPE II |(OCCASIONAL |K6405 |
| | |USA|MIL-S-46163-A |REMOVAL) |05972 |
| | | |TYPE I GRDJ | | |
| | |USA|ASTM-D-5363 | | |
| | | |GP02 CL3 GRD1 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| | |
|08-007A|SEALANT, HIGH TEMP. |REF|LOCTITE 274 | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|08-007B| |REF|LOCTITE 242 | | |
| | |ES |Z-15.502 | | |
| | |USA|MIL-R-46082 | | |
| | | |TYPE II | | |
| | |USA|ASTM-D-5363 | | |
| | | |GP03 CL2 GRD1 | | |
| | |USA|MIL-S-46163-A | | |
| | | |TYPE 2 GRDN | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-007C|SEALANT,HIGH |REF|ORAPI FREINAGE |SEE NOTE REF |F6899 |
| |TEMPERATURE | |MOYEN 15 |4150496/96 N2 | |
| | |AS |10053-053-03 |A/BTE/SY/ENAT | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-008 |POLYESTER FILLER |REF|FINALIN 943 |PLASTIC FILLER |D2603 |
| | | |+HARD. 5 | | |
| | |D |DA4-653-83 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 49
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-008A| |REF|N-59300 | |D8357 |
| | | |+HARD-N-59567 | | |
| | | |+THIN-N-39400 | | |
| | |D |DA4-653-83 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|08-008B|FIBERGLASS, FILLER, |REF|METALIX NPS | |C1438 |
| |SURFACER EPOXY |D |TV-53-3533/77 | | |
| | | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |08-009 |PRIMER, ACTIVATOR |REF|LOCQUIC T |NO LONGER AVAILABLE|D2617 |
R | |FOR ANAEROBIC |USA|MIL-R-46082 |REMPLACED BY CML-08|F6033 |
R | | | | | | |
R | | |S |Z-15.920 |009C |K6405 |
R | | | | | |05972 |
R |OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
R |08-009A|PRIMER, ACTIVATOR FO|REF|LOCTITE 7649 |NO LONGER AVAILABL | |
R | |R ANAEROBIC | | |REPLACED BY | |
R | | | | |CML-08009D | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-009B|ACTIVATOR SPRAY |REF|ORAPI 3140 |SEE NOTE REF |F6899 |
| | |AS |PQ 10053-064-04|4150496/96 N2 | |
| | | | |A/BTE/SY/ENAT | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-009C|PRIMER,ACTIVATOR FOR|REF|LOCTITE 7471 | |D2617 |
| |ANAEROBIC | | | | |
| | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| | |
|08-009D|PRIMER,ACTIVATOR FOR|REF|LOCTITE 7649 | | |
| |ANAEROBIC | | | | |
| | | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-010 |TWO COMPONENT EPOXY |REF|ARALDITE AV138M|ADHESIVE FOR |D3123 |
| |ADHESIVE | |+HV998 |PTFE-CLOTH |F4364 |
| | |D |DA-4-653-3E4 | |02684 |
| | |C |Z-15.205 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|08-010A|EPOXY RESIN AND |REF|ARALDITE AW134 | |D3123 |
| |HARDENER ADHESIVE | |+HY994 OR HV997| |F4364 |
| | |D |DAN 1199-01 | |S3798 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| | |
|08-010B|EPOXY RESIN |REF|REDUX 408 B/A | | |
| |(OBSOLETE,USE | | | | |
| |08-086) | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 50
Feb 01/10

CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-010D|EPOXY RESIN AND |REF|HYSOL EA9321 |BONDING CFRP/CFRP |S3837 |
| |HARDENER ADHESIVE |F |ASNB73411 | |04347 |
| | |C |Z-15.240 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-011 |FUEL TANK REPAIR |REF|SUPERFLEXIT |VAPOR SEAL REPAIR |F0582 |
| |VAPOR SEAL | |S-707 | | |
| | | |(+ HARD.R) | | |
| | |F |CM-164 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-011A| |REF|3M SCOTCH-WELD |FUEL TANK REPAIR |F0347 |
| | | |1099 + SCOTCH G|VAPOR SEAL |K8767 |
| | | |RIP 1099 | |26066 |
| | |USA|MMM-A-189 | | |
| | | |CLASS 2 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-013 |SEALANT, ANAEROBIC |REF|LOCTITE 221 |THREAD LOCKING |D2617 |
| | |USA|MIL-R-46082 |COMPOUND |F6033 |
| | | |TYPE I | |K6405 |
| | | |MIL-S-22473 | |05972 |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|08-013A| |REF|LOCTITE 259 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|08-013B| |REF|LOCTITE 222 | | |
| | |C |Z-15.501 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-013C|THREAD LOCK |REF|ORAPI FREINAGE | |F6899 |
| | | |FAIBLE 15 | |50987 |
| | |F |ASNA 4028 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-017 |BONDING METAL/METAL |REF|HYSOL EA9309. |FOR BONDING |04347 |
| | | |3NA |METAL TO METAL | |
| | |GB |S27-8006 | | |
| | |C |Z-15.242 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |08-017A|ADHESIVE STRUCTURAL |REF|3M EC-2216 B/A | |F0347 |
R | |FLEXIBLE | |GRAY OR | |26066 |
R | | | |3M SCOTCH-WELD | | |
R | | | |2219 B/A GRAY | | |
R | | |USA|DOD-A-82720 | | |
| | |C |Z-15.201 | | |
R | | |AIB|AIMS 10-07-004 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------| |

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 51
Feb 01/10

CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-017B| |REF|EC-3533-B/A |FOR BONDING | |
| | | | |METAL TO METAL | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|08-017C| |REF|HYSOL EA9330/1 | |04347 |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-017D| |REF|DP 110 | |D2607 |
| | |F |ASNB73504 | |F0347 |
| | |F |ASNA4036 | |K8767 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-018 |SOLVENT-BASED |REF|3M SCOTCH-WELD |BONDING OF VIEWING |D2607 |
| |SYNTHETIC RUBBER | |1300L |WINDOW IN FWD CARGO|F0347 |
| |ADHESIVE |USA|MMM-A-121 |COMPT LINING |K8767 |
| | |ES |Z-15.101 | |26066 |
| | |F |TN.A.007.10010 | | |
| | | |021-00 | | |
| | |F |TN.A.007.10054 | | |
| | | |031-00 | | |
| | |G |DA4-653-3N1 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
|08-018A|PLASTIC BONDING.....|REF|EC-2141 |NO LONGER AVAILABLE| |
| |.. | |(EX : EC-711) |REMPLACED BY 08-018| |
| | |F |TN.A.007.10010 | | |
| | | |021-00 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-018B|PLASTIC BONDING |REF|BOSTIK 2402 |BONDING OF VIEWING |D9518 |
| | | |+ PRIMER 9252 |WINDOW IN FWD CARGO|F2857 |
| | |GB |DTD-900/4679 |COMPT LINING |U2215 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-019 |FOIL, PRESSURE |REF|SCOTCH CHROM |ALUMINIUM TAPE |D2607 |
| |SENSITIVE (USE | |FOIL-530 | |F0347 |
| |08-108) | |NO LONGER | |K8767 |
| | | |AVAILABLE | |26066 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-022 |COMPOUND,VOID FILLER|REF|EC-3524 B/A |HONEYCOMB FILLER |D2607 |
| |LOW DENSITY |F |ASNB81251 | |F0347 |
| | |D |DA-4-653-81 | |K8767 |
| | |GB |S26-4024 | |26066 |
| | |C |Z-18.144 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-022C| |REF|ARALDITE 252 AB| |S3798 |
| | |F |ASNB81251 | |02684 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 52
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-024 |ADHESIVE COMPOUND |REF|LOCTITE 307 |LINE REPAIR USING |D2617 |
| | |USA|MIL-R-46082 |HARRISON UNIONS |F6033 |
| | | |TYPE III | |05972 |
| | |C |Z-15.517 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-025 |TWO COMPONENT |REF|3M SCOTCH-WELD |BONDING OF |D2607 |
| |POLYURETHANE | |3532 B/A |POLYCARBONATE |F0347 |
| |ADHESIVE |D |DA-4-653-3E6 | |K8767 |
| | |D |DA-4-653-3P2 | |26066 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| | |
|08-025A|NO LONGER PRODUCED |REF|EC-3536 | | |
| |REPLACED BY 08-025 | | | | |
| | | | | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-025B| |REF|3M SCOTCH-WELD | |04963 |
| | | | 3549 B/A | | |
| | |D |DA-4-653-3P2 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-026 |ADHESIVE/SEALANT ONE|REF|ELASTOSIL E 43 |FOR SILICONE RUBBER|D2650 |
| |PART,RTV SILICONE | |OR SWS 951 |BONDING FOR HIGH |0DF77 |
| |RUBBER | | |TEMPERATURE SEALANT| |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-029 |THREADLOCKER |REF|LOCTITE 675 |ADHESIVE FOR NON- |D2617 |
| | |D |80-T-34-9020 |REMOVABLE ASSEMBLY |F6033 |
| | |F |NSA 502-02 | |05972 |
| | |USA|ASTM D 5363 | | |
| | | |GROUP 4 CLASS 2| | |
| | | |GRADE 1 | | |
| | |USA|MIL-R 46082 TYP| | |
| | | |1 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|08-029A| |REF|LOCTITE 601 | | |
| | |USA|MIL-R-46082 | | |
| | | |TYPE I | | |
| | |ES |Z-15.509 | | |
| | |D |80-T-34-9020 | | |
| | |USA|ASTM-D-5363 | | |
| | | |GP04 CL1 GRD1 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-029B|THREADLOCKER/ADHESIV|REF|ASTM-D-5363 | |LOCAL |
| |E | |GP04 CL1 GRD1 | |PURCHASE|
| | |USA|ASTM-D-5363 | | |
| | | |GP04 CL1 GRD1 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 53
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-032 |INSULATING ADHESIVE |REF|SCOTCH 69 |INSULATING ADHESIVE|D2607 |
| |TAPE |USA|MIL-I-19166 |TAPE |F0347 |
| | |C |Z-24.340 | |K8767 |
| | | | | |26066 |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|08-032A| |REF|MIL-I-19166 | |LOCAL |
| | |USA|MIL-I-19166 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-033 |CYANO - ACRYLATE |REF|LOCTITE 415 |BONDING OF CAP ON |D2617 |
| |ADHESIVE | |(EX : IS 150) |MLG DOOR SEQUENCE |F6033 |
| | |D |TH-5-932/1 |VALVE (INCORPORATED|K6405 |
| | |USA|MIL-A-46050 |IN MLG UPLOCK) |05972 |
| | | |TYPE I CLASS 3 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-033A|CYANO ACRYLATE |REF|A-A-3097 TYPE I| |LOCAL |
| |ADHESIVE | |CLASS 3 | |PURCHASE|
| | |USA|A-A-3097 TYPE I| | |
| | | |CLASS 3 | | |
| | |USA|MIL-A 46050 TYP| | |
| | | |1 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-034 |ADHESIVE |REF|LOCTITE 672 |REMOVABLE ASSEMBLY |D2617 |
| | |USA|MIL-R-46082 | |F6033 |
| | | | | |05972 |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|08-034A| |REF|LOCTITE 641 | | |
| | |USA|MIL-R-46082 | | |
| | |ES |Z-15.515 | | |
| | |USA|ASTM-D-5363 | | |
| | | |GP01 CL3 GRD1 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-036 |POLYESTER FILLER |REF|N-58479/T508 |NON-STRUCTURAL |D8357 |
| | | |+HARD-N59029 |REPAIR OF | |
| | |D |DAN 1090 |COMPOSITE COMPONENT| |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-036A|SPATULA FILLER |REF|INTERPLAN 100 |WATER BASED PRODUCT|B4946 |
| | | |SP FINE TYPE B | | |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-30-001 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 54
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-038 |FABRIC TAPE |REF|TESABAND 4541 |ADHESIVE TAPE |BEIERS- |
| |PRESSURE SENSITIVE | | |MULTIPLE USE |DORF |
| | | | | |USA |
| | | | | |D2571 |
| | | | | |F2209 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-043 |CEMENT VITON DISTRIB|REF|C-13 |NO LONGER AVAILABLE|F2538 |
| |UTION | | |USE 08-043A | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
|08-043A|GLUE (VITON |REF|C-15 | | |
| |DISSOLUTION) | | | | |
| | | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-048 |LOW STRENGTH |REF|LOCTITE 932 |APPLIED TO |D2617 |
| |THREADLOCKER |D |DA-2-657-4 |BACKSHELLS OF |F6033 |
| | |GB |DTD-5629 |ELECTRICAL |05972 |
| | | | |CONNECTORS | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|08-048A|LOW STRENGTH THREAD |REF|LOCTITE 221 | |D2617 |
| |LOCKER |USA|MIL-R-46082 | |F6033 |
| | | |TYPE I | |K6405 |
| | | |MIL-S-22473 | |05972 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-049 |ADHESIVE |REF|LOCTITE 542 |INSTALLATION OF |D2617 |
| | |C |Z-15.506 |SCREEW |F6033 |
| | | | | |K6405 |
| | | | | |05972 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-051 |EPOXY RESIN |REF|HYSOL EA934 NA |BONDING OF |K0400 |
| | |D |DA-4-653-3-E8 |ALUMINIUM SHEETS |12405 |
| | |USA|MMM-A-132 | |33564 |
| | | |TYPE I | | |
| | |C |Z-15.237 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-051A|INFORMATION TRANSFERED TO ITEM N....... 08025B |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 55
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-052 |SELF ADHESIVE |REF|3M 425 OR |TEMPORARY |D2607 |
| |ALUMINIUM TAPE | |3M 427 |PROTECTIVE COVER |F0347 |
| | |D |DAN 328AN | |K8767 |
| | | |OR DAN 328AP | |26066 |
| | |USA|AMS-T-23397 | | |
| | | |AND/OR L-T-80B | | |
| | |C |Z-24.351 | | |
| | |AIB|ABS5604A OR | | |
| | | |ABS5604AL | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|08-052A|SELF ADHESIVE ALUMIN|REF|PERMACEL P-11 | |F0226 |
| |UM TAPE | |OR PERMACEL | |99742 |
| | | |P-11L | | |
| | |D |DAN 328AN OR | | |
| | | |DAN 328AP | | |
| | |C |Z-24.351 | | |
| | |AIB|ABS5604A OR | | |
| | | |ABS5604AL | | |
| | |USA|L-T-80B | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-053 |GLASS FIBER TAPE |REF|3M 361 |TEMPORARY REPAIR OF|D2607 |
| | |D |DAN 328-H |CARGO PANELS |F0347 |
| | |C |Z-24.341 | |K8767 |
| | | | | |26066 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-053A|SINGLE SIDE GLASS- |REF|P-621 | |C3590 |
| |CLOTH SELF ADHESIVE |D |DAN 328H | |99742 |
| |TAPE |F |NSA 5375H | | |
| | |USA|MIL-T-4053 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-057 |PRIMER |REF|NOVASIL 1217 |NO LONGER MANUFACTU|OTTO |
| | | | |RED REMPLACED BY |CHEMIE |
| | | | |08-057A |FRIDOL- |
| | | | | |FING |
| | | | | |GERMANY |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-057A|PRIMER FOR SEALING O|REF|FLOORSIL 1217 |PRIMER FOR SEALING |D0919 |
| |N NTF COVERING |D |DA4-653-3H8 |ON NTF COVERING | |
| | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 56
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-057B|PRIMER FOR SEALING O|REF|OTTO PRIMER | |OTTO |
| |N NTF COVERING | |1217 | |CHEMIE |
| | |D |DA4-653-3H8 | |FRIDOL- |
| | | | | |FING |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-058 |ADHESIVE |REF|LOCTITE 326 |INSTALLATION OF |D2617 |
| | |GB |AFS 1740 |LOCKING PLATES |F6033 |
| | | | | |K6405 |
| | | | | |05972 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-060 |TAPE, PRESSURE |REF|PERMACEL 621 |GLASSCLOTH ADHESIVE|F0226 |
| |SENSITIVE,GLASSCLOTH|USA|MIL-T-4053 |TAPE (THERMAL |80769 |
| | |D |DAN 328H |INSULATION) |99742 |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-060A| |REF|SCOTCH 361 |THERMAL INSULATION |D2607 |
| | |D |DAN 328H | |F0347 |
| | |USA|MIL-T-4053 | |K8767 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-061 |TAPE SOUND DAMPENING|REF|PERMACEL P12L |ALUMINIUM-BACKED |F0226 |
| |ALUMINIUM FOIL |D |DAN 328AS |COTTON TAPE. |99742 |
| | |AIB|ABS5604B |(THERMAL & SOUND | |
| | | | |INSULATION) | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-061B|OBSOLETE TO BE REPLACED BY ITEM N...... 08061 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-063 |TAPE,ANTISEIZE, |REF|121 |FOR USE ON LIQUID &|C0064 |
| |POLYTETRAFLUORO- |USA|MIL-T-27730 |GASEOUS OXYGEN |07512 |
| |ETHYLENE | |SIZE 2 |SYSTEMS. |26066 |
| | |C |Z-22.193 | | |
R |OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
R |08-063A| |REF|SCOTCH 48 | |26066 |
| | |USA|MIL-T-27730 | | |
| | | |SIZE 2 | | |
R | | |US |A-A-58092 | | |
R | | |FR |ASNA3500 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|08-063B| |REF|MIL-T-27730 | |LOCAL |
| | |USA|MIL-T-27730 | | |
| | | |SIZE 2 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 57
Feb 01/10

CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-064 |ANTI-SLIP ADHESIVE |REF|3M SAFETY WALK |ANTI SLIP COATING |D2607 |
| |TAPE | |310 | |F0347 |
| | |D |TV53/3508/73 | |S3510 |
| | | | | |26066 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-064A|ANTI-SLIP SURFACING |REF|MIL-W-5044 |FOR REPAIR OF NON |LOCAL |
| |(FLEX.) | |TYPE I OPEN |SLIP SURFACING |PURCHASE|
| | |USA|MIL-W-5044 | | |
| | | |TYPE I | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-065 |DOUBLE SIDED |REF|SCOTCH MOUNT |SECURING |F0347 |
| |ADHESIVE TAPE | |4016 |DECOMPRESSION PANEL|26066 |
| | |USA|MIL-T-60394 |(WIDTH AS REQUIRED)| |
| | | |TYPE I CLASS I | | |
| | |C |Z-24.362 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-065A| |REF|MIL-T-60394 |SECURING |LOCAL |
| | | |TYPE I CLASS I |DECOMPRESSION PANEL|PURCHASE|
| | | |OPEN | | |
| | |USA|MIL-T-60394 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-066 |ACRYLIC PRESSURE |REF|VHB 9473 PC |APPLICATION |D2607 |
| |SENSITIVE TAPE |D |DAN 319, |TO RUBBING STRIP | |
| | | |DAN 1202 |TO FIT ON FLAP | |
| | | | |COMPONENT | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-073 |ADHESIVE TAPE |REF|ABS5662 OPEN |INSULATION BLANKET |F2538 |
| |(INSULATION BLANKET |F |ABS5662 |REPAIR ADHESIVE | |
| |REPAIR) | | |TAPE | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
|08-073A|ADHESIVE TAPE |REF|KB42 |REINFORCEMENT OF IN| |
| |(INSULATION BLANKET)|F |ABS5662A |SULATING BAGS MADE | |
| | | | |OF COVERING MATERIA| |
| | | | |L TERUL 18, | |
| | | | |TERUL 19 | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-074 |MASKING TAPE |REF|MASKING TAPE |MASKING OFF REPAIR |LOCAL |
| | | | |AREA |PURCHASE|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-075 |QUICK SETTING EPOXY |REF|AKRO FIREGUARD |QUICK REPAIR OF |0RHU7 |
| |ADHESIVE KIT | |300-P |CARGO COMPARTMENT | |
| | |D |WA-10016 |LINERS | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 58
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
| | |D |WA-10016 |LINERS | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
| | |D |WA-10016 |LINERS | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-078 |TWO PART PASTE |REF|HYSOL EA9394 |BONDING OF |S3837 |
| |ADHESIVE | |PART A AND B |STRUCTURE |04347 |
| | |D |DAN 1196 |SEMI-SHELL PARTS |33564 |
| | | | |SHIMMING/FILLING | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-079 |DOUBLE-SIDED |REF|ORCOTAPE OT-40 |INSTALLATION OF |C2977 |
| |PRESSURE SENSITIVE |D |DAN 382, |ADHESIVE TAPE |60815 |
| |ADHESIVE | |DAN 1297-01 |FOR CARPETS | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-082 |ACRYLIC PRESSURE |REF|3M 950 |ADHESIVE TAPE |D2607 |
| |SENSITIVE TAPE |D |DAN 319 |FOR NTF |F0347 |
| | |D |DAN 1211-01 | |26066 |
| | |AIB|ABS5768A | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-083 |RAPID HOT-MELT PATCH|REF|TEDLAR,PF-GLASS|TEMPORARY REPAIR OF|SE992 |
| | | |LAMINATE, HOT | CARGO PANELS | |
| | | |MELT ADHESIVE | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-084 |POLYESTER FILM TAPE |REF|3M 850 |TAPE USED FOR |D2607 |
| |(TRANSPARENT) |AIB|ABS5093A |COVERING SEALED | |
| | | | |CFRP FLOOR PANEL | |
| | | | |GAPS AND FOR | |
| | | | |PROTECTING FLOOR | |
| | | | |PANEL EDGE | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-085 |ADHESIVE TAPE, |REF|TL-1120 L |INSTALL THE TAPE TO|D1692 |
| |PTFE |D |DAN 269A25 |A SENSOR CLAMP | |
R | | | | |NO LONGER AVAILABLE| |
R |OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |08-085A|ADHESIVE TAPE, PTFE |REF|SPSA-20S | |F9492 |
R | | |D |DAN 269 A25 | | |
R | | | | | | |
R |-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 59
Feb 01/10

CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-087 |ADHESIVE 2-PART |REF|BOSTICK AXIOM |REQUIRED FOR |D9518 |
| |ACRYLIC | |SA 100 |ASSEMBLY OF |F2857 |
| | |GB |AFS 2318 |THERMOPLASTIC |U2215 |
| | | | |STATICDISCHARGER | |
| | | | |RETAINERS TO | |
| | | | |METALLIC/COMPOSITE | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-087A|ACRYLIC ADHESIVE 2 |REF|BONDMASTER F246|QUICK BONDING |K1245 |
| |PART | | + INITIATOR | |85091 |
| | | |1 OR 5 | | |
| | |GB |AFS 1646 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-092 |ADHESIVE/SEALANT |REF|S1125 (RK6619) |FIRE PLUG SEALING |F6220 |
| | |C |Z-15.243 | |K1010 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-102 |DISPERSION-ADHESIVE |REF|HELMITIN 35050 | |D0293 |
| |FOR TEXTILE FLOOR |F |AIMS 10-04-005 | | |
| |COVERING | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-103 |REPAIR KIT FOR |REF|REPAIR COMPOUND| |VARICOR |
| |WASHBASIN | | ADHESIVE A | |F-67130 |
| | | |HARDENER B | |SCHIR- |
| | | | | |MECK |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-104 |MOISTURE BARRIER |REF|KB 29 |NO LONGER AVAILABLE|F2538 |
| |FOIL,SELF ADHESIVE |F |ABS5093B485 | |QB284 |
| | | | | |09XN1 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-104A|LIQUID BARRIER FOLL |REF|KB49 | |F2538 |
| |(PSA) |F |ABS5725A | | |
| | |F |ABS5093B | | |
R |OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |08-104B|LIQUID BARRIER FOIL |REF|8663DL |LIQUID BARRIER FOIL|76831 |
R | |(PSA) |AIB|ABS5725ML |(PSA) | |
R | | | | | | |
R |-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-107 |ADHESIVE TAPE FOR PE|REF|KB 33 | |F2538 |
| |FOAM INSULATION |D |DAN 382-H | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-112 |TAPE COTTON FABRIC |REF|PERMACEL P 55 |TAPE FOR CARPET |C3590 |
| |DOUBLE SIDED SELF |D |DAN 328 |INSTALLATION |99742 |
| |ADHESIVE | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 60
Feb 01/10

CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-113 |REPAIR PATCH |REF|PERMAGLASS 400 |CORE FILLER FOR THE|K1789 |
| |SELF ADHESIVE |AIB|AIMS 08-07-002 |REPAIR OF CARGO COM| |
| | | | |PARTMENT LININGS | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-113A| |REF|GILLPATCH |CORE FILLER FOR THE|1KN26 |
| | | |1367 P | REPAIR OF CARGO | |
| | |AIB|AIMS 08-07-002 |COMPARTMENT LININGS| |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-114 |REPAIR PATCH |REF|SPEEDPATCH |CORE FILLER FOR THE|0RHU7 |
| |INTURNESCENT SELF | |AF 800 SERIES | REPAIR OF CARGO | |
| |ADHESIVE |AIB|AIMS 08-07-001 |COMPARTMENT LININGS| |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|08-114A| |REF|GILLPATCH III | |1KN26 |
| | |AIB|AIMS 08-07-001 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-115 |CORE FILLER AMBIENT |REF|EPOCAST 1633 |CORE FILLER FOR THE|ST205 |
| |TEMPERATURE CURING | |A/B | REPAIR OF CARGO |99384 |
| | |AIB|AIMS 08-08-001 |COMPARTMENT LININGS| |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|08-115A| |REF|3524 A/B FST | |F0347 |
| | |AIB|AIMS 08-08-001 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|08-115B| |REF|AF444 SPEED | |0RHU7 |
| | | |FILL | | |
| | |AIB|AIMS 08-08-001 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-115C| |REF|ALEXIT -FST 495|CORE FILLER |D2603 |
| | | |-14 + HARDENER | | |
| | | |ALEXIT 491-14 | | |
| | |D |DAN 1282-01 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-116 |LAMINATING RESIN, |REF|EPOCAST 54 A/B |MAINLY QUALIFIED |K1007 |
| |AMBIENT TEMPERATURE |AIB|AIMS 04-027-001|FOR REPAIRS OF AIR |99384 |
| |CURING | | |CONDITIONING AND | |
| | | | |COOLING DUCTS | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-116A|LAMINATING RESIN, |REF|EPOLAM 2500/ | MAINLY QUALIFIED |AXSON |
| |AMBIENT TEMPERATURE | |2501 |FOR REPAIRS OF AIR |EATON |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-027-002|CONDITIONING AND |USA |
| | | | |COOLING DUCTS |F6655 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 61
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-117 |SLIP-RESISTANT |REF|SAFETY WALK, |ANTI SLIP FOR FLOOR|D2607 |
| |MATERIAL,SELF | |BLACK,REF 610 |AND ROLLER MATS |F0347 |
| |ADHESIVE |AIB|ABS5092A | |K8767 |
| | | | | |26066 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-118 |CARPET TAPE |REF|RELINK2318; |UNPROTECTED SIDE |D3951 |
| | | |VERSION B |OF TAPE FACING THE | |
| | | | |FLOOR PANEL | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 62
Feb 01/10
R
CES
J. SEALANTS
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-001 |FUEL TANK SEALANT |REF|PR-1422-A |NO LONGER AVAILABLE|K5635 |
| | |USA|MIL-S-8802 |REPLACED BY 09-001 |Z0853 |
| | | |TYPE I |WITH SUFFIX |83574 |
| | | |CLASS A | | |
| | |GB |DTD-900/4590 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-001A| |REF|PS-890-A |REPAIR SEALANT FOR |COUR- |
| | |ES |Z-16.134 |FUEL LEAK |TAULDS |
| | |USA|AMS-S-8802 | |AUSTRA- |
| | | |TYPE 2 CLASS A| |LIA |
| | | | | |PRC |
| | | | | |DESOTO |
| | | | | |SINGA- |
| | | | | |PORE |
| | | | | |K5635 |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|09-001B| |REF|PR-1422-A(NA) | |F0229 |
| | |F |ASNA4163 | |K5635 |
| | |USA|AMS-S-8802 | |Z0853 |
| | | |TYPE 1 | |83574 |
| | | |CLASS A | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|09-001C|FUEL TANK SEALANT PO|REF|PR-1440-A | |F0229 |
| |LYSULFIDE |USA|AMS-S-8802 | |K5635 |
| | | |TYPE 2 CLASS A | |83574 |
| | |ES |Z-16.134 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-001D|FUEL TANK SEALANT |REF|PR-1776A AS | |F0229 |
| |POLYSULFIDE |F |ASNA 4157 | | |
| | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-001E|FUEL TANK SEALANT |REF|MC 238 A2 |TO BE USED WITH |D1940 |
| |POLYSULFIDE |F |AIMS 04-05-002 |ADHESION PROMOTER | |
| | | | |(SEE ITEM 09-028D | |
| | | | |OR 09-028E) | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-002 |FUEL TANK SEALANT |REF|PR-1422-B |FUEL TANK |K5635 |
| |POLYSULFID(NO LONGER|USA|MIL-S-8802 |& PRESSURIZED |Z0853 |
| |AVAILABLE | |TYPE I |CABIN SEALANT |83574 |
| | | |CLASS B | | |
| | |GB |DTD-900/4868 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 63
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-002A|FUEL TANK SEALANT |REF|PS-890/B | |F0229 |
| |POLYSULFIDE |C |Z-16.135 | |K5635 |
| | |USA|AMS-S-8802 | |Z0853 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-002B|FUEL TANK SEALANT |REF|PR-1422-B(NA) | |COUR- |
| |POLYSULFIDE |F |ASNA 0163 | |TAULDS |
| | |C |Z-16.107 | |AUSTRA- |
| | | | | |LIA |
| | | | | |PRC |
| | | | | |DESOTO |
| | | | | |SINGA- |
| | | | | |PORE |
| | | | | |F0229 |
| | | | | |K5635 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
|09-002C|FUEL TANK SEALANT |REF|PR-1440-B |SEALANT OF FUEL | |
| |POLYSULFIDE |USA|AMS-S-8802 |TANKS AND PRESSURE | |
| | |C |Z-16.135 |CABINS | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-002D|LOW DENSITY FUEL |REF|PR-1776-B |SEALANT PERMAPOL P5|F0229 |
| |TANK SEALANT. |AIB|AIMS 04-05-012 | FOR FUEL TANK. |Z0853 |
| | |USA|AMS 3281 | |83574 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-002E|FUEL TANK SEALANT |REF|MC 238 B2 |TO BE USED WITH |D1940 |
| |POLYSULFIDE |F |AIMS 04-05-002 |ADHESION PROMOTER | |
| | | | |(SEE ITEM 09-028D | |
| | | | |OR 09-028E) | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-002F|FUEL TANK SEALANT |REF|PR-2001 B |ADD NOTE USE WITH |83574 |
| | |F |AIMS 04-05-002 |PR 187 ADHESION | |
| | | | |PROMOTER | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-003 |SEALANT,POLYSULFIDE |REF|PR-1321-A |ACCESS DOOR SEALANT|LOCAL |
| |(USE 09-018) |C |Z-16.115 | |PURCHASE|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-004 |SEALANT, AERODYNAMIC|REF|PR-340 |SURFACE SEALANT | |
| |SMOOTHING-OBSOLETE |D |DA-2-657-4 | | |
| |USE 09016 |GB |S26-3003 AND | | |
| | | |AFS 1344 | | |
| | |C |Z-16.121 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 64
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |09-005 |INTERFAY SEALANT |REF|PR-1431-G |NO LONGER AVAILABLE|F0229 |
R | | |USA|MIL-PRF-81733 |USE 09-005 WITH SUF|K5635 |
R | | |C |Z-16.101 |FIX |Z0853 |
R | | |F |ASNA4172 | |83574 |
R | | | | | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-005A| |REF|PS892C | |F0229 |
| | |D |DAN1184 | |K5635 |
| | |F |AIMS 04-05-002 | |83574 |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|09-005B| |REF|PR1827R1/6 | | |
| | |D |DAN1218-05 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|09-005C| |REF|PR1828B | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-005D| |REF|PR-1770-C |INTERFAY |F0229 |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-05-001 |POLYSULFIDE SEALANT|83574 |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|09-005E| |REF|PS-870-C | | |
| | |USA|MIL S 81733 | | |
| | |C |Z-16.101 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-005F| |REF|MC238C |NO LONGER AVAILABLE|D1940 |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-05-002 |REPLACED BY 09-005 | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------| |
|09-005G| |REF|MC 780 C | | |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-05-001 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|09-005H|INTERFAY SEALAND |REF|PR 1782 C | |F0229 |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-05-001 | |K5635 |
| | | | | |85570 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-007 |BRUSHABLE FUEL |REF|PR-1005-L |SEALANT |F0229 |
| |RESISTANT COATING |USA|SAE-AMS-S-4383 | |K5635 |
| | |ES |Z-16.201 | |83574 |
| | |GB |DTD-900/4493 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-007A|BRUSHABLE FUEL RESIS|REF|3M EC-776 OR |BONDING ACRYLO- |D2607 |
| |TANT COATING | | 3M SCOTCH-WELD|NITRILE RUBBERS IN |F0347 |
| | | | 776 |A FUEL SOAK |K8767 |
| | |USA|SAE-AMS-S-4383 |ENVIRONMENT |26066 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 65
Feb 01/10

CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-008 |NO LONGER AVAILABLE |REF|PR 5401K |NO LONGER AVAILABL| |
| | |USA|MIL-S-8802 |E | |
| | | |CLASS A |BRUSHING SEALANT | |
| | | | |(TEMPORARY REPAIR | |
| | | | |ONLY) | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-008A| |REF|PR-1221-A |BRUSHING SEALANT |LOCAL |
| | | |OBSOLETE |(TEMPORARY REPAIR |PURCHASE|
| | | |CONTAINS LEAD |ONLY) | |
| | |USA|MIL-S-7502 | | |
| | | |CLASS A | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|09-008B| |REF|PS-707-BT | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-008C|EARLY QUICK REPAIR F|REF|OYLTITE |TOPCOAT SEALANT IN |08854 |
| |UEL TANK SEALANT | | |FUEL TANKS APPLIED | |
| | | | |OVER PR 1422 | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |09-008D|QUICK REPAIR FUEL TA|REF|PS-860B 1/6 |NO LONGER AVAILABLE|F0229 |
R | |NK SEALANT TEMPORARY|USA|AMS-S-83318 |TRANSFERT TO 09-058|K5635 |
R | | | |CLASS B | |Z0853 |
R |OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
R |09-008E|QUICK REPAIR FUEL TA|REF|PR-1826-B | |COUR- |
R | |NK SEALANT TEMPORARY| |+ PRIMER PR | |TAULDS |
R | | | |1826 | |AUSTRA- |
R | | |USA|AMS 3277 | |LIA |
R | | | | | |PRC |
R | | | | | |DESOTO |
R | | | | | |SINGA- |
R | | | | | |PORE |
R | | | | | |F0229 |
R | | | | | |K5635 |
R |OR |--------------------|---|---------------| | |
R |09-008F|QUICK REPAIR FUEL TA|REF|PR-1828B + | | |
R | |NK SEALANT TEMPORARY| |PRIMER PR 186 | | |
R | | |USA|MIL-S-83430 | | |
R |OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
R |09-008G|QUICK REPAIR FUEL TA|REF|PR-2001 B | |83574 |
R | |NK SEALANT TEMPORARY|F |AIMS 04-05-002 | | |
R | | | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 66
Feb 01/10

CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-013 |SEALANT-BRUSH CONSIS|REF|PR-1436-GA |PRODUCT OBSOLET REM|F0229 |
| |TENCY (OBSOLETE) |ES |Z-16.127 |PLACED BY ANY |K5635 |
| | |USA|MIL-PRF-81733 |09-013 WITH SUFFIX |Z0853 |
| | | | | |83574 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
|09-013A|SEALANT-BRUSH CONSIS|REF|EC-1675-GA |NO LONGER AVAILABLE| |
| |TENCY |USA|MIL-S-81733 | REPLACED BY 09-013| |
| | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-013B|CORROSION INHIBITING|REF|PR-1436GA(NA) |FOR AREAS SUBJECTED|F0229 |
| | BRUSH CONSISTENCY |FR |ASNA4165 |TO EXTENSIVE |K5635 |
| | |USA|MIL-PRF-81733 |CORROSION |Z0853 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-013C|SEALANT-BRUSH |REF|PR1422A | |F0229 |
| |CONSISTENCY | |(NA) | |K5635 |
| | |USA|MIL S 8802 TYPE| |83574 |
| | | |I | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| | |
|09-013D|SEALANT-BRUSH |REF|PR1440A | | |
| |CONSISTENCY |USA|AMS-S-8802 | | |
| | | | TYPE 2 | | |
| | | |CLASS A | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| | |
|09-013E|SEALANT-BRUSH |REF|PS890A | | |
| |CONSISTENCY |USA|AMS-S-8802 | | |
| | | |TYPE 2 CLASS A | | |
| | |ES |Z-16.134 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-013F|SEALANT-BRUSH CONSIS|REF|PS870 A |FOR AXLE SLEEVE, |F0229 |
| |TENCY |USA|MIL-PRF-81733 |WHEEL AND BRAKE |K5635 |
| | | |CLS 1 TYP 1 |CALLIPER |Z0853 |
| | | | |INSTALLATION ON |83574 |
| | | | |A380 MLG | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-013G|SEALANT BRUSH CONSIS|REF|MC 238A |GENERAL PURPOSE SEA|D1940 |
| |TENCY |AIB|AIMS 04-05-002 |LANT | |
| | | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 67
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-015 |SEALANT (OBSOLETE, |REF|PR-1321-B | | |
| |USE 09-019) | |LOW ADHESION | | |
| | | |CONTAINS LEAD | | |
| | |USA|MIL-S-8784 | | |
| | | |CLASS B | | |
| | |C |Z-16.110 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|09-015A| |REF|PS-706-B | | |
| | | |NO LONGER | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-016 |CORROSION INHIBITING|REF|PR-1436-GB |FILLET SEALANT |K0113 |
| |FILLET CONSISTENCY |USA|MIL-PRF-81733D |ALONG EDGES OF WING|Z0853 |
| | | |TYPE II |SKIN STRINGERS |83574 |
| | | |CLASS B | | |
| | |C |Z-16.113 | | |
| | |GB |ABGN/44/83324 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------| |
|09-016A| |REF|EC-1675-G-B |NO LONGER AVAILABLE| |
| | |USA|MIL-PRF-81733D |REPLACED BY 09-016 | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-016B| |REF|PR-1436GB-NA |FILLET SEALANT |F0229 |
| | |USA|MIL-PRF-81733D |ALONG EDGES OF WING|K0113 |
| | | |TYPE II |SKIN STRINGERS |Z0853 |
| | |F |ASNA4165 | |83574 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-016C|CORROSION INHIBITING|REF|JFM 1675 GB | |F0229 |
| | FILLET CONSISTENCY |USA|MIL-PRF-81733 | | |
| | | |CLASS B 1/2 | | |
| | |D |WL-5-5962.1 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|09-016D|FILLET SEALANT |REF|PR1440B | |F0229 |
| | |USA|AMS-S-8802 | |K5635 |
| | | |TYPE 2 CLASS B | |83574 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| | |
|09-016E|FILLET SEALANT |REF|PR1422B-NA | | |
| | |USA|MIL S 8802 TYPE| | |
| | | |I CLASS B | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|09-016F|CORROSION INHIBITIVE|REF|P/S 870B | |K5635 |
| | SEALANT |USA|MIL-PRF-81733 | |92108 |
| | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 68
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-016G|FILLET SEALANT |REF|PS890 B | |F0229 |
| | |USA|AMS-S-8802 | |K5635 |
| | | |TYPE 2 CLASS B | |83574 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-016H|SEALANT FILLET CONSI|REF|MC 238B |GENERAL PURPOSE SEA|D1940 |
| |STENCY |AIB|AIMS 04-05-002 |LANT | |
| | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-016I|FILLET SEALANT |REF|PR-2001B |PRODUCT TO BE USED |K5635 |
| | |AOB|AIMS 04-05-001 |WITH ADHESION |83574 |
| | | | |PRIMER PR-184 | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-017 |FUEL TANK BRUSH |REF|PR-7422 |INDIVIDUAL NUT |F0229 |
| |CONSISTENCY |GB |DTD-900/6137 |& BOLT SEALING |K5635 |
| | | | | |Z0853 |
| | | | | |83574 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|09-017B|FUEL TANK SEALANT- |REF|PR1422A (NA) | |F0229 |
| |BRUSH CONSISTENCY |USA|MIL S 8802 TYPE| |K5635 |
| | | |I | |83574 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-018 |NO LONGER AVAILABLE |REF|PR-1403GA-NA OR|NO LONGER AVAILABLE|F0229 |
| | | |PR-1403GA | |K5635 |
| | |D |DAN 1269-03 | |Z0853 |
| | |USA|AMS 3267/3 | |83574 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-018B|LOW ADHESION |REF|PR-1773-A2 |LOW ADHESION |F0229 |
| |POLYSULFIDE SEALANT |AIB|AIMS 04-05-006 |SEALANT |Z0853 |
| | |USA|AMS 3267 | |83574 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-018C|LOW ADHESION |REF|PR1428A | |F0229 |
| |POLYSULFIDE SEALANT |USA|WAS MIL S 8784 | |K5635 |
| | | | | |83574 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-018D|LOW ADHESION SEALANT|REF|MC-216 A-2 |LOW ADHESION |D1940 |
| | BRUSH CONSISTENCY |D |DAN 1270 | | |
| | | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 69
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-019 |NO LONGER AVAILABLE |REF|PR-1403-GB OR |NO LONGER AVAILABLE|F0229 |
| | | |PR-1403-GB(NA) | |K5635 |
| | |D |80-T-34-9000 | |Z0853 |
| | |D |DAN 1270-03 | |83574 |
| | |USA|AMS 3267/3 | | |
| | |D |DA-2-657-2-EDB | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-019B|LOW ADHESION |REF|PR-1773-B2 |LOW ADHESION |F0229 |
| |POLYSULFIDE SEALANT |AIB|AIMS 04-05-006 |SEALANT NON |Z0853 |
| | |USA|AMS 3267 |CHROMATE |83574 |
| | | | |CORROSION | |
| | | | |INHIBITING | |
| | | | |SEALANT | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-019C|LOW ADHESION |REF|PR1428B | |F0229 |
| |POLYSULFIDE SEALANT |USA|MIL-S-8784 | |K5635 |
| | | | | |83574 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-019D|LOW ADHESION SEALAND|REF|MC-216 B-2 |LOW ADHESION |D1940 |
| | FILLET CONSISTENCY |D |DAN 1270 | | |
| | | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-023 |FIRE WALL SEALANT |REF|PR-812 |SEALING DUCT TO |F0229 |
| | |USA|MIL-S-38249 |WING SKIN JOINT |K5635 |
| | | |TYPE I | |Z0853 |
| | |C |Z-16.206 | |83574 |
| | |F |ASNA4187 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-023A| |REF|DAPCO 2100 |APPLICATION IN HIGH|1XNT8 |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-05-008 |TEMPERATURE AREAS | |
| | |USA|AMS 3374 | | |
| | | |TYPE 1 , 3 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-023B| |REF|DAPCO 2200 TYPE| |04622 |
| | | | 1 | | |
| | |USA|AMS 3374 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 70
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-024 |LOW ADHESIVE SEALANT|REF|PR-1301 |SEALING ATTACHMENT | |
| |OBSOLETE USE 09-018 |GB |DTD-900/4523 |PLATES | |
| |OR 09-019 | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-025 |CORROSION INHIBITING|REF|PR-1436-G |PROTECTION OF FLOOR|F0229 |
| |SEALANT SPRAYABLE | |SPRAY |STRUCTURE |K5635 |
| | |USA|MIL-PRF-81733 | |Z0853 |
| | |F |ASNA4156 | |83574 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-026 |FLUOROSILICONE |REF|DC-730 + PRIMER| |71984 |
| |SEALANT | |DC-1200 | | |
| | |C |Z-16.403 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-028B|ADHESION PROMOTER |REF|PR-148 |SEALING OF |F0229 |
| |FOR POLYSULFIDE | | |AEROSTRUCTURE |K5635 |
| |SEALANT | | | |83574 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-030 |SEAL TAPE |REF|TEROSTAT 81 |VACUUM BAG SEALANT |D2147 |
| | |D |80-T-50-4005 | |F0339 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-036 |SILICONE SEALANT |REF|FLOORSIL 87 |N.T.F JOINTING |D0919 |
| |(1 PART) | | |(AIRFLOOR) | |
| | | | |(USED WITH 08-057) | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-045 |SEALANT POLYSULPHIDE|REF|PR-1425B OR PR-|WEATHER SEAL |F0229 |
| |FOR WINDSHIELD | |1425B(NA) |REPAIR |K5635 |
| | | |(2PARTS) | |Z0853 |
| | | | | |83574 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-045A|WINDSHIELD SEALANT |REF|PR1784B1/2 | SEALANT USED ON A|F0229 |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-05-009 |LL SUBSTRATES:GLASS|K5635 |
| | | | |PMMA, ALUMINIUM, ST|85570 |
| | | | |AINLESS STEEL, TITA| |
| | | | |NIUM, EXCEPT FOR PO| |
| | | | |LYCARBONATE | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-053 |FAST CURING SEALANT |REF|DAPCO 72 AND DA|FAST CURING 2 PART |1XNT8 |
| |FOR WINDSCREENS | |PCO 1-200 PRIME|SILICONE DAPCO 72 | |
| | | |R |FOR WINDSCREENS, | |
| | | | |APPLY PRIMER DAPCO | |
| | | | |1-200(1 P)ON SURFAC| |
| | | | |AS ADHESIONPROMOTER| |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 71
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-054 |SILICONE SEALANT (1 |REF|FLOORSIL 2 |TOBE USED WITH |D0919 |
| |PART) FOR NTF |D |DA4-653-3 SF |PRIMER 1217 | |
| | | | |(08-057), BUT NOT | |
| | | | |WITH AIRFLOOR | |
| | | | |(METZELER) | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 72
Feb 01/10
R
CES
K. ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|10-001 |DE-ICING FLUID |REF|AMS 1424 |DE-ICING (SHORT |LOCAL |
| |AEA/ISO TYPE I | |OPEN |HOLDOVER TIME) |PURCHASE|
| |ISO 11075 |USA|AMS 1424 | |HALSAN |
| | |ISO|ISO 11075 | |PAINT |
| | | | | |TAIWAN |
| | | | | |F1858 |
| | | | | |F2756 |
| | | | | |20638 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|10-003 |ANTI/DE-ICING FLUID |REF|AMS 1428 |AIRCRAFT ANTI |LOCAL |
| |AEA/ISO TYPE II | |OPEN |DE-ICING FLUID |PURCHASE|
| |ISO 11078 |USA|AMS 1428 |(LONGER HOLDOVER |D2200 |
| | |ISO|ISO 11078 |TIME) |F2756 |
| | | | | |K0522 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|10-004 |ANTI ICE/DE ICING |REF|AMS 1428 OPEN | |F2991 |
| |FLUID TYPE IV |USA|AMS 1428 | |F6892 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|10-005 |ANTI-/DE-ICINGFLUID |REF|SAE AMS1428 |DE ICING/ANTI ICING|LOCAL |
| |SAE TYPE III | |OPEN | |PURCHASE|
| | |USA|SAE AMS1428 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 73
Feb 01/10
R
CES
L. CLEANING AGENTS
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-001 |NO LONGER AVAILABLE |REF|TEEPOL 610 |STAIN REMOVER |F1858 |
| | |USA|MIL-D-16791 | | |
| | | |TYPE I | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|11-001A|EXT.AIRCRAFT CLEANER|REF|TURCO AIR TEC | |D8908 |
| |GENERAL PURPOSE | |23 | |F3172 |
| |CLEANING |USA|MIL-C-87936 | | |
| | | |TYPE I | | |
| | |USA|AMS 1526 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-001B|OBSOLETE TO BE REPLACED BY ITEM N...... 11001K |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-001C|CLEANING AGENT FOR |REF|SYNCLAIR |STAIN REMOVER |F6892 |
| |AICRAFT SURFACE |USA|AMS 1526 | | |
| |AND PARTS | |OR AMS 1527 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-001G|HEAVY DUTY CLEANER |REF|NETAL A202 |A/C EXTERIOR |PSA |
| |AIRCRAFT EXTERIOR |USA|AMS 1526 |CLEANER |33137 |
| |AND PARTS | | | |USA |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-001H|DETERGENT, |REF|NETAL SL-8 |EXTERIOR AIRCRAFT |F2756 |
| |GENERAL PURPOSE AND | | |CLEANING AGENT | |
| |A/C EXT. | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-001I|OBSOLETE TO BE REPLACED BY ITEM N...... 11001G |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-001J|OBSOLETE TO BE REPLACED BY ITEM N...... 11001G |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-001K|EXT.CLEANING |REF|ARDROX 6412 |NO LONGER AVAILABLE|BRENT |
| |CONCENTRATE |USA|AMS 1526 |TRANSFERT TO |60044 |
| | | | |11-001Q |ILLINOIS|
| | | | | |C1308 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-001L|DETERGENTS, |REF|ARDROX LEEDER |EXTERIOR AIRCRAFT |C1308 |
| |GENERAL PURPOSE | |140-B |CLEANING AGENT |F1705 |
| | |USA|AMS 1526 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-001M|DETERGENTS, |REF|ARDROX 6412 |NO LONGER AVAILABLE|BRENT |
| |GENERAL PURPOSE |USA|AMS 1526 |TRANSFERT TO |60044 |
| | | | |11-001Q |ILLINOIS|
| | | | | |C1308 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 74
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-001N|OBSOLETE TO BE REPLACED BY ITEM N...... 11001G |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-001P|DETERGENT, |REF|MAGNUS 149X |EXTERIOR AIRCRAFT |H3259 |
| |GENERAL PURPOSE | |AERO |CLEANING AGENT |K0618 |
| | |USA|AMS 1526 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-001Q|CLEANER,EXTERIOR |REF|AMS 1526, 1527 | |LOCAL |
| |AIRCRAFT-GENERAL | |OPEN | |PURCHASE|
| |PURPOSE |USA|AMS 1526,1527 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-002 |DRY CLEANING SOLVENT|REF|MIL PRF 680 |CLEANING OF |LOCAL |
| |(VARSOL/WHITE | |OPEN |MECHANICAL PARTS |PURCHASE|
| |SPIRIT) |USA|MIL-PRF-680 | | |
| | |GB |BS 245:76 | | |
| | | |TYPE I | | |
| | |C |Z-23.138 | | |
| | |C |Z-23.139 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-002C|OBSOLETE TO BE REPLACED BY ITEM N...... 11002 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-002D|OBSOLETE TO BE REPLACED BY ITEM N...... 11002 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-003 |METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE |REF|MEK |FOR GENERAL |LOCAL |
| | |USA|ASTM D 740 |APPLICATION YOU CAN|PURCHASE|
| | |ES |Z-23.117 |USE 11-016 OR |F0107 |
| | |AIB|AIMS 09-03-001 |11-026 OR 11-027 |F3528 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-004 |1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE|REF|GENKLENE |NO LONGER MANUFACTU|LOCAL |
| |(METHYL CHLOROFORM) |USA|MIL-T-81533 |RED |PURCHASE|
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|11-004A| |REF|BALTANE | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------| |
|11-004B| |REF|CHLOROTHENE NU |NO LONGER MANUFACT| |
| | | | |URED | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 75
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-005 |TRICHLOROTRIFLUORO |REF|FREON T-F |OZONE DEPLETING |LOCAL |
| |ETHANE | | |SUBSTANCE FOR |PURCHASE|
| | | | |GENERAL APPLICATION|32861 |
| | | | |USE PREFERABLY | |
| | | | |11-016 OR 11-026 OR| |
| | | | |11-027 | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|11-005A|TRICHLOROTRIFLUORO- |REF|FLUGENE 113 | |F7860 |
| |ETHANE | |FORANE 113 | |K6413 |
| | | | | |1511B |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-006 |METHYL ALCOHOL |REF|OM-232-GR-A |SOLVENT |LOCAL |
| | |USA|OM-232-GR-A | | |
| | | |AMS-3004 | | |
| | |C |Z-23.123 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-006A|DENATURED |REF|AMS 3002 OPEN | |F2991 |
| |ETHYL ALCOHOL |USA|AMS 3002 | | |
| | |C |Z-23.112 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-007 |CLEANING, OXYGEN |REF|SAN 10-1 |CLEANING AGENT FOR |F0553 |
| |MASKS | | |CREW OXYGEN MASKS |F5341 |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|11-007A| |REF|SAN 10-2 | | |
| | | |(OBSOLETE) | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-007B|OXYGEN MASKS |REF|SAN 50 | |F0553 |
| |DISINFECTANT/ | | | |F5341 |
| |CLEANER | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-007C|OXYGEN MASKS |REF|KI-OSE NO 320 |DISINFECTING OXYGEN|PSA |
| |DISINFECTANT, | | | MASKS |77983 |
| |TOWELETTE | | | |FRANCE |
| | | | | |PSA |
| | | | | |33137 |
| | | | | |USA |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-008 | |REF|12001 (OBSOLETE|PRIMER CLEANING | |
| |(USE 11-008A) | |) | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 76
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-008A|SOLVENT,WHITE SPIRIT|REF|8500/5200 | |D8357 |
| |WITH ALCOHOL | | | |F2613 |
| | | | | |09XN1 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-009 |CLEANING FOR MICROBI|REF|NEODOL 91-6E OR|WASHING INSIDE |K5591 |
| |OLOGICAL DEBRIS | |NEODOL 91-6 |OF TANKS | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-010 |ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL |REF|AIR-3660 |GENERAL USE |LOCAL |
| | | |OPEN |CLEANING |PURCHASE|
| | |F |AIR-3660 | |F1858 |
| | |USA|TT-I-735 | |F3528 |
| | | |GRADE A | |20638 |
| | |C |Z-23.113 | | |
| | |GB |BS 1595:84 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-011 |EXTERIOR AIRCRAFT |REF|AMS 1533 OPEN |CAN BE USED FOR THE|D8908 |
| |CLEANER. GEL TYPE |USA|AMS 1533 |CLEANING OF THE APU|F2756 |
| | | | |AIR INTAKE |F3172 |
| | | | | |61158 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-013 |COMPRESSOR CLEANING |REF|GTL COMPRESSOR |COMPRESSOR CLEANING|0UTM6 |
| | | |CLEAN (GTE CC) | |75680 |
| | |USA|MIL-PRF-85704 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-013A|AQUEOUS CLEANING |REF|TC-100 |CLEANING OF APU |DB017 |
| |COMPOUND |USA|MIL-PRF-85704 |COMPRESSOR & APU |0UTM6 |
| | | |TYPE II |OIL COOLER | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-014 |GAS TURBINE |REF|ZOK 27 |CLEANING OF APU GAS|U4628 |
| |COMPRESSOR CLEANER |GB |MSRR9914 |TURBINE COMPRESSOR |02ZK3 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-015 |RAIN REPELLENT |REF|ALTUGLAS POLISH|CLEANING OF RAIN |F2615 |
| | CLEANING | |N1 |REPELLENT | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-016 |CLEANING SOLVENT |REF|CITRA SAFE |SOLVENT CLEANING |Z5104 |
| | | |VERSION WITHOUT|AGENT |0K209 |
| | | |ODOR | | |
| | |USA|BOEING BAC 5000| | |
| | | |BAC 5504 | | |
| | | |BAC 5750 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 77
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-017 |INTERIOR GENERAL |REF|AMS 1550 OPEN |INTERIOR GENERAL |LOCAL |
| |PLASTIC CLEANER |USA|AMS 1550 |PLASTIC CLEANER |PURCHASE|
| | | | | |D8908 |
| | | | | |F2756 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-018 |CARPET AND FABRIC |REF|AMS 1630 OPEN |CARPET AND FABRIC |LOCAL |
| |CLEANER |USA|AMS 1630 |CLEANER |PURCHASE|
| | | | | |D8908 |
| | | | | |F2756 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-019 |CABIN WINDOW |REF|AMS 1535 OPEN |CABIN WINDOW |LOCAL |
| |CLEANER |USA|AMS 1535 |CLEANER |PURCHASE|
| | | | | |D8908 |
| | | | | |F2756 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-020 |VISUAL DISPLAY UNIT |REF|ALGLAS VISIAL |ANTI-STATIC CLEANER|U9012 |
| |ANTI-STATIC CLEANER | | |FOR V.D.U IN THE | |
| | | | |COCKPIT | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-020A| |REF|PROPHOT |ANTI-STATIC CLEANER|BOLLORE |
| | | | | FOR V.D.U IN THE |66004 |
| | | | |COCKPIT |FRANCE |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-021 |ADHESIVE REMOVER |REF|KR1 |ADHESIVE REMOVAL |F8116 |
| |CARBON STRUCTURE | | |ON FLOOR CARBON | |
| | | | |STRUCTURE | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-022 |CLEANING |REF|XYLENE FLUID |CLEANING OF FIRE |LOCAL |
| | |USA|ASTM-D95-46B |AND OVERHEAT |PURCHASE|
| | | | |DETECTION SENSING | |
| | | | |ELEMENT(RECOMMENDED| |
| | | | |FOR THIS USE BY | |
| | | | |FENWALL CMMV) | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-023 |HYDRO-CARBON-BASED |REF|BOLIT 707 |CLEANING OF THE |FA8N4 |
| |CLEANING AGENT | | |INSIDE OF THE PANE | |
| | | | |OF WINDSHIELDS | |
| | | | |FITTED WITH A | |
| | | | |SELF-HEALING LINER | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 78
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-026 |SOLVENT GENERAL |REF|LOTOXANE |GENERAL SOLVANT |U0698 |
| |PURPOSE |GB |ABR 9-0140 |CLEANING | |
| | |GB |DEF-STAN | | |
| | | |68-148/1 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-026A| |REF|CARECLEAN AS1 |CLEANING OLD |F3591 |
| | | |OR TECHNICLEAN |GREASES AND DUST ON| |
| | | |AS58 |ENGINES MOUNTS, | |
| | |F |ASN42202 |BOLTS BEFORE USE | |
| | | | |NEVER-SEEZ STANDARD| |
| | | | |GREASE. | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-026B| |REF|ISOPAR H |GENERAL CLEANER |29700 |
| | |F |ASN42202 |EXCEPT NON CURED | |
| | |F |AIMS 09-03-001 |SEALANT | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-026C| |REF|LPS PRESOLVE | |F6952 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-026D|GENERAL CLEANING |REF|DILUENT |CLEANING OF PAINTED|C5543 |
| |AGENT - MULTI | |DIESTONE DLS |& UNPAINTED |F6892 |
| |PURPOSE |F |AIMS 09-03-001 |METALLIC PARTS, |KA739 |
| | |F |ASN 42202 |THERMOSET PARTS, |02ER0 |
| | | | |THERMOPLASTIC PARTS|09XN1 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-028 |ACIDIC TOILET SYSTEM|REF|HONEY BEE 60 | |U5702 |
| |CLEANER | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-032 |WAX REMOVER |REF|ARDROX AV980 |USED TO REMOVE TPS |C1308 |
| | | | |PRODUCTS |F1705 |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|11-032A| |REF|SOCOSOLV A3582 | |F6892 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 79
Feb 01/10
R
CES
M. STRIPPERS
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|12-005 |NO LONGER AVAILABLE |REF|COMORCAP B1/1 |STRIPPING OF |FA2X6 |
| | |USA|MIL-R-25134 |EXTERNAL PAINT |F6892 |
| | | | |SCHEME SEE 12-010 |02ERO |
| | | | |FOR BETTER | |
| | | | |EFFICIENCY | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|12-005B|CHLORINATED,NON |REF|COMORCAP B7 NC | STRIPPING OF EXTER|FA2X6 |
| |PHENOLIC STRIPPERS |USA|MIL-R-25134 |NAL PAINT SCHEME |F6892 |
| | | | |SEE 12-010 FOR |02ERO |
| | | | |BETTER EFFICIENCY | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|12-005C|NO LONGER AVAILABLE |REF|SPCA 7098A | |F2756 |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|12-005D|CHLORINATED,NON |REF|SIKKENS 82522 |STRIPPING OF EXTERN|F0351 |
| |PHENOLIC STRIPPERS |USA|MIL-R-25134 |AL PAINT SCHEME SEE| |
| | | | |12-010 FOR BETTER | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|12-005E|CHLORINATED,NON |REF|TURCO 5873NC | |Q0706 |
| |PHENOLIC STRIPPERS |USA|MIL-R-25134 | |1N6B3 |
| | |C |Z-12.704 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|12-005F|CLHORINATED, NON |REF|COMORCAP B2 | |FA2X6 |
| |PHENOLIC STRIPPERS | | | |F6892 |
| | | | | |02ERO |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|12-005G|INFORMATION TRANSFERED TO ITEM N....... 12010A |
R |OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |12-005H|STRIPPER |REF|PAINTEX 2000 |NO LONGER AVAILABLE|F2756 |
R | | | | | | |
R | |(PHENOLIC) |USA|MIL-R-25134 |REFER TO 12-005 | |
R | | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|12-005I|STRIPPER (PHENOLIC) |REF|TURCO 5351 |STRIPPING OF EXTERN|Q0706 |
| | |USA|MIL-R-25134 |AL PAINT SCHEME SEE|1N6B3 |
| | |C |Z-12.708 |12-010 FOR BETTER | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 80
Feb 01/10

CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|12-005J|OBSOLETE |REF|SCALPEX G5 | |F3163 |
| |(SEE ATTACHMENT) | | | | |
| | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|12-005K|NO LONGER AVAILABLE |REF|ARDROX 2104 | |D1940 |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|12-005L|INFORMATION TRANSFERED TO ITEM N....... 12010B |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|12-010 |CHLORINATED,PHENOL |REF|ARDROX 2526 |PAINT STRIPPER |D1940 |
| |STRIPPER(WASH PRIMER|USA|MIL-R-81294 & | |Q2922 |
| |SYSTEM) | |MIL-R-25134 | |44389 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|12-010A|CHLORINATED,NON |REF|COMORCAP B10 |REMOVAL FLEXIBLE |MAGCHEM |
| |PHENOLIC STRIPPERS |F |ISO SAE MA 4872|POLYURETHANE,OFF- |QUEBEC |
| | | | |RING ALSO GOOD |CANADA |
| | | | |RESULT ON CERTAIN |C5543 |
| | | | |EPOXY COVERED BY |F6892 |
| | | | |POLYURETHANES |KA739 |
| | | | | |SF188 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|12-010B|STRIPPER |REF|TURCO 4377B | |D8908 |
| |(PHENOL & METHYL |USA|MIL-R-8633 | |F3172 |
| |CHLORIDE) | | | |61102 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|12-508 |STRIPPER |REF|NITRIC ACID | |MCKESSON|
| | |USA|O-N-350 | |CHEM. |
| | |C |Z-23.525 | |GLENDALE|
| | | | | |ARIZONA |
| | | | | |85301 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 81
Feb 01/10
R
CES
N. PRETREATMENT FOR PAINTING
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|13-001 |CORROSION REMOVER |REF|TURCO PRE-PAINT|PROTECTIVE |D8908 |
| |PHOSPHORIC ACID BASE|USA|MIL-C-10578 |PREREATMENT FOR |F3172 |
| | | |TYPE II |LIGHT ALLOYS |61102 |
| | |USA|TT-C-490 |& STEELS | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
|13-001A|NO LONGER AVAILABLE |REF|ARDROX 1077 |PROTECTIVE | |
| | | | |PRETREATMENT FOR | |
| | | | |LIGHTS ALLOYS | |
| | | | |& STEELS | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|13-002 |CHEMICAL CONVERSION |REF|ALODINE 1200 |PROTECTIVE |F6324 |
| |COATING YELLOW | |OR ALOCROM 1200|PRETREATMENT FOR |1607B |
| |ALUMINUM |USA|MIL-C-5541 |LIGHT ALLOYS |71410 |
| | | |MIL-C-81706 | | |
| | | |CLASS I/A | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
|13-002A|CHEMICAL CONVERSION |REF|ALODINE 1200S | | |
| |COATING | |S | | |
| | |USA|MIL-C-5541 | | |
| | |USA|MIL-C-81706 | | |
| | | |CLASS 1A | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
|13-002B|CHEMICAL CONVERSION |REF|ALODINE 1200 2K|MIX TO OBTAIN 10L | |
| |COATING ONLY FOR | |(ALODINE 1200A |OF SOLUTION:WATER, | |
| |BRUSH | |PLUS |0.27KG ALODINE | |
| | | |ALODINE 1200 B)|1200 A,017KG | |
| | |USA|MIL-C-5541 | | |
| | | |CLASS I/A OR | | |
| | | |MIL-C-81706 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 82
Feb 01/10
R
CES
P. DISINFECTANTS
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-001A|DEODORANT AIRCRAFT |REF|AMS 1476 OPEN |DISINFECTANT |LOCAL |
| |TOILET NON FORMALDE-|USA|AMS 1476 |& DEODORANT |PURCHASE|
| |HYDE BASE | | | |FA2X6 |
| | | | | |F3172 |
| | | | | |K6858 |
| | | | | |02984 |
| | | | | |61102 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-002 |ASEPTIC SPRAY |REF|ASEPTIC SPRAY |FOR SMOKE MASKS, |LOCAL |
| |DEODORIZER | |OPEN |FIRST AID MASKS |PURCHASE|
| | | | |CREW OXYGEN MASKS | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-003E|DISINFECTANT |REF|CALCIUM- |DISINFECTANT FOR |LOCAL |
| |(POTABLE WATER | |HYPOCHLORITE |THE POTABLE WATER |PURCHASE|
| |SYSTEM) | | |SYSTEM |ROBERT |
| | | | | |TILGE |
| | | | | |HAMBURG |
| | | | | |GERMANY |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|14-003F| |REF|SODIUM | | |
| | | |OPEN | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-003H|DISINFECTANT |REF|HERLISIL | |APCAN |
| | | |50% H202 | |10655 |
| | | | | |CALGARY |
| | | | | |ABT2W4Y |
| | | | | |THAI |
| | | | | |10330 |
| | | | | |BANGKOK |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-003J|DISINFECTANT |REF|H BIO T50 |DISINFECTANT OF |FAM09 |
| |HYDROGEN PEROXIDE | | |POTABLE WATER | |
| | | | |SYSTEM | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-003K|DISINFECTANT |REF|ELSIL |USED TO DISINFECT |K0389 |
| | | |3% H2020 |THE POTABLE WATER | |
| | | | |SYSTEM | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-003L|DISINFECTANT FOR |REF|SANOSIL |DISINFECTION OF |SANOSIL |
| |POTABLE WATER |D |DIN EN 902 |POTABLE WATER |MUMBAY |
| |SYSTEM | | |SYSTEM |INDIA |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 83
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-004 |INSECTICIDE |REF|BLATTANEX 6741 |DISINFECTION OF |D2203 |
| | | |OR BAYGON |FLIGHT PASSENGER |F5546 |
| | | | |& CARGO COMPARTMENT| |
| | | | |(PEST CONTROL) | |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|14-004A| |REF|BLATTANEX 6764 | | |
| | | |SPRAY OR BAYGON| | |
| | | |SPRAY | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-004C|INFORMATION TRANSFERED TO ITEM N....... 14010B |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-004D|INSECTICIDE |REF|KILBLAT N0 250 |LONG TERM RESIDUAL |FA2X6 |
| |COCKROACHES KILLER | | |EFFECT ON COCKROACH| |
| | | | |ES AFTER USE | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
|14-004E|INSECTICIDE CABIN |REF|PERMETHRIN EC10|FOR LONG TERM ANTI-| |
| |AND CARGO,LONG TERM | | |INSECT TREATMENT | |
| |TREATMENT | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |14-006 |DISINFECTANT (SPRAY)|REF|SAGROMED 2007 |DISINFECTION OF |D2215 |
R | | | |SPRAY |PASSENGERS SEATS |F3458 |
R | | | |(NO LONGER |COMPARTMENT | |
R | | | |AVAILABLE) | | |
R |OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
R |14-006A|DISINFECTANT |REF|QUARTASEPT |DISINFECTANT | |
R | |(LIQUID) | | |AIRCRAFT AGAINST | |
R | | | | |FUNGUS & BACTERIA | |
R |OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-006B|DISINFECTANT LIQUID |REF|AMS 1452 |DISINFECTANT |LOCAL |
| |AIRCRAFT GENERAL | |OPEN |AIRCRAFT GENERAL |PURCHASE|
| |PURPOSE |USA|AMS 1452 |PURPOSE | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-006C|DISINFECTANT LIQUID |REF|NETBIOKEM DSAM | |FA2X6 |
| |GNAL PURPOSE |USA|AMS 1453 | | |
| | | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-008 |CLEANER WITH |REF|LYSOL PLUS |CLEANING AGENT |D2215 |
| |DISINFECTANT EFFI- | |(NO LONGER |WITH DISINFECTANT | |
| |CIENTY | |AVALAIBLE) |EFFICIENCY | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 84
Feb 01/10

CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-008A|CLEANING AGENT AND |REF|PURE CLEANER | |ZEP |
| |DISINFECTANT | |DISINFECTANT | |AVIATION|
| | |USA|AMS 1550 | |USA |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| | |
|14-008B|CLEANING AGENT AND |REF|RTU CLEANER | | |
| |DISINFECTANT |USA| AMS 1550 | | |
| | | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-009 |C02 GAS |REF|C02 GAS |TO BE USED TO |LOCAL |
| | | | |FUMIGATE A/C I.E TO|PURCHASE|
| | | | |KILL RODENTS OR | |
| | | | |REPTILES AS | |
| | | | |NECESSARY | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-010 |INSECTICIDE A/C |REF|D-PHENOTHRIN |FOR KILLING INSECTS|FA2X6 |
| |CABIN (IN FLIGHT) | | |IN A/C CABIN IN | |
| | | | |FLIGHT | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
|14-010A|INSECTICIDE,A/C |REF|PERMETHRIN ,216|KILLING OFF INSECTS| |
| |CABIN (IN FLIGHT) | |,217,236 | IN A/C CABIN IN | |
| | | | |FLIGHT | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-010B|INSECTICIDE,AIRCRAFT|REF|AMS 1450 OPEN | |LOCAL |
| | |USA|AMS 1450 | |PURCHASE|
| | | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-501 |DISINFECTANT |REF|LYSOL LIQUID | |LOCAL |
| | | |OR LYSOL SPRAY | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 85
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Q. STORAGE PRESERVATION
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|15-002 |BARRIER MATERIAL |REF|THERMOWELDABLE |THERMOWELDABLE |F1375 |
| |WATER VAPOR PROOF | |C-303 |FABRIC | |
| | |USA|MIL-B-131 | | |
| | | |TYPE I | | |
| | |C |Z-11.409 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|15-004 |CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|WADIS 24 |WATER DISPLACING |FA2X6 |
| |COMPOUND |AIB|TN 10138 TYPE I|COMPOUND |F6892 |
| | | |GRADE 1 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|15-004A| |REF|ARDROX 3966 | |D1940 |
| | |AIB|TN 10138 TYPE I| | |
| | | |GRADE 1 | | |
| | |C |Z-11.121 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|15-004B|CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|PROTEX PE 641 |NO LONGER MANUFACTU|F2756 |
| | COMPOUND |AIB|TN 10138 TYPE I|RED | |
| | | |GRADE 1 |REPLACED BY 15-004 | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|15-004C|CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|OPEN-NON DRYING| |LOCAL |
| | COMPOUND | |OILY CPC | |PURCHASE|
| | |US |MIL-PRF-16173 | | |
| | | |GR 3N | | |
| | |US |AMS 3066 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|15-005 |CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|SOCOPAC 25S |TEMPORARY PROTEC- |F6892 |
| |TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE|AIB|TN 10138 TYPE I|TIVE COMPOUND | |
| |COMPOUND | |GRADE 2 | | |
| | |C |Z-11.121 | | |
| | |AIB|AIMS 09-08-001 | | |
| | | |T1 GR2 | | |
| | |C |Z-11.502 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|15-005A| |REF|LPS 3 | |32861 |
| | |AIB|TN 10138 TYPE I| | |
| | | |GRADE 2 | | |
| | |C |Z-11.102 | | |
| | |AIB|AIMS 09-08-001 | | |
| | | |TI GR2 | | |
| | |C |Z-11-502 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 86
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|15-005B| |REF|ARDROX 3210 |NO LONGER MANUFACTU|D1940 |
| | |AIB|TN 10138 TYPE I|RED |F1705 |
| | | |GRADE 2 |REPLACED BY 15-005 |K6858 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|15-005C|CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|ARDROX AV25 |CORROSION PREVENTIV|D1940 |
| | COMPOUND |AIB|AIMS09-08-001 |E COMPOUND WATER | |
| | | |TI GR2 |DISPLACING | |
| | |US |AMS 3066 | | |
| | |US |MIL PRF 16173 | | |
| | | |GRADE 2 | | |
| | |ES |Z-11-502 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|15-006 |CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|ARDROX AV 8 |TEMPORARY PROTEC- |D1940 |
| |TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE|AIB|TN 10138 TYPE I|TIVE COMPOUND | |
| |COMPOUND | |GRADE 3 | | |
| | |C |Z-11.102 | | |
| | |AIB|AIMS 09-08-001 | | |
| | | |T I GR3 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|15-006A| |REF|SOCOPAC 25 H |TEMPORARY PROTEC- |F6892 |
| | |AIB|TN 10138 TYPE I|TIVE COMPOUNDS | |
| | | |GRADE 3 | | |
| | |AIB|AIMS 09-08-001 | | |
| | | |T I GR3 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|15-006B| |REF|PROTEX PE 645 |NO LONGER MANUFACTU|F2756 |
| | |AIB|TN 10138 TYPE I|RED | |
| | | |GRADE 3 |REPLACED BY 15-006 | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|15-006C|CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|ARDROX 3402 | |D1940 |
| | COMPOUND TEMPORARY |AIB|TN 10138 TYPE I| | |
| | | |GRADE 3 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|15-007 |CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|SOCOPAC 50S |TEMPORARY PROTEC- |F6892 |
| |TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE|AIB|TN 10138 |TIVE COMPOUND | |
| |COMPOUND | |TYPE II GRADE 1| | |
| | |AIB|AIMS 09-08-002 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|15-007A| |REF|ARDROX 3209 |NO LONGER AVAILABLE|C1308 |
| | |AIB|TN 10138 | |D1940 |
| | | |TYPE II GRADE 1| |F1705 |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 87
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|15-007C| |REF|PROTEX PE 647 |NO LONGER MANUFACTU|F2756 |
| | |AIB|TN 10138 |RED | |
| | | |TYPE II GRADE 1|REPLACED BY 15-007 | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|15-008 |CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|ARDROX AV 30 |TEMPORARY |C7223 |
| |TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE|AIB|TN 10138 |PROTECTIVE COMPOUND|D1940 |
| |COMPOUND | |TYPE II GRADE 2| |S5611 |
| | |C |Z-11.103 | | |
| | |AIB|AIMS 09-08-002 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------| |
|15-008A| |REF|ARDROX AV100D |TEMPORARY PROTEC- | |
| | |AIB|TN 10138 |TIVE COMPOUND | |
| | | |TYPE II GRADE 2| | |
| | |C |Z-11.101 | | |
| | |C |Z-11-501 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|15-008B| |REF|SOCOPAC 50H |NO LONGER AVAILABLE|F6892 |
| | |AIB|TN 10138 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|15-008C| |REF|ARDROX 3313 |NO LONGER MANUFACTU|C1308 |
| | |AIB|TN 10138 |RED |D1940 |
| | | |TYPE II GRADE 2|TEMPORARY PROTEC- |F1705 |
| | |C |Z-11.101 |TIVE COMPOUND |K6858 |
| | |AIB|PQ10050.090.03 | | |
| | |C |Z-11.501 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|15-008D| |REF|LPS B-1007 |NO LONGER AVAILABLE|32861 |
| | |AIB|TN 10138 |REPLACED BY 15-008 | |
| | | |TYPE II GRADE 2|TEMPORARY PROTEC- | |
| | |C |Z-11.101 |TIVE COMPOUND | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|15-008E|CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|PROTEX PE 649 |NO LONGER MANUFACTU|F2756 |
| |COMPOUND TEMPORARY |AIB|TN 10138 |RED | |
| | | |TYPE II GRADE 2|REPLACED BY 15-008 | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|15-008F|COMPOUND CORROSION |REF|ARDROX 3403 | |D1940 |
| |PREVENTITIVE |AIB|TNA 007-10138 | |F1705 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 88
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|15-008G|CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|PROCYON AB | |32861 |
| |COMPOUND |AIB|TN 10138 | | |
| | |F |Z-11.503 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|15-009 |CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|SOCOPAC 65H | |F6892 |
| |TEMPORY PROTECTIVE |F |AIMS 09-08-003 | | |
| |COMPOUND | |TYPE III | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|15-009A|CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|ARDROX AV15 | |C7223 |
| | COMPOUND TYPE III |F |AIMS 09-08-003 | |D1940 |
| | | | | |S5611 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|15-009B|CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|ARDROX AV30 | |D1940 |
| | COMPOUND TYPE III |F |AIMS 09-08-003 | | |
| | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|15-009C|CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|COR-BAN 35 | |F3102 |
| | COMPOUND TYPE III |F |AIMS 09-08-003 | |1KQX9 |
| | | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|15-010 |CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|COSMOLINE 1060 | |73277 |
| |FILLER COMPOUND |USA|MIL-C-11796-C | | |
| | | |CLASS 1A | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 89
Feb 01/10
R
CES
R. STRUCTURE PAINTS
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-001 |ANTI-CORROSION |REF|N-53631/5/062 |NO LONGER AVAILABLE|D8357 |
| |PRIMER (POLYURETHANE| |+HARD-N39/1327 | | |
| |) | |+THIN-N39/3460 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-001A|POLYURETHANE PRIMER |REF|FL4300 |NO LONGER AVAILABLE|D6309 |
| | | |+HARD-FL-4206 |REFER TO 16-001 | |
| | | |+THIN-FL-4207 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-001B|POLYURETHANE PRIMER |REF|AERODUR PRIMER | |FAP52 |
| | | |S-15/90+HARD | |F0351 |
| | | |S66/22R | |H0951 |
| | | |+ THIN C25/90S | |Z0123 |
| | |C |Z-12.105 | |98502 |
| | |AI |TNA 007-10050 | | |
| | | |002 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|16-001C|POLYURETHANE PRIMER |REF|PAC-33 | |F1419 |
| | | |(4355/3600) | |K5635 |
| | | |+HARD-0701/9000| |83574 |
| | | |+THIN-0433/9000| | |
| | |C |Z-12.105 | | |
| | |AI |TN 007 10050 | | |
| | | |002 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-001D| |REF|PAC 33 NV |ANTI CORROSION |K5635 |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-04-001-|PRIMER |Z0853 |
| | | |001 | |83574 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-001E|ANTI-CORROSION PRIME|REF|CA7045 + |NOT RECOMMENDED FOR|F0229 |
| |R | |CA7045B HARDENE| COMPLETE AIRCRAFT |K5635 |
| | | |R |REPAINTING DUE TO |83574 |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-04-001 |POT LIFE | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-002 |NO LONGER AVAILABLE |REF|F407-0729 |POLYURETHANE |F3199 |
| | | |+HARD F210-0731|TOPCOAT FOR |K2054 |
| | | |+THIN F851-808 |INTERNAL |90608 |
| | |GB |BAEP 3536 |APPLICATION | |
| | | | |ABRASION RESISTANT | |
| | | | |BRUSH APPLICATION | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 90
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-002A|POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT|REF|7D1586-2080 | |F0351 |
| |,GREY (FOR INTERNAL | |+HARD 7D1586 | |H0951 |
| |APPLIC.) | |+THIN 3108 | | |
| | | |NO LONGER | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-002B|INTERNAL TOP COAT |REF|FL4307 OR |NO LONGER AVAILABLE|D6309 |
| | | |FL7420:OPTIONAL|REFER TO CML 16-002| |
| | | |+HARD FL4206 | | |
| | | |+THIN FL4207 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-002C|INTERNAL TOP COAT |REF|C21/100 |INTERNAL TOP COAT |FAP52 |
| | | |+HARDENER | |F0351 |
| | | |S66/22R | |H0951 |
| | | |+THINNER | |Z0123 |
| | | |C25/90S | |98502 |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-04-003 | | |
| | |AIB|TNA 007-10050 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-002D|POLYURETHANE TOP |REF|CA8351 + HARDEN|INTERIOR FINISH |F0229 |
| |COAT GREY | |ER CA8310 | |K5635 |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-04-003 | |83574 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-003 |COATING (OBSOLETE |REF|NYCOTE 7-11 |POLYAMIDE LACQUER |05803 |
| |USE 16-021) |D |DA-2-668-19 |ON SEAL BEADS | |
| | |GB |TH-5943/1 | | |
| | |F |ASNB70720 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-006 |ANTI-CORROSION |REF|F-580-2010 |PRIMER EPOXY |F3199 |
| |PRIMER (EPOXY-IMPRVD| |+HARD-273/5076 |STRONTIUM CHROMATE |K2054 |
| |ADHESION) | |+THIN-850/805 | |90608 |
| | | |NO LONGER | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|16-006B|ANTI-CORROSION PRIME|REF|F-580-2080 | |K5635 |
| |R (EPOXY-IMPROVED | |+HARD-F275-160 | |Z0853 |
| |ADHESION) | |(PR215) | |83574 |
| | |C |Z-12.113 | | |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-04-001-| | |
| | | |004 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 91
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-006C|IMPROVED ADHESION |REF|PR-143/C4334+ | |COUR- |
| |EPOXIDE PRIMER | |ACT.143/C4334+ | |TAULDS |
| | | |THIN.T17 OR | |AUSTRA- |
| | | |T187 | |LIA |
| | | | | |PRC |
| | | | | |DESOTO |
| | | | | |SINGA- |
| | | | | |PORE |
| | | | | |K5635 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
|16-006D|LOW VOC ANTI |REF|AERODUR HS37092|PRIMER | |
| |CORROSION PRIMER | |+HARDENER 92217| | |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-04-001 | | |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-04-004 | | |
| | |UK |ABP 4-1123 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|16-006E|LOW VOC |REF|PR205 | |F0229 |
| |ANTICORROSION PRIMER| |BASE/HARDENER | |K5635 |
| | |GB |ABP4-1123 | |83574 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|16-006F|LOW VOC |REF|37035A BASE | |FAP52 |
| |ANTI-CORROSION | |HARDENER 92140 | |F0351 |
| |PRIMER | |THINNER 98064 | |H0951 |
| | | |OR C25/90S | |Z0123 |
| | |AIB|AIMS04-04-001 | |98502 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-007 |COATING ELASTOMERIC,|REF|NEXTEL 3101-B- | |F0347 |
| |ULTRA LOW GLOSS | |2,6018-8061 | |26066 |
| | | |NO LONGER | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|16-007A|EXTERNAL TEMPORARY |REF|FINITION NC-4+ | |FAP52 |
| |TOP COAT | |THIN CL11-1591 | |F0351 |
| | | | | |H0951 |
| | | | | |Z0123 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-007B|DECORATIVE TEMPORARY|REF|4080 SEMI GLOSS|TEMPORARY EXTERNAL |PRC |
| |PAINT |F |PQ10050-180 |PAINT |DESOTO |
| | | | | |SINGA- |
| | | | | |PORE |
| | | | | |K5635 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 92
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-016 |EXTERNAL DECORATION |REF|AERODUR FINISH |EXTERNAL PAINT |FAP52 |
| |PAINT | |C21/100+HARD |MARKINGS (COLOR AS |F0351 |
| | | |S66/22R+THIN |REQUIRED) |H0951 |
| | | |C25/90S | |Z0123 |
| | |C |Z-12.383 | |98502 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|16-016A|PAINT (COLOR AS |REF|9050 | |F2613 |
| |REQUIRED) | |+HARD-9051 | | |
| | | |NO LONGER | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|16-016B|PAINT (COLOR AS |REF|PU-66 5441/XXXX| |K5635 |
| |REQUIRED) | |+HARD-0730/9000| |Z0853 |
| | | |+THIN-0491/9000| |83574 |
| | |GB |DTD-5580 | | |
| | |C |Z-12.380 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-018 |POLYURETHANE FINNISH|REF|N 53624 |NO LONGER AVAILABLE|D8357 |
| | PAINT | |+HARD-N39/1327 | | |
| | | |+THIN-N39/3259 | | |
| | | |OR N39/3460 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-018A|POLYURETHANE FINISH |REF|HF-407 |EXTERNAL |F0351 |
| |PAINT (FOR EXTERNAL | |+HARD-S-66/8RE |APPLICATIONS |H0951 |
| |APPLIC.) | |+THIN C-25/90S | | |
| | | |NO LONGER | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-018B|POLYURETHANE FINISH |REF|9123 |NO LONGER AVAILABLE|F2613 |
| |PAINT | |+HARD-007867 |REPLACED BY CML-160| |
| | | |+THIN-9124 |18 | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-018C|POLYURETHANE FINISH |REF|PU-66 5440/XXXX| |K5635 |
| |PAINT (FOR EXTERNAL | |OR PU-66 5447/X| |Z0853 |
| |APPLIC.) | |XXX+HARD-0730/ | |83574 |
| | | |9000+THIN-0491/| | |
| | | |9000 | | |
| | |C |Z-12.380 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-018D|EXTERNAL TOP COAT |REF|HF-77264 |EXTERNAL TOP COAT |FAP52 |
| | |AI |NT-A.007.10113 | |F0351 |
| | | | | |H0951 |
| | | | | |Z0123 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 93
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-018E|LOW VOC EXTERIOR |REF|DESOTHANE HS CA| |K5635 |
| | | |8000 BASE / | |83574 |
| |TOPCOAT | |HARDENER | | |
| | | |CA 8000B / ACCE| | |
| | | |LERATOR C OR C1| | |
| | | | OR C2 OR C3 | | |
| | |F |AIMS 04-04-013 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|16-018F|EXTERNAL TOP COAT |REF|C21/100 UVR | |FAP52 |
| | | |HARDENER | |F0351 |
| | | |S66/22R | |H0951 |
| | | |THINNE C25/90S | |Z0123 |
| | | |OR 96184 | |98502 |
| | |F |TN A00710113 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
|16-018G|LOW.VOC EXTERNAL TOP|REF|AVIOX FINISH |EXTERNAL TOP COAT | |
| | COAT | |77702/HARDENER | | |
| | | |90150/ACTIVATOR| | |
| | | |99330 OR 99322 | | |
| | | |OR 99321 OR | | |
| | | |99341 OR 98127 | | |
| | |F |AIMS 04-04-013 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-020 |WASH PRIMER |REF|P-99 |INTERNAL & EXTERNAL|K5635 |
| | | |(7641/3600) |APPLICATIONS |Z0853 |
| | | |+HARD-0841/9000| |83574 |
| | | |+THIN-0434/9000| | |
| | |C |Z-12.120 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-020A| |REF|METAFLEX FCR | |FAP52 |
| | |AI |NT-A.007.10113 | |F0351 |
| | | | | |H0951 |
| | | | | |Z0123 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-021 |FLEXIBLE |REF|TITANINE |POLYURETHANE FINISH|K5635 |
| |POLYURETHANE | |FE 50/6 HV |PAINT RADIO | |
| | | |+HARD. NO. 34 |ALTIMETER ANTENNA | |
| | | |+THIN. TH-188 |INSTALLATION | |
| | | |OR T127 | | |
| | |GB |DTD-5580 | | |
| | | |SL-1020 | | |
| | |F |ASNB70720 | | |
| | |C |Z-12.524 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 94
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-021A| |REF|4125/2047 + | |F1419 |
| | | |HARDENER 0613/ | | |
| | | |9000 | | |
| | | |+ THINNER 0580/| | |
| | | |9000 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-021B|POLYURETHANE GLOSS |REF|CV116 AND | |K5635 |
| |FINISH (CLEAR | |ACTIVATOR ACT | | |
| |BASECOAT) | |34 | | |
| | |GB |ABP 4-2128 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-021C|FLEXIBLE COATING FOR|REF|F69 BASE + HARD|WATER BASED EPOXY |FA3F2 |
| | SEALAND PROTECTION | |ENER |COATING | |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-04-018 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-024A|PRIMER FOR COMPOSITE|REF|BASE:F566-4200 |FOR COMPOSITE |K5635 |
| |PARTS | |HARD:N39/1327 | | |
| | | |THINNER N39/ | | |
| | | |3460 | | |
| | |C |Z-12.214 | | |
| | |F |TNA 007-10012 | | |
| | | |TYPE II | | |
| | |F |AIMS 04-04-002 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |16-031 |ANTI-EROSION PAINT |REF|INTERFLEX |NO LONGER AVAILABLE|F1419 |
R | | | |5470/0000 |REPLACED BY ITEM 16|K2232 |
R | | |C |Z-12.541 |-031 WITH SUFFIXE | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-031A|ANTI EROSION PAINT |REF|CELOFLEX |PAINTING OF RADOME |K5635 |
| | | |5478/XXXX | | |
| | | |+HARD 0778/9000| | |
| | | |+THIN 0470/9000| | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-045 |SEALANT POREFILLER |REF|FINALIN NO 2 |SEALANT POREFILLER |MANKIE- |
| | | | |FOR FURNISHING PART|WICZ |
| | | | | |92310 |
| | | | | |SEVRES |
| | | | | |D2603 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 95
Feb 01/10

CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-046 |PRIMER |REF|ALEXIT FST |PRIMER FOR |MANKIE- |
| | | |FILLER 414-12, |FURNISHING PART |WICZ |
| | | |HARDENER 402, | |92310 |
| | | |THINNER 62 | |SEVRES |
| | |D |DAN 1278 | |D2603 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-046A|PORE FILLER | |343-55+HARDENER|WATER BASED PRODUCT|MANKIE- |
| | | |ALEXIT HARTER |FOR INTERIOR PAINT |WICZ |
| | | |345-15 |SYSTEM |USA |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-08-001 | |D2603 |
| | |F |ABS5650A | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-046B|PORE FILLER FOR |REF|FR 1/55, |TO BE USED WITH |FA3F2 |
| |FURNISHING AND | |(BASE+HARDENER)|FR 2/55 TOP COAT | |
| |EQUIPMENT |AIB|AIMS 04-08-001 |(WATER BASED | |
| | | | |PRODUCT) | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
|16-046C|PORE FILLER FOR |REF|FRS 30 (BASE+ |TO BE USED WITH FRS| |
| |FURNISHING AND | |HARDENER+ |40 TOP COAT | |
| |EQUIPMENT | |THINNER FRSL) | | |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-08-001 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-047 |DECORATIVE PAINT |REF|ALEXIT FST |DECORATIVE PAINT |MANKIE- |
| |(INTERNAL APPLIC.) | |404-12 |FOR THERMOPLASTIC |WICZ |
| | |D |DAN 1200 |AND METALLIC |92310 |
| | |F |ASNA3687 |FURNISHING PART |SEVRES |
| | |C |Z-12.381 | |D2603 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-047A|TOPCOAT | |346-55+HARDENER|WATER BASED PRODUCT|MANKIE- |
| | | |ALEXIT-HARTER |FOR INTERIOR PAINT |WICZ |
| | | |345-55 |SYSTEM |USA |
| | |F |ABS5650B | |D2603 |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-08-002 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-047B|DECORATIVE TOP COAT |REF|FR 2/55, |TO BE USED WITH FR |FA3F2 |
| |FOR FURNISHING AND | |(BASE+HARDENER)|1/55 PORE FILLER ON| |
| |EQUIPMENT |AIB|AIMS 04-08-002 |FIBRE REINFORCED | |
| | | | |PLASTIC COMPONENTS | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
|16-047C|DECORATIVE TOP COAT |REF|FRS 40 (BASE+ |TO BE USED WITH FRS| |
| |FOR FURNISHING AND | |HARDENER+ |30 PORE FILLER ON | |
| |EQUIPMENT | |THINNER FRSL) |FIBRE REINFORCED | |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-08-002 |PLASTIC COMPONENTS | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 96
Feb 01/10
R
CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-053 |FILLER FOR CORE AND |REF|ALEXIT FST | |D2603 |
| |EDGE (2 PARTS) | |495-14 + HARD | | |
| | | |491-14 | | |
| | |D |DAN 1282-01 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-055 |EPOXIDE PRIMER |REF|BASE 463-12-8, |EPOX. PRIMER TO BE|H0951 |
| | | |HARDENER CA116,|APPLIED ON THE NOSE| |
| | | |THINNER C25/90S|LANDING GEAR LEG | |
| | | | |BEFORE POLYURETHANE| |
| | | | |PAINT MATERIAL | |
| | | | |16-035 | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |16-059 |LOW VOC EXT.TOP COAT|REF|DESOTHANE HS CA|NO LONGER AVAILABLE|F0229 |
R | | | | | | |
R | |FOR TWO COAT SYSTEMS| |8000 BASE / | |K5635 |
R | | | |HARDENER | |83574 |
R | | | |CA 8000B / ACCE| | |
R | | | |LERATOR C OR C1| | |
R | | | | OR C2 OR C3 | | |
R | | |F |AIMS 04-04-013 | | |
R |OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-059A|LOW VOC EXT.TOP COAT|REF|AVIOX FINISH | |FAP52 |
| | | |77702/HARDENER | |F0351 |
| | | |90150/ACTIVATOR| |H0951 |
| | | |99330 OR 99322 | |Z0123 |
| | | |OR 99321 OR | |98502 |
| | | |99341 OR 98127 | | |
| | |F |AIMS 04-04-013 | | |
R |OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |16-059B|LOW VOC TOP COAT |REF|ALEXIT HS 411-7|TOP COAT FOR MANKIE|MANKIE- |
R | | | |7+ALEXIT-HARD 4|WICZ EXTERNAL PAINT|WICZ |
R | | | |05-77+ALEXIT- |SCHEME |USA |
R | | | |ACTIV THIN.902-| |D2603 |
R | | | |27+902-37+902-4| |Z0123 |
R | | | |7+902-57+902-67| | |
R | | |F |AIMS 04-04-032 | | |
R |-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 97
Feb 01/10

CES
S. MICROBIOLOGICAL CONTAMIN. PROTECT. MATERIALS
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|17-003 |BIOCIDE/FUEL |REF|BIOBOR JF |NO LONGER AVAILABLE|K3714 |
| |ADDITIVE | | | IN EUROPE |24611 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|17-003A|BIOCIDE FOR FUEL |REF|KATHON FP1.5 |BIOCIDE FOR USE IN |ROHM |
| |PRESERVATION | | |AIRCRAF FUEL SYSTEM|N11 |
| | | | | |SINGAP |
| | | | | |FA1C0 |
| | | | | |K0F88 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 98
Feb 01/10
R
CES
T. MISCELLANEOUS
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|19-001 |WIRE,SS,BRAIDED |REF|16/2/38 SWG |FOR LACING HOT AIR |U1901 |
| | |OTH|16/2/38 SWG |AND ANTI-ICING DUCT| |
| | | | |INSULATION MUFFS | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|19-002 |SYNTHETIC FIBRE CORD|REF|MIL-T-713 |GENERAL USE |LOCAL |
| |(NYLON) 2.5MM DIA. | |OPEN | |PURCHASE|
| | |USA|MIL-T-713 | |F1319 |
| | |F |NSA 8420-0 | |F3341 |
| | | | | |01670 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|19-003 |LINT-FREE |REF|LINT-FREE |CLEANING |LOCAL |
| |COTTON CLOTH | |COTTON CLOTH | |PURCHASE|
| | |USA|AMS 3819 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|19-004 |WHITE TALCUM POWDER |REF|WHITE TALCUM |FUEL LEAK DETECTION|LOCAL |
| | | |POWDER | |PURCHASE|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|19-005 |WAX CRAYON |REF|WAX CRAYON |MARKING FUEL LEAK |LOCAL |
| | | | |AREA |PURCHASE|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|19-009 |LOCKWIRE STAINLSS S |REF|LOCWIRE 05MM (0|SAFETY WIRING OF |LOCAL |
| |TL OR NICKEL ALLOY | |.020IN)DIA |COMPONENTS AND |PURCHASE|
| | |D |LN 9424 |CONNECTORS | |
| | |GB |DTD-189 | | |
| | |USA|AMS 5687 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|19-010 |LOCKWIRE STAINLESS |REF|LOCKWIRE 0.8MM |SAFETY WIRING OF |LOCAL |
| |STEEL ANNEALED | |(0.032IN) |COMPONENTS AND |PURCHASE|
| |0.8MM DIA |D |LN 9424 |CONNECTORS | |
| | |GB |DTD-189 | | |
| | |USA|AMS 5687 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|19-011 |SCOTCH BRITE PADS |REF|SCOTCH BRITE |ABRADING SURFACE |LOCAL |
| | | | |PRIOR TO SEALING |PURCHASE|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 99
Feb 01/10

CES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|19-014 |NITROGEN,(GASEOUS) |REF|NITROGEN |FOR CHARGING SHOCK |LOCAL |
| | |USA|MIL-P-27401 |ABSORBERS,HYDRAULIC|PURCHASE|
| | | |TYPE 1 |ACCUMULATORS ETC. | |
| | | |GRADE A | | |
| | |USA|A-A-59503 | | |
| | | |TYPE I | | |
| | | |GRADE B CLASS 1| | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R | | | | | | |
R |19-015 |POLYVINYL |REF|TEDLAR TGY20BE|USED ON THE |B0589 |
R | |FLUORIDE FILM | |3 |ELEVATOR |C2312 |
R | | |C |Z-14.510 |FS/ACCESS |88559 |
| | |USA|BMS 8-98 TYPE 3|HOLES | |
| | | |CLASS 2 | | |
| | |USA|L-P-1040 B | | |
R | | |D |DAN 95K | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|19-018 |LOCKWIRE STAINLSS ST|REF|LOCKWIRE |SAFETY WIRING OF |LOCAL |
| |L OR NICKEL ALLOY | |0.6MM (0.025IN)|COMPONENTS AND |PURCHASE|
| | | |DIA |CONNECTORS | |
| | |D |LN 9424 | | |
| | |GB |DTD-189 | | |
| | |USA|AMS 5687 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|19-024 |LENS CLOTH |REF|SAN 40 |TO WIPE FULL FACE|F0553 |
| | | | | MASK WINDOW INSIDE| |
| | | | |AND OUTSIDE | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|19-027 |WHITE CORD-BRAIDED |REF|NSA 3811-0 |1MM DIA,BREAKING |LOCAL |
| |(NYLON) |F |NSA3811 |STRENGTH 39.2 DAN |PURCHASE|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|19-028 |PARTICULATE AIR |REF|VILEDON P15/350|AIR FILTER FOR AIR-|D2480 |
| |FILTER | |S |INLET/-OUTLET | |
| | |F |ABS1129 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------| |
|19-028A| |REF|VILEDON P15-150|ICE FILTERING | |
| | |F |ABS 1129 | | |
| | |GB |EN 779 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page A0
Feb 01/10

CES
U. REPAIR MATERIALS FORCOMPOSITE STRUCTURES
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|20-003 |ARAMID PHENOLIC |REF|ECA 3.2-48 | |0GE45 |
| |HONEYCOMB CORES |AIB|AIMS11-01-001-E| | |
| |1/8-3.0 |USA|AMS 3711 | | |
R |OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
R |20-003A| |REF|CORMASTER | |SCHUTZ |
R | | | |C1 3.2-48 | |GERMANY |
R | | |AIB|AIMS11-01-001-E| |56242 |
R | | |USA|AMS 3711 | |0GE45 |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|20-003B| |REF|HRH 10-1/8-3.0 | |6D159 |
| | |AIB|AIMS11-01-001-E| | |
| | |USA|AMS 3711 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page A1
Feb 01/10

CES
__________________________________________________________
LIST OF MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR APU SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE
_________________________
1. _______
General
In this topic you find the table of the oil brand names which are approved
for the APU servicing and maintenance.
All other materials which are used for the APU servicing and maintenance you
will find in the tables in the AMM 20-31-00.
R
R **ON A/C 001-003, 051-099,
2. ________________________
Approved Oil Brand-Names
A. SPECIFICATION - MIL-L-7808, TYPE I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
APPROVED OIL BRAND-NAME
MINIMUM MAXIMUM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aeroshell 390 -54C (-65F) 54C (130F)

Brayco 880 -54C (-65F) 54C (130F)
BP/ Turbo Oil 2389 -54C (-65F) 54C (130F)
Castrol 399 -54C (-65F) 54C (130F)
Castrol 325 -54C (-65F) 54C (130F)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. SPECIFICATION - MIL-L-23699, TYPE II

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
MINIMUM MAXIMUM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Castrol Aero 5000 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)

Castrol 98 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
Aeroshell Turbine Oil 500 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
BP/ Turbo Oil 2380 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
BP/ Turbo Oil 2197 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
Hatco 3611 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
Mobil Jet Oil II -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
Mobil Jet Oil 254 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
Royco Turbine Oil 500 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)

EFF :

ALL 20-33-00

Page 1
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
MINIMUM MAXIMUM
Royco 899 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
Royco 555 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
Aeroshell 555 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304,
2. ________________________
A. SPECIFICATION - MIL-L-7808, TYPE I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
MINIMUM MAXIMUM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aeroshell Turbine 390 -54C (-65F) 54C (130F)

Brayco 880 -54C (-65F) 54C (130F)
Brayco 880 H -54C (-65F) 54C (130F)
BP Aero Turbine Oil 15 -54C (-65F) 54C (130F)
Castrol 325 -54C (-65F) 54C (130F)
Castrol 3C -54C (-65F) 54C (130F)
Conojet -54C (-65F) 54C (130F)
Mobil Avrex 5 Turbo Oil 256 -54C (-65F) 54C (130F)
BP/ Turbo Oil 2389 -54C (-65F) 54C (130F)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. SPECIFICATION - MIL-L-23699, TYPE II

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
MINIMUM MAXIMUM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

BP/ Turbo Oil 2380 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
Hatcol 3211 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)

R

EFF : 001-003, 051-099, 106-149, 211-233,
236-238, 301-304,
20-33-00

Page 2
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
MINIMUM MAXIMUM
Brayco 899 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
Brayco 899 S -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
Stauffer Jet 2 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
Total Aero Turbine Oil 511 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
BP/ Turbine Oil 2197 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
Castrol 98 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
Turbonycoil 525-2A -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-057, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 49-1069 For A/C 051-057,
2. ________________________
A. SPECIFICATION - MIL-PRF-7808, TYPE I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
MINIMUM MAXIMUM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aeroshell 390 -54C (-65F) 54C (130F)

Brayco 880 -54C (-65F) 54C (130F)
Castrol 325 -54C (-65F) 54C (130F)
Castrol 399 -54C (-65F) 54C (130F)
BP/ Turbo Oil 2389 -54C (-65F) 54C (130F)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. SPECIFICATION - MIL-PRF-23699, TYPE II

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
MINIMUM MAXIMUM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Aeroshell 555 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-057, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
20-33-00

Page 3
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
MINIMUM MAXIMUM
BP/ Turbine Oil 2197 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
BP/ Turbo Oil 2380 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
Hatco 3611 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
Royco 899 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
Royco 555 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
Castrol 98 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-057, 101-105, 151-199,
201-210, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
20-33-00

Page 4
Feb 01/10
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
__________________________________________________________
LIST OF MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR IDG SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE
_________________________
1. _______
General
In this topic you find the table of the oil brand names which are approved
for the IDG servicing and maintenance.
All other materials which are used for the IDG servicing and maintenance you
will find in the tables in the AMM 20-31-00.
2. ________________________
A. SPECIFICATION - MIL-PRF-7808, TYPE I
______________________________________________________________________________
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
APPROVED OIL BRAND NAME
MINIMUM MAXIMUM
______________________________________________________________________________

R BP Turbo Oil 2389 (formerly -54C (-65F) 54C (130F)
R EXXON Turbo Oil 2389)
B. SPECIFICATION - MIL-PRF-23699, TYPE II
______________________________________________________________________________
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
APPROVED OIL BRAND NAME
MINIMUM MAXIMUM
______________________________________________________________________________

Castrol Oil 5000 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
Turbonycoil 600 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)

EFF :

ALL 20-34-00

Page 1
Feb 01/02

CES

Nammcesa 000011 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Nammcesa 000011 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Nammcesa 000011 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

__________

REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10

L.E.P. 1- 5 REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION INDICATING

20-28-00 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

20-31-00 CONSUMABLE INGREDIENT DATA UPDATED ALL

20-33-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

RECORD 20-21-11 209 Feb01/08 20-22-00 201 Feb01/98

20-23-11 233 Nov01/08 20-23-11 284 Nov01/08 20-23-11 A235 Nov01/08

20-23-11 A286 Feb01/09 20-23-11 B237 Feb01/09 20-23-38 216 Feb01/06

20-23-38 267 Feb01/06 20-28-00 202 Aug01/09 20-28-00 R 505 Feb01/10

20-29-00 203 Feb01/08 20-31-00 R 48 Feb01/10 20-31-00 N 99 Feb01/10

ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE SENSITIVE 20-15-00

CIRCUIT BREAKERS 20-16-00

MAINTENANCE IN STORM CONDITIONS 20-17-00

STANDARD TORQUES 20-21-00

STA-LOK FASTENERS 20-22-00

CONTROL CABLES AND PULLEYS 20-24-00

INSTALLATION OF EXPANSION JOINTS 20-26-00

ELECTRICAL CABLES AND BUNDLES 20-27-00

ELECTRICAL BONDING 20-28-00

ELECTRICAL BONDING 20-28-00

ELECTRICAL BONDING 20-28-00

O-RING INSTALLATION 20-29-00

LIST OF MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR AIRCRAFT 20-31-00

LIST OF MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR APU 20-33-00

LIST OF MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR IDG 20-34-00

R Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-PRF-8116

20-11-11-991-001 Fig. 201

(1) Make sure that all lockwire holes are drilled.

(3) Use lockwire only one time.

(5) Double wirelocking is preferred and is essential if the locking

NOTE : Do not use lockwire to prevent unwanted operation of controls

(1) Put the lockwire into the hole.

(2) Keep the wire tight, twist a minimum of four times.

A. Check of the Wire

(1) Trim off the remaining wire and discard.

(3) Make sure that locking is tight.

(5) If no protection was applied in the wire holes before installation,

Handling Precautions for Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive Devices

R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

R A. General Handling Precautions for LRUs

R (1) No special handling procedures or instructions are necessary.

(a) The LRUs have sufficient built-in protection to prevent

R (b) No protective electrostatic-discharge handling procedures are

R NOTE : Some LRUs such as the Passenger Interface and Supply

R B. Handling Precautions for OBRMs

Circuit Breakers Safety Practices

A. Circuit Breakers Safety Practices

R NOTE : The manufacturer recommends safety clips PN ABS0772 but the

(a) There is a risk of injury and damage to equipment and/or the

(b) Before maintenance work starts on an electrical equipment or

(a) During aircraft operation, it can be necessary to prevent the

(3) Tightening torques for circuit breakers

Maintenance in Storm Conditions - Safety Practices

R WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH CONNECTIONS TO THE AIRCRAFT, DO NOT USE HEADSETS.

05-51-18-200-001 Inspection after Lightning Strike

R (1) During storm conditions, or when there is atmospheric electrical